QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM DEPARTMENT OF PRIMARY INDUSTRIES BRISBANE AUSTRO VOLUME 1 NUMBER 2 1978. 58237—S, R. Hampson, Government Printer, Brisbane BHL > Blank Page Digitally Inserted - cos 2+ gunna fan gure dd ecm rm eg ar ome CONTENTS Page A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland L, Pedley .. a Ke at sls ahs ns ee) Editor: L. Pedley Dates of Publication “Contributions from the Queensland Herbarium” No. 20 was published on 20 September 1977, and ‘* Austrobaileya ” 1 (1) on 1 December 1977. Austrobaileya 1 (2): 75-234 (1978) A REVISION OF ACACIA MILL. IN QUEENSLAND By L. Pedley, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane. Table of Contents Part 1 Summary .. Classification Some characters and their usefulness in taxonomy .. Delimitation of species .. Cytology .. Ecology Reproduction and dispersal Common names . Notes on the text Key to species Description of species Subgenus Heterophyllum Juliflorae Plurinerves Lycopodiifoliae Part 2 * Phyllodineae Botrycephalae Subgenus Acacia Subgenus Aculeiferum Acknowledgements Bibliography Index of collectors Index of names Appendix 1. Names of some infrageneric taxa and their typification Appendix 2. Colour of flowers of some species. * To be published in Austrobaileya 1 (3). 77 77 84 94 95 96 99 101 101 102 125 125 187 227 oe nneity 7 2 cee encom en rncanminmsiyerestt adie pusbteem bal dmemawamnntennnnadiiny 905 77 Summary Bentham’s classification of Acacia with six series has usually been followed, with minor modifications. Recent studies in the chemistry of the heartwood, morphology of pollen and seedlings, and several taximetric studies have resulted in re-appraisals of Bentham’s classification, Three subgenera with ten sections are recognised here. Of these sections Alatae (Benth.) Pedley and Lycopodiifoliae Pedley are new, and the names Spiciflorae DC. and Phryllodineae DC. replace the more familiar Vulgares (Benth.) Taub. and Uninerves (Benth.) Maiden & Betche respectively. Lectotypes for some infrageneric taxa are chosen. Characters useful in identification and classification are discussed, The arrangement of phyllodes, their shape, size, venation, indumentum and the position and structure of their glands enable a large proportion of species to be identified. The succession of bipinnate - seedling leaves and their retention on older plants are discussed and it is suggested that the Botrycephalae and the Racemosae group of the Phyllodineae are related, Juvenile phyllodes of some species differ markedly from those of mature plants and some species retain them throughout their lives. The nature of the inflorescence (heads or spikes) and their arrangement are useful in defining groups of related species, Flowers show little variation in size and structure and are of limited value in classification and identification. Flower colour is more or less constant for each species. There is a great diversity of pods though only one-fifth of specimens examined included pods, Delimitation of species is discussed briefly. Naturally occurring hybrids are rare. Most species have a diploid complement of 26 chromosomes, Polyploids are more common in subg, Acacia than they are in other subgenera. Acacias are scarce or absent only in rainforest and grassland. Edaphic factors determine the ranges of many species. Most favour coarse-textured well-drained soils, but some wide- ranging, economically important species are confined to clays, Others are associated with deeply weathered rocks on scarps. Regeneration of most species is from seed, particularly after fires, but A, harpophylla and A. argyrodendron sucker from the roots. Their seeds lack an impervious testa. The abundance and geographic ranges of some species have been affected by man’s activities. Though data are lacking dispersal by animals is probably insignificant. A key to the identification of 234 species and descriptions, essential synonymy, citation of some specimens, and notes on distribution, ecology and taxonomy for all species are given. A. nilotica (Asia), A. baileyana, A. decurrens (south-eastern Australia) and A, saligna (Western Australia) are naturalized, Taxa described as new are: A. ditricha (subg. Acacta); A, jackesiana, A, spania, A. striatifolia, A. tenuinervis, A. hyaloneura, A. longispicata subsp. velutina, A. oligophleba, A. leiocalyx subsp. herveyensis, A, crassa subsp. longicoma, A. erandifolia, (Juliflorae); A. microcephala, A. maranoensis, A, ammophila, A. melvillei, A. melleodora, A, excelsa subsp. angusta, A, fleckeri, A. hyalonoma, A. legnota, A. leptoloba (Plurinerves); A. johnsonii, A. islana, A. burbidgeae, A. tindaleae, A. hockingsti, A. lauta, A. calantha, A. detuteroneura, A. everistii, A. holotricha, A. polifolia, A. buxifolia subsp. pubiflora (Phyllodineae); and A. albizoides (subg. Aculeiferum). A. caroleae (Juliflorae), A. ixodes and A. perangusta (Phyllodineae) are new species based on A. doratoxylon var. angustifolia, A. gnidium var, latifolia, and A. fimbriata var. perangusta respectively. Acknowledgements, bibliography and an index to collections in the Queensland Herbarium (BRI) are given. This paper is to be published in two parts. The first part deals with the 140 species of the sections Juliflorae, Plurinerves and Lycopodiifoliae. The rest of the paper will be published in part 3 of Austrobaileya Vol. 1. Classification A discussion of the classification of the genus Acacia after its formal recognition by Philip Miller (1754) was given by Ross (1973) and will not be repeated. Despite Ross’s statement to the contrary, de Candolle (1825) did provide names for each of the four sections of the genus that he recognised and some of these must in fact be used in place of some generally used ones which were proposed later by Bentham. 78 Bentham (1842) largely disregarded de Candolle’s classification when he published his more detailed one which has become the basis of most subsequent classifications. Bentham recognised six series which are still accepted by most taxonomists as major subdivisions of the genus, though there has been some disagreement as to the appropriate rank of the subdivisions. Bentham (1855) and Mueller (1859) followed Bentham’s earlier scheme, but in his treatment of the Australian species, Bentham (1864) modified it slightly. Some of the subseries of the series Phyllodinae were raised to the rank of series and the series Phyllodineae became the “division” Phyllodineae. I regard this and the equally ranking “division” Bipinnatae as sections. Bentham also described new subseries. ‘The names of some of these are illegitimate. Bentham (1875) again classified Acacia. He reduced the section Phyllo- dineae to the rank of series and the series included in it to subseries. The other series remained as before; and in fact Bentham’s classification of 1875 was a return to his classification of 1842 with the addition of some subdivisions of those subseries included in the series Phyllodineae. Bentham’s low ranking of the major subdivisions of Acacia is surprising. It is partly explained by his note that, though they appeared to have the same importance as the subgenera of Mimosa, Pithecellobium and others, and although distinguished by vegetative characters, they were, for systemic purposes, under the rules usually followed, treated as series only. Mueller (1889) slightly modified Bentham’s 1864 classification by placing subseries Spicatae in the series Juliflorae. Taubett (1894) used Bentham’s 1875 classification except that he raised Bentham’s series to sectional rank. I have treated Taubert’s subdivisions of the sections as subsections. Since Taubert, no one has attempted to deal with the whole of Acacia. Britton and Rose (1928) using characters of the pod referred the American species to a number of genera. Segregate genera had already been described by Wright and Arnott, Link, Rafinesque and others (for references sce Hutchinson 1964). _ It is significant that Australian workers have followed Bentham with little modification. Maiden and Betche (1916) agreed with Mueller and placed all -phyllodinous species with spicate inflorescences in the Juliflorae, though the placing there of A. dorothea is doubtful. Bailey (1900), Gardner (1930) and Ewart (1930) all adopted Bentham’s classification, as did Black (1924) though he recognised only three series. Newman (1932a) objected to existing classification as being “too static” and proposed a classification which he did not develop in any subsequent publication. It was based on “inflorescences” (inflorescences in racemes, clustered or single), “flower groups” (flowers in cylindrical spikes, oblong ‘spikes, or in globular heads), and “foliar types” (true leaves, petioles without laminae in the adult, and leaves completely absent). From the small number of species listed by Newman it seems that he regarded Acacia undulifolia (—A. uncinata) as being more closely related to A. farnesiana and A. bidwillii than to A. buxifolia and A, penninervis. Such a classification is hardly worthy of serious consideration. Recent work on Acacia, particularly the chemistry of the flavenoid com- ponents of the heart-wood, the pollen and the development of seedlings, has led to a reassessment of the classification of Bentham. As Tindale and Roux (1969) remarked, Bentham’s classification has stood the test of time. This may not be suitable criterion for assessing the classifications of taxa of interest to only 4 hat an -eT gg en ihrer tem oe a 79 a few workers, but. it is valid in Acacia which is of considerable ecological and economic importance in Africa and Australia. It is significant that Mueller, Maiden, Black and Gardner, taxonomists with a considerable knowledge of Australian species, proposed only minor modifications of the classification of Acacia published by Bentham in 1842. It may be equally significant however that African workers such as Brenan (1959), Dale and Greenway (1961) and Ross (1971) did not use a formal infrageneric classification, though Ross (1973) has more recently endorsed Bentham’s major subdivisions. Studies of the Australian species of Acacia by Clarke-Lewis and Dainis (1967), Clarke-~-Lewis and Porter (1972) and Tindale and Roux (1969, 1974) showed the hydroxylation patterns of flavonoids of the heartwood to be correlated with the broad subdivisions of the genus. Tindale and Roux who presented data on almost 300 species and found that flavonoids with pyrogallol (7, 8-hydroxy) A-ring nuclei occur almost exclusively in species of subsections of the Plurinerves and Juliflorae, while the resorcinol (7-hydroxy) A-ring analogues are similarly represented in the Brunioideae, subsect, Racemosae of the Uninerves and the Botrycephalae. Individual representation of both hydroxyla- tion patterns or their mixtures are present among the Continuae, and under many subsections of the Pungentes, Calamiformes and Uninerves, Peltogynoids were isolated from the heartwoods of A. peuce, A. carnei and A. crombiei. On the assumption that 8-hydroxylation or 8-methoxylation of the resorcinol-type (7-hydroxy) flavonoids to form pyrogallol-type (7, 8-hydroxy) compounds was an evolutionary advance, Tindale and Roux considered the Botrycephalae and the subsection Racemosae of the Uninerves (with the exception of A. salicina, A. ligulata and few other apparently related species) to be primitive and the Juliflorae the most advanced, Eastern Australia was considered to be the centre of origin of the Australian species of Acacia. The presence of flavonoids of both 7-hydroxy and 7,8-hydroxy types in such widespread juliflorous species as A. ancistrocarpa, A. difficilis, A. holosericea, A, humifusa, A. leptocarpa, A. leptostachya, A. tenuissima, A. torulosa, and others suggests that an equally likely hypothesis is that both 7- and 7,8-hydroxy flavonoids are present in less advanced species and that species with only 7-hydroxy or. 7,8-hydroxy types were derived from these. In this case the subsection Racemosae of the Uninerves and the Botrycephalae could be regarded as advanced. It would also be unnecessary to postulate, however tentatively, that the Gummiferae were derived from the Botrycephalae. The distribution of free amino acids in the seeds of 106 species of Acacia (Evans et al. 1977) confirms Vassal’s division of the genus (see below) into three subgenera, with Acweliferum and Heterophyllum appearing to be more closely allied to each other than they do to subg. Acacia. The amino-acid patterns suggest that of the extra-Australian species previously referred to Heterophyllum (Pedley 1975), A. heterophylla agrees with other species of the subgenus, whereas A. confusa and A. kauiensis could be placed in Aculeiferum., The distribution of other compounds within the genus could also yield information on relationships. Kjaer (1966) noted that evil smelling compounds, usually considered to be thiols or sulphides, have been detected in several species of the Mimosaceae. He considered it doubtful that such low molecular weight, volatile compounds are truly plant constituents, but are probably formed by degradations. of mainly unknown precursors. They are detectable in extremely 80 low concentrations and have been noted in Acacia.. The flowers of A. cambagei have an unpleasant onion-like odour (Everist 1969). I have detected similar odours in the flowers of A. harpophylla and in the bruised roots of A. baeuerlenii, A, farnesiana, A. pravissima and A. salicina. Vassal (1972) used characters of seeds and seedlings, as well as the occurrence of stipular spines and attributes of the pollen in devising another classification. Bentham had already used the presence of stipular spines in defining the series Gummiferae and Guinet (1969) had shown Bentham’s six series could be arranged in groups in accord with pollen of the three types recognised, so that in fact Vassal’s and Bentham’s classifications are broadly compatible. The low rank of Bentham’s groups, mentioned above, was overcome by Vassal who. described subgenera, using characters not known for many species or not readily apparent on herbarium material. It is fortunate that they correspond to groups of Bentham’s series. Bearing in mind Pryor and Johnson’s (1971) observation that anyone is at liberty to use a name with any circumscription he chooses, so long as the nomenclatural type is included, I have brought the taxa below the rank of subgenus described by Vassal into line with Bentham’s classification which, at least in its upper ranks, appears to be both practical and “natural”. Vassal accepted Faidherbia, a monotypic genus based on Acacia albida which Guinet found to have anomalous pollen. Johnson (1973) used some multivariable statistical methods to analyse 37 attributes recorded on 107 species (98 of which occur in Queensland) of phyllodinous Acacia. The data were adapted from information derived from the descriptions of species in this paper and in Pedley (1975). Johnson compared the results of his analyses with the classification of Bentham (1864). He noted that while the Juliflorae appeared a fairly distinct group the present subseries within the group were not clearly revealed in the analyses. In particular the Rigidulae were partitioned among the remaining three subseries. A. conferta in all phenograms and the ordinations showed greater affinity with the Uninerves than with A. spondylophylia and appeared to belong to the Uninerves. Both species of the Pungentes-Armatae (A. maitlandii, A. brachycarpa) also showed close affinity with many of the Uninerves and on the evidence obtained the series Pungentes did not seem worthy of this rank. The Uninerves did not appear to be as natural a group as the Juliflorae. Within this group the species of the. Angustifoliae did not appear close phenetically. The Racemosae was in general a satisfactory entity. The Plurinerves like the Uninerves did not appear a very natural group. A striking feature was the distinctiveness of the Dimidiatae. The Microneurae also appeared a relatively distinct group but the Nervosae and the Oligoneurae overlapped and mixed with each other and with other subseries and series and were never clearly demarcated. Johnson proposed a hypothetical scheme: (a) Series Juliflorae. (b) Series Brunioideae. This had only one representative in the analyses A. spondylophylla. A conferta was excluded. (c) Series non-Racemosae. Included were members of both the Uninerves and Plurinerves with heads single or in pairs in the axils, as well as A. conferta and the two members of the Pungentes. (d) Series Racemosae. This included both uninerved and plurinerved species with heads in racemes or groups (A. fasciculifera). $l (e) Dimidiatae. The species considered were A. rothii, A. platycarpa, A. flavescens and A. retivenia. Johnson’s work deserves serious consideration. Though probably only a seventh of the phyllodine species were considered it suggests that groups recognised by Bentham may well be arranged in a different hierarchical order. In the classification of the Phyllodineae I have followed Johnson to the extent that the Pungentes and the Brunioideae (type species: A. brunioides) have not been given the same ranks as the Plurinerves and Uninerves. | Pettigrew and Watson (1975) who were “concerned with the main frame- work of the Australian acacias” have also made a major contribution to classifica- tion. Their work is marred by probable errors in identification and the use of incorrect names “ but these do not significantly affect their overall conclusion that Vassal’s section Uninervea ** is a very coherent group. This conclusion is hardly borne out by their figure 2. The Uninervea consists of groups 319, 332 and 334. Group 319 (14 species) is homogeneous when species are arranged according to Bentham’s systems of classification. Eight of the 28 species of group 332 cannot be considered uninerved, however, and six of the 30 species of group 334 are also misplaced. In all, 14 of the 58 “uninerved phyllodineous” species are either not uninerved or not phyllodineous. It is probably futile to examine the composition of the groups in detail but there are a few noteworthy anomalies. The presence of A. bancroftii, which is uninerved, in group 336 is unexpected, as is the appearance of A. calcicola and A. georginde in group 335 and their apparent near-relatives A. cana and A. cambagei in. group 336. If other species of subgenus Acacia had been included, would they have been placed in group 332 with A. farnesiana? The most acceptable classification of Acacia down to the rank of section is: I. Subgenus Acacia. Lectotype: Mimosa scorpioides L, (= —A. nilotica (L.) Del.). Vide Britton & ‘Brown, Hlust. Flora North U.S. & Canute ed. 2 2:331 (1913). 1. Section Acacia Section Conjugato-Pinnatae DC., Prodr. 2:455 (1825). Lectotype: A. gum- mifera Willd. Section Globuliferae DC., op. cit. 460 (1825). Lectotype: A. arabica Willd. (= A. nilotica), Section (“Division”) Bipinnatae Benth., Fl. Aust, 2:302 (1864). Lectotype: A. bidwillii Benth. Il, Subgenus Aculeiferum Vassal, Bull. Soc. Nat. Hist. Toulouse 108: 138 (1972) Type: A. senegal (L.) Willd. * Group 319 (fig. 2) includes A. botrycephala, A. elata and A. terminalis. A, botrycephala is conspecific with A. terminalis but the name A. ferminalis has often been misapplied to A. elata, Probably only two species are covered by the three names. Both A. monticola and A. impressa are in group 336, though A. monticola J. M. Black is based on A. jmpressa F. Muell. A. impressa Lindl. may have: been intended, but this is conspecific with A. penninervis (group 334). A. sibirica (group 335) is the same as A. kempeana (group 332). A. ptychophylla seems to be extremely rare and its data probably apply to A. drepanocarpa. subsp. latifolia which has often been misidentified as A, ptychophylla. ** Section Uninervea Vassal and Uninerves (Benth.) Taub. are both placed under section Phyllodineae DC. The section Botrycephalae (Benth.) Taub. is treated as distinct. See p. 82, 82 2. Section Spiciflorae_DC., Prod. 2:456 (1825). Lectotype: A. ataxacantha DC. Section Vulgares (Benth.) Taub., Pflanzenf. ed. 1. 3(3):113 (1894). Based on series Vulgares Benth., London J. Bot. 1:322 (1842). Lectotype: A, ataxacantha DC. Section Aculeiferum Vassal, Bull. Soc. Nat. Hist. Toulouse 108:139 (1972). Type: A. senegal, Section Monocanthea Vassal, Bull. Soc. Nat. Hist. Toulouse 108:139 (1972). Type: A. ataxacantha. 3. Section Filicinae (Benth.) Taub., Pflanzenf. ed. 1. 3(3):113 ctiaas Based on series Filicinae Benth., London J. Bot. 1:322 (1842). Type: A. filicina Willd. Tl. Subgenus Heterophyllum Vassal, op. cit. 139 (1972). Type: A. stenophylla A. Cunn, ex Benth. 4. Section Botrycephalae (Benth.) Taub., Pflanzenf. ed. 1. 3(3):111 (1894); Maiden & Betche, Census Pl. N.S.W. 96 (1916). Based on series Botry- ~ cephalae Benth., London J. Bot. 1:321 (1842). Type: A. botrycephala Dest. (=A, terminalis (Salisb.) Macbride.) . Section Phyllodineae DC., Prodr. 2:448 (1825); Benth., Fl. Aust, 2:302 (1864); Taub., Pflanzenf. ed. 1. 3(3):109 (1894). Lectotype: A. penninervis Sieb, ex DC. Section Uninerves (Benth.) Maiden & Betche, Census Pl. N.S.W. 90 (1916). Based on series Uninerves Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:307(1864). Lectotype: A, penninervis Sieb, ex DC, Section Brunioideae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche, Census Pl. N.S.W. 90 (1916). Based on subseries Brunioideae Benth., London J. Bot. 1:343 (1842). Type: A. brunioides A. Cunn. ex Benth. Section Uninervea Vassal, Bull. Soc. Nat. Hist. Toulouse 108:140 (1972). Type: A. retinodes Schlecht. nA ON . Section Lycopodiifoliae* Pedley. Phyllodes small, without definite nerves, terete or slightly flattened, in regular or slightly oblique whorls with prominent stipules between them, stipules sometimes absent. Flowers in heads on axillary Peganels Type species: A, lycopodiifolia A. Cunn, ex Hook. 7. Section Alatae (Benth.) Pedley, stat. nov. Based on subseries Alatae Benth., London J. Bot. 1:323 (1842). Type: A. alata R.Br. . Section Plurinerves (Benth). Maiden & Betche, Census Pl. N.S.W. 93 (1916). Based on series Plurinerves Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:312 (1864). Lectotype: A, melanoxylon R.Br. Section Calamiformes (Benth.) Maiden & Betche, Census Pl. N.S.W. 90 (1916). Based on subseries Calamiformes Benth., London J. Bot. 1:320 (1842). Lectotype: A. calamifolia Sweet. | Co * Section Lycopodiifoliae Pedley sect. nov. Phyllodia parva teretia vel leviter planata, sine nervis manifestis, in verticillos regulares vel leviter obliquos stipulis prominentibus inter eas disposita; stipulae interdum nullae. Flores in capitula in pedunculis axillaribus dispositi. Typus: A. lycopodiifolia A. Cunn. ex Hook. 83 Section Pungentes (Benth.) Maiden & Betche, Census Pl. N.S.W. 89 (1916), Based on subseries Pungentes Benth., London J. Bot. 1:334 (1842), Lectotype: A. latipes Benth, Section Heterophyllum Vassal, Bull. Soc. ‘Nat. Hist. Toulouse 108:140 (1972). Type: A. stenophylla A. Cunn. ex Benth. 9. Section Suliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche, Census PI. N.S.W. 95 (1916). Based on subser, Juliflorae Benth., London J. Bot. 1:161 Seer (Note: also spelled “‘Juliferae’’). Lectotype: A, julifera Benth. 10. Section Pulchellae (Benth.) Taub., Pflanzenf. ed. 1.3(3):111 (1894). Based on series Pulchellae Benth., London J, Bot. 1.321 (1842). Type: A, pulchella R.Br. Section Pulchelloidea Vassal, Bull. Soc, Hist. Nat. Toulouse 108:140 (1972). Type: A. pulchella R.Br. There are so few species of subgenus Acacia in Australia that its unsatis- factory subsectional classification, discussed by Ross (1973), is of little importance to Australian workers but the subgenus Heterophyllum is predomin- antly Australian and its satisfactory classification would be of value. Considerable basic taxonomic work is still required, especially on plants of northern and western Australia, before such a classification can be drawn up. There is no great need to subdivide the small sections Botrycephalae and Pulchellae but in Queensland further division of larger sections is warranted. The application of the names of infrasectional taxa is still reasonably clear, largely. because the classifications of Bentham (1864, 1875) have been followed -with little modification by most workers. The ranks of the sections Botrycephalae and Pulchellae are open to some doubt. Both are distinguished from other sections of subg. Heterophyllum by their bipinnate leaves and from each other by their inflorescences and foliage and appear to warrant, at least pro temporare, sectional rank. The Botrycephalae have close affinities with, and may have been derived from, the Racemosae group of the Phyllodineae. The Pulchellae form a diverse assemblage of 24 species (none of which is found in Queensland), some which are related to species of the Botrycephalae and one (A. insolita) whose uppermost leaves are reduced to phyllodes is related to the Phyllodineae. In Appendix 1 lectotypes are chosen for some taxa below the rank of section so that there can be no doubt in future of the application of the names of these taxa. The classification is basically the same as that used by Black (1924) with the addition of section Alatae for species, all from Western Australia, with phyllodes decurrent on the stems forming two opposite wings and section Lycopodiifoliae for the unusual species (excluding A. cedroides) dealt with previously (Pedley 1972). These had been included in subseries Brunioideae but A. brunioides, the type species, is referred here to section Phyllodineae so a new name is proposed, The species of subseries Triangulares described by Bentham (1842) were subsequently referred by him to either series Plurinerves or to series Uninerves (= section Phyllodineae), but they form a coherent group possibly worthy of subsectional rank. A. amblygona included by Bentham in Triangulares is the type of subsect, Parviscutellae Vassal and if Triangulares is regarded as a subsection the name Parviscutellae must be used for it despite the fact that the only other species included by Vassal (A. continua and A. spinescens) are excluded. 84. - Most species referred by Bentham to the series Calamiformes and Continuae ' are placed in either section Plurinerves or Phyllodineae, This is the most significant departure of the present (and Black’s) classification from Bentham’s. The system of classification is bound to be further modified. Further studies might indicate other changes to what is still basically Bentham’s system. The phyllodes of some Western Australian species (Vassal and Guinet 1972; Pedley 1975; Maslin 1978) have an unusual structure (diaphyllodinous) and the species might form another section. The treatment of subseries Dimidiatae Benth. (1842) is a problem. Tropical species such as A. dunnii and A. holosericea are closely related despite the differences in their inflorescences, while-A. binervata and A. wardellii are probably more closely related to some species of the Phyllodineae than to species of the Plurinerves. If some species of subseries Dimidiatae were transferred to series of Phyllodineae and Plurinerves the residue of closely related species could possibly form another taxon, possibly also of serial rank. There are groups of closely related species in subgenus Heterophyllum and a fruitful approach to classification might be an agglomerative system such as Pryor and Johnson (1971) adopted for Eucalyptus, Examples of species that could constitute subseries: (a) A. brachycarpa, A. echinula, A. saxicola and ulicifolia; (b) A. implexa, A. melanoxylon and the extra-Australian species, . heterophylla, A. kauaiensis, A. koa and A. xiphoclada; (c) A. complanata, excelsa, A. fleckeri, A. homaloclada, A. simsii and their relatives A. confusa, . mathuataensts, A. richti and A. simplex which occur in the Pacific. ARAA The arranging of groups of related subseries into series would probably result in the recognition of many series but it is likely that these would have more significance than Bentham’s equivalent taxa; that is, the subseries of his 1864 classification. Some of Bentham’s subseries, for example, the Racemosae of the series Uninerves (= section Phyllodineae) and the Microneurae of the series Plurinerves (== section Plurinerves) are well defined; whereas others such as the Brevifoliae and Falcatae of the series Juliflorae (= section Juliflorae) are difficult to distinguish from each other. It is useful to refer to some of these subseries in a general way and in the following discussion they are termed “groups”. Some isolated species such as A. monticola, A. peuce and A. wickhamii will probably form monospecific subseries or even series. Some characters useful in identification and classification Bentham (1875) noted the importance of vegetative characters in distinguish- ing his series of Acacia and it is noticeable that in a genus of such size there is little variation in the flowers but considerable variation in fruits and vegetative parts. Many characters are useful in identification and classification, some of only limited use with herbarium material but valuable in the field. Vassal (1972) discussed at some length the evolutionary significance of many characters, including some considered below. | HABIT, All species are evergreen woody perennials, Most are shrubs or small trees but there is a considerable range in size. A baueri is a subshrub often less than 30cm tall while A. bakeri is a rainforest tree up to 30m tall. Widely ranging species vary considerably in size. In near-coastal districts A. harpophylla is 25m or more tall but at the limit of its range in south-western Queensland it is usually less than 5m, A. aulacocarpa is extremely common in coastal districts of southern Queensland but it is usually a smaller tree than it is in north 85 Queensland and New Guinea. In specially favourable situations individual plants may become extremely large. Trees of A, neriifolia, A. salicina and A. sparsifiora more than 20 m tall have been seen but such exceptional plants are not accounted for in the description of species, Modifications of the habit of plants subjected to unusual conditions have also been noted. Plants for A. humifusa near the sea at Cape Bedford, north of Cooktown, subjected to constant strong winds from the sea are prostrate, as are associated plants of Grevillea pter idiifolia. Both are usually erect plants. ' BARK. The bark of most tree species is hard and somewhat furrowed and offers © little help in identification. Some do have distinctive bark, however. A. harpophylla has black, coarsely and deeply furrowed bark similar to species of Eucalyptus known as ironbarks. The bark of the closely related A. cambagei is dark grey and somewhat flaky. The outer bark of A. rhodoxylon which is thin and comes off in small, more or less square flakes was likened by Maiden in the protologue of the species to a French fowl. Four species, A. chisholmii, A. curranii, A. cyperophylla and A. lysiphloia, section Juliflorae, and A. monticola in section Plurinerves, have what is referred to as ‘“‘mineritchie” bark. Mineritchie is a vernacular name for A. cyperophylla. The inner bark is reddish and the outer bark peals off in thin narrow strips curling at the ends. BRANCHLETS, Branchlets vary from terete or subterete to trigonous or even ancipitous. Most species have unremarkable terete or somewhat angular. ones but branchlets of others are distinctive and useful in identification, particularly as the range of variation within species is not great. A. complanata and A. homaloc- lada have flattened almost winged stems and A. calyculata is unique in the Juliflorae in also having flattened branchlets. The colour of branchlets, though subject to modification by factors such as degree of exposure to light, is sometimes useful, A. leiocalyx has remarkably sharply 3-angled branchlets which are usually red, INDUMENTUM. The presence or absence of indumentum is sometimes constant within a species, but at other times its occurrence is irregular. The distribution of hairs on floral parts, especially on the calyx and ovary is more regular than it is on vegetative organs and is useful in distinguishing some species. The distribution of hairs on the phyllodes of such species as A. flavescens, A. longispicata, A. neriifolia, A. polifolia and A. pubicosta is a useful diagnostic character. A. flavescens and A. leptoloba are remarkable in having yellowish stellate hairs on young shoots and at the base of the phyllodes. The indumentum of the phyllodes determines to a great extent the overall silvery grey appearance of A. aneura, A. cambagei, A. harpophylla, A. pubifolia and others. | There is considerable variation between and within species in the texture of the phyllodes and branchlets. Some species, especially in north-western Queensland, are extremely resinous to the touch. Of note are A. asperulacea, A, vernicifiua, A. monticola, A. phlebocarpa, A. viscidula, A. ixiophylla, A, lysiphloia, A. chisholmii and A. hilliana. A. melleodora is resinous but not cae sticky and has a distinctive fragrance that persists even on dried material. A. laccata has a varnished appearance. STIPULES. The presence of stipular spines is characteristic of subgenus Acacia (see Guinet 1969; Ross 1973) and all the Queensland representatives of the subgenus have them at least when young. There is no special relationship between ants and plants as there is in some American and African species of the subgenus. 86 The stipules of subg. Heterophyllum are, with some exceptions, small, inconspicuous and often evanescent. A. paradoxa and A. victoriae are exceptional among the Queensland species, in having stipular spines, those of A. victoriae . being sometimes. reduced to blunt knobs. Stipular spines, which are also found in some Western Australian species, do not indicate either close affinity with Species of subgenus Acacia or, for the Queensland species at lcast, with each other, The stipules of A. macradenia are rather membranous when young but become hard, reflexed and almost spiny. LEAVES. Mature plants of species of subg. Heterophyllum except sections Botrycephalae and Puichellae have phyllodes while those of subg. Acacia, subg. Aculeiferum and sections Botrycephalae and Pulchellae have leaves only.* Seedlings of all species of the genus have true leaves, whether or not they eventually develop phyllodes. Except in subg. Aculeiferum the first leaf developed is always pinnate. Vassal (1972) in a detailed discussion of evolutionary trends within Acacia has suggested that there is an evolutionary trend: Pinnate-bipin- nate+phyllodes. Some evidence indicates however that section Botrycephalae with bipinnate foliage evolved from section Phyllodineae with phyllodes, The succession of juvenile leaves was investigated by Cambage (see refer- ences 1915 to 1928) and by Vassal (1972) who distinguished four “modes des succession foliaire’ based on the primordial pinnate foliage. Vassal’s categories might be further subdivided to account for species where the pinnate foliage is followed immediately, not by bipinnate leaves but by phylodes—A,. confusa with one pinnate leaf (Cambage 1929; Li 1974), and A, harpophylla (Cambage, l.c.) and A. georginae with two. Cambage and Vassal found that most species of subg. Acacia and Aculeiferum have seedlings of Vassal’s Mode 2 with a few Mode 18, and characters of seedlings may be useful in elucidating the origin and relationships of major groups of species. Stebbins (1950) suggested that the retention of pinnate or bipinnate seed- ling leaves has a selective advantage and that species in which the seedling leaves persist the longest are native to regions which are moister than those inhabited by most of the species in which the adult reduced type of leaf appears at a relatively early age. Li who examined 433 seedlings of A. confusa suggested that it may have originated in a very dry region and that it might be the most advanced species of the genus. Both suggestions should be treated cautiously though Stebbin’s hypothesis could prove to be substantially true. In A. aneura temperature affected the development of phyllodes following the seedling leaves (Carr and Burdon 1975) and it could possibly affect the succession of pinnate and bipinnate leaves. Under field conditions some species such as A. aneura, A. georginae and A. harpophylla have few pinnate leaves, whereas others, especially A. attenuata and A. rubida, both of which may produce flowers before phyllodes develop, A. nertifolia and A. pustula have many. Flower- ing plants of A. attenuata with only juvenile leaves resemble those of A. pruinosa. Of considerable interest is A. latisepala. In the protologue A. latisepala was. compared with A. -spectabilis var. (?)stuartii and <A. botrycephala (=A. terminalis). I have since seen plants which have well developed phyllodes' as well as bipinnate leaves. Evidently only a small proportion of * One species of the Botrycephalae and one of the Pulchellae sometimes bear phyllodes, 87 plants develop phyllodes and I think that A. latisepala is correctly placed in section Botrycephalae though it has affinities with A. rubida and other species of the Racemosae group of section Phyllodineae. The persistence of juvenile leaves, the racemose inflorescences, the linear pods and longitudinal seeds with clavate arils of the many species of the Racemosae group are also characters of many species of the section Botrycephalae. The centre of development of both groups is south-eastern Australia and it is likely that the Botrycephalae evolved from the Phyllodineae. A. Xhanburyana, evidently a hybrid species of the Phyllodineae and Botrycephalae also suggests that the two are closely related. GLANDS, (Figure 7) The position and structure of glands are of significance in the classification and identification of Acacias. They occur on the primary axis and rarely on the secondary axis of adult leaves and sometimes of juvenile ones, and on the dorsal margin or, in some species from Western Australia, the dorsal surface of phyllodes. Hardy (1912) pointed out the taxonomic importance of their number and position on phyllodes and Maiden (1916) drew attention to the need to describe the glands, and he did so in many species he described subsequently. The structure of glands and their position along the primary axis varies little within Queensland species of section Botrycephalae but there is considerable variation between species. The number and size of pinnae and leaflets together with the size and distribution of glands are enough to distinguish individual species. In other sections of Heterophyllum, too, the glands are of value in identifying and classifying species. Glands of most species are inconspicuous, consisting of a more or less circular orifice surrounded by a rim usually only slightly different in colour and texture from the margin of the phyllode. Sometimes as in A. falcata and A. macradenia they may be somewhat elongated. A. pubicosta and A. polifolia have notably small glands with a small, often slightly distal, orifice. The glands of A. pustula and A. neriifolia are prominent, with a relatively large orifice and a well defined rim which projects from the margin of the phyllode (Fig. 7c). Glands of this type are termed “pustular” in the key to species (p. 102). The glands of A. perangusta project from the margin of the phyllodes but they are small and lack a prominent rim while those of A. bancroftii (Fig. 7f£) and A. wardellii are small and circular and are often placed on projections of the phyllode. Neither type has been called pustular. In most species the gland is at, or within a few millimetres of, the base of the lamina of the phyllode. As noted previously by Hardy in some species of Uninerves (=Phyllodineae) the single gland is some distance from the base (Fig. 7c, d, g, h). Other species have several glands along the dorsal margin. Some members of Bentham’s subseries Dimidiatae of Plurinerves, eg. A. binervata and A. flavescens (Fig. 7j) have a small gland close to where the uppermost major longitudinal nerves approaches the margin. When a gland is some distance from the base it is sometimes connected to the midnerve by a connecting nerve. This is considered a diagnostic character for A. penninervis (Fig. 7g) but it also occurs in other species of section Phyllodineae, even in A.. decora and A. pustula when they have broad phyllodes. The nervature associated with the gland in A. penninervis is sometimes complex (Fig. 7g). Some species of the section Phyllodineae have a small gland at the tip of the phyllode as well as one or more conspicuous ones closer to the base. It is found A. bivenosa and related Western Australian species such as A. rostellifera, and in A. gnidium, A. hockingsii and A. calantha. 88 SHAPE AND VENATION OF PHYLLODES. (Figure 8). Pettigrew and Watson (1975) though dubious of the usefulness of glands as key characters, demonstrated the value of vegetative characters as a whole in identifying Acacias. The arrange- ment of the phyllodes, their shape, size and venation, as well as their indumentum and glands, already discussed, enable a large proportion of Queensland species to be identified without reference at all to flowers and fruits. In the key to species vegetative characters have been used not only to distinguish major groups but also to distinguish related species. The use of vegetative characters might be extended by using some utilized by Pettigrew and Watson. Species of section Lycopodiifoliae have regularly whorled phyllodes. Species of this section have a general appearance different from all other species of the genus, and one might expect the taxon to have higher rank. The species do not differ from others in the characters of the flowers and pods, however, and other species not included in the section also have verticillate phyliodes. A. verticillata is excluded because of its spicate inflorescence; A. cedroides is rather arbitrarily excluded on account of its prominently ribbed phyllodes; while A. baueri is included despite its phyllodes being sometimes scattered, not verticillate, and its stipules being sometimes absent. Other species, especially A. conferta, A. brunioides and A. ruppii otten have phyllodes in groups and are somewhat intermediate between the Phyllodineae and _Lycopodiifoliae. A, triptera is the only Queensland species with phyllodes decurrent on the ’ stem, There is a considerable range in the length of the pulvinus. The phyllode corresponds to the petiole and rachis of a pimnate leaf (Boke 1940) and it is more accurate to refer to the basal part as the pulvinus rather than the petiole. The term has been used by Maslin (1974). In A. latifolia and A. cretata it is hardly developed at all but it is, on the whole, of little value in distinguishing species. In contrast to species from Western Australia relatively few Queensland ones have quadrangular or terete phyllodes. Those of A. cyperophylla and A. rigens are always terete but in A. ramulosa, which has been poorly collected in Queensland, and A. coriacea they vary from terete to flat, sometimes on a single plant. It seems that the major and perhaps only difference between A, arida and A. orthocarpa is that the phyllodes of the former are flat and those of the latter terete, There is considerable variation in the shape of phyllodes, not only within species but also on single plants. Some species have juvenile phyllodes different in shape and sometimes indumentum, from the mature phyllodes. Juvenile phyllodes of A. juliflora and A. sparsiflora are straight, almost elliptic and densely tomentose in contrast to the falcate, elongate glabrous adult phyllodes. On the other hand juvenile phyllodes of A. maidenii are much longer and narrower than adult phyllodes. A few species of the Juliflorae never develop the mature foliage of the type that related species develop but retain what are apparently juvenile phyllodes throughout their life. This phenomenon is well known in eucalyptus such as Eucalyptus melanophloia and E. pruinosa. The retention of juvenile phyllodes is difficult to demonstrate in Acacia where most species do not have distinctive juvenile or mtermediate foliage characteristic of Eucalyptus but the adult phyllodes of A. striatifolia are so like the juvenile ones of A. blakei that they might be regarded as persistent juveniles, and the 59 same might also be true of the phyllodes of A. brevifolia and A. pubifolia,. The indumentum of the latter might be considered analagous to the retention of indumentum similar to that found on the juvenile phyllodes of A. julifera and A. sparsiflora. In the description of species the length, breadth, and leaf index (length/ breadth ratio) of phyllodes is given. There is a wide range of variation im length and, to a lesser extent, breadth. The relationship between length and width of phyllodes has been investigated for many species with large phyllodes and the following equation has been found to hold for all species studied: logit — abt oc where b is the width and 7 the leaf index of the phyllodes and a and ¢ are constants for each species, _ This property of the phyllodes has been used in an attempt to elucidate relationships among some members of the Microneurae group of the Plurinerves, When three mature undamaged phyllodes of a number of herbarium specimens were measured highly significant linear equations for species were derived. ‘As might be expected in a group of ‘closely related. species the regression lines are with one exception close and more or less parallel. A. microsperma has an exceptionally high value of c. The regressions therefore have only limited application in distinguishing species but they may be useful in confirming that Species are identical. Since Bentham’s first dliedification of Acacia (1842) it has been recognised that the venation of phyllodes is an important character in classification and identification. It is significant that Australian workers, the latest being Burbidge and Gray (1970) who constructed a key making use of vegetative, floral and fruiting characters, Court (1972) and Pettigrew and Watson (1975). who empha- sised or used vegetative characters exclusively, have all used the venation of phyllodés as a major distinguishing character. In the key to the Queensland species (p. 102) characters of the phyllode have been used as much as possible but because of. the large number of species other menpholoeical characters have been used where necessary. Species of sections Plurinerves and, when A. dorothea is excluded, Juliflorae have plurinerved phyllodes and those of Phyllodineae uninerved ones. It is convenient to follow Black (1924) and treat tetragonous phyllodes as being uninerved. In plurinerved phyllodes the major longitudinal nerves extend from the pulvinus to the apex, except in species of the Dimidiatae groups of both Plurinerves and Juliflorae where all but one of the major nerves terminate at or near the dorsal margin below the apex. Boke (1940) found that after the development of the first three vascular bundles of the phyllodes of A. longifolia the formation of subsequent ones was dependent on the growth of the lamina. That is, the number of longitudinal nerves was related to the width of the phyllode. Measuring a large number of phyliodes of A. maidenii revealed that the relationship between the breadth of the phyllodes and the number of longitudinal nerves is statistically significant. It is believed that such a relationship holds for most plurinerved species. The venation of uninerved phyllodes is also affected by an increase in width. Such species, such as A. decora, have markedly penninerved, broad phyllodes in contrast to narrow phyllodes without any marked lateral nerves. In extra- Queensland plants of A. verniciflua increasing breadth in phyllodes is ‘correlated with the development of a second longitudinal nerve. The relationship between 90 width of phyllode and development of an accessory longitudinal nerve has been investigated in A. bivenosa (Pedley, 1977). In this species phyllodes more than 10 mm wide has two longitudinal nerves; those less than 7 mm wide have one; and phyllodes 7-10mm have one or two, A. deuteroneura and A. difformis are apparently uninerved species with a second longitudinal nerve more or less well developed. The second longitudinal nerve rarely extends the full length of the phyllode, but in A. binervata and A. wardellii two longitudinal nerves extend the full length of the phyllode. They are apparently Plurinerves though their affinities are with A. penninervis and A. bancroftii, both Phyllodineae. If, in plurinerved species, the width of phyllodes is correlated with the number of longitudinal nerves, then the distance between longitudinal nerves would be more or less constant. The distance between nerves of some species is markedly greater in some species than it is in other. This was recognized by Bentham who distinguished some subseries of the series Plurinerves partly on the disposition of the nerves. The Nervosae group is rather heterogeneous but A. complanata, A. excelsa and the related species mentioned on p. 84 have widely spaced nerves, a character which sets them apart from other groups of the Plurinerves. The distance between longitudinal nerves is also a character which separates closely related species of the Juliflorae. In the key to species the number of longitudinal nerve is expressed as a number per mm, the phyllode being measured across its widest part. The differences are not great and there is an overlap of values in related species but it is of value in distinguishing A. leptocarpa, A. oligophleba and A. tropica which have widely spaced nerves from other species with crowded nerves. Species of the Microneurae group of the Plurinerves (A. calcicola, A. cambagei and A. cana) and some of the Juliflorae (A. blakei, A. curvinerva, A. julifera, A. striatifolia, etc.) have crowded longitudinal nerves without anastomosing nerves between them (Fig. 8e), but many plurinerved species have anastomoses between the longitudinal ones. Though the anastomoses of some species are so distinctive that they are easily recognized (Fig 8c, h), on the whole the differences between the patterns of venation of related species are slight and difficult to define. Only the Dimidiatae group of the Juliflorae are distinguished in the key from other species by their anastomoses. In the Dimidiatae group the ultimate vein islands are more or less equilateral. Whereas in other species they are elongate, usually more than three times as long as broad (Fig. 8d). INFLORESCENCE, (Figure 9). The flowers of most species of Acacia are arranged either in heads or in spikes and the nature of the inflorescence is a convenient character to use in subdividing the genus. Ross (1973) discussed its usefulness for African species, It is sometimes difficult to determine whether the inflorescences of some species are in spikes or in heads. Though A. clivicola, A. curranii, A. lysiphloia and A. granitica are all placed in the Juliflorae their inflorescences are often reduced to only slightly elongate heads. One subspecies of A. nuperrima has flowers in spikes (Fig. 9g), the other flowers in heads. The change from spikes to heads and the reverse have probably occurred many times during the evolution of Acacia and speculation as to what type is more primitive appears to be fruitless, | , Tindale and Roux (1969), in discussing the occurrence of flavanols in the heartwoods of Acacia spp. suggested that the Plurinerves and Juliflorae might be more closely related than is generally believed. It may be significant therefore that species with plurinerved phyllodes have either capitate or spicate inflorescences, whereas those with uninerved phyllodes always have capitate ones. 91 The arrangement of heads and, to a lesser extent, spikes is another useful character in defining groups of related Species, Bentham used the fact that heads are arranged in racemes or single or in pairs in the axils in his circumscription of subserics within his major series Uninerves (= section Phyllodineae) and Plurinerves, Other morphological characters are correlated with those of the inflorescence (Johnson 1973) and differences in inflorescences are therefore important in the classification of the Phyllodineae. As well as the division of species into one group with heads on axillary peduncles and another with heads in racemes, there is considerable variation in the structure of racemes, which permits some subdivision of the second group. Inflorescences of various types (Fig. 9) are shown somewhat intermediate between the axillary and racemose. The heads are on peduncles in the axils of reduced phyllodes but these are borne on indeterminate, but usually short, branches, The racemes of most species are determinate with all the heads opening together. Those of A. penninervis, A. platycarpa, A. hemignosta and other species are indeterminate and centrifugal. Consequently these species flower for a long period. Occasionally the axis of the raceme of some species such as A. bivenosa and A, blakei grows out into a leafy shoot and then the heads are lateral. There is considerable variation between species in the size of racemes. Those of A. penninervis are up to 12cm long with 15 to 30 branches. Sometimes the branches are again branched so that the raceme is compound. On the other hand the axis of the racemes of the Microneurae group of section Plurinerves are often less than 1 cm long (Fig. 9c). The inflorescence of A. complanata, A. simsti and related species (see p. 84) consists of four heads in two pairs (Fig. 9f). One head of each pair opens before the other and at the same time as the first opening head of the other pair. In the key to species I have regarded such an inflorescence as a condensed raceme though it is impossible to determine from the gross mor- phology whether the inflorescence has been derived from a raceme, The arrangement of spikes is not of great importance in classifying and identifying species, but the Icngth of the spike and arrangement of flowers (sparse or otherwise) are somewhat more important. The longest spikes are those of A. concurrens, A, leiocalyx and A. longispicata which are up to 10 cm long. Flowers are often sparsely arranged along the rachis of long spikes. Many Queensland species of Acacia are andromonoccious, Their inflores- cences consist of both staminate and bisexual flowers—-a phenomenon noted for A. baileyana by Newman (1932b) and for A. nilotica by Sinha (1971). Individual spikes or heads may even consist wholly of male flowers but usually at least a few bisexual flowers occur. Environmental factors during the development of the flowers may determine the proportion of male flowers. It is noteworthy that a rudimentary ovary is often found in functionally male flowers and is usually glabrous, even in species where normally developed ovaries are pubescent. COLOUR OF FLOWERS. Except for those of A. purpureapetala which are pink, the flowers of Queensland species of Acacia range in colour from almost white (A. calyculata and A, longissima) to orange-yellow (A. venulosa). The colour is mote or less constant for each species. Ross (1971) dealing with species of Acacia in Natal, considered flower colour to be a taxonomically important character but in Queensland it appears to be useful only in distinguishing closely related taxa, especially in the field. The flowers of A. venulosa and A. saxicola are a deeper yellow than those of the closely related A. baeuerlinii and A. ulicifolia respectively; and those of A. brunioides subsp. granitica are deeper than those of A. brunioides subsp. brunioides, Colours of the flowers of some species 92 in south-eastern Queensland are given in Appendix 2. The colour of the flower is due mostly to the colour of the staminal filaments which project from the flower. BRACTS. Following Maslin (1972) I have referred to the bracts that subtend individual flowers in either heads or spikes as bracteoles. Broadly there are two types—one with narrow, more or less terete stipe and a peltate lamina at about right angles; the other with a flat narrow claw and a somewhat broader lamina in about the same plane as the stipe. Attributes of the bracteoles are of only limited value in distinguishing species and are usually omitted from the description of species. Bracts also occur at the base of the peduncles of axillary heads or of branches of racemes, or along peduncles, They are usually small and inconspicuous but are occasionally useful in identification. A. suaveolens is unique among the Queensland species in having heads completely enclosed before development in ovate concave bracts. This is also a conspicuous character of A. subcaerulea and some other species from Western Australia. Most species of subg. Acacia have an involucre of bracts on the peduncles and the position of the involucre was the basis of Bentham’s distinguishing three subseries of the series Guimriferae. The character is not of great value however. FLOWERS. The flowers of Queensland species show little variation in size or structure and are of only limited value in classification or identification, All are sessile. The flowers of most species have a calyx about 1mm long, the corolla about twice as long and stamens 34mm long. Species with calyxes 0:6 mm or less long are A. cincinnata, A. lineata, A, betchei, A. fimbriata, A. argyrodendron, A, cana and A. aprepta. A few species have flowers markedly larger than the norm. The corollas of A. megalantha and A. myrtifolia are 3-4mm long. The flowers of A. baeuerlenii are exceptionally large mainly on account of the stamens (up to 7mm long) rather than the corolla which is only about 2 mm long. There is little variation in the number or structure of floral parts. Most species have 5-merous flowers but those of A. maidenii, A. obtusifolia and their allies (all placed by Bentham in subser. Tetramerae), and the unrelated A. whitei are 4-merous, The lobing of the calyx and corolla, and the indumentum. of the various parts of the flower are sometimes useful in distinguishing species but do not appear to be of much value in defining groups of related species. Some species of the Lycopodiifoliae have corollas with distinct, sometimes anastomosing, longitudinal herves prominent in the bud. A few species of unrelated subsections have similar corollas—A, monticola and A. phlebocarpa (Plurinerves) and A. helicophylla (Juliflorae), a species from the Northern Territory. . Stamens vaty little, except in number, from species to species, None of the Australian species examined has glandular anthers a character of some species of subgenus Aculeiferum (e.g. A. willardiana Britton & Rose). Guinet (1969) discussed the pollen of Acacia at considerable length and also reviewed previous work of Coetzee (1955) and Cookson (1954). He found that species of Filicinae and Vulgares (.e. subg. Aculeiferum) have pollen with pores, as many as there are sides, placed towards the angles of the monads; species of Pulchellae, Botrycephalae and Phyllodineae (subg. Heterophyllum) have pollen with pores and furrows, the pores placed towards the angles; and the Guimmiferae (subg. Acacia) with pores fewer in number than the number of sides, placed on the distal faces of the monads. On pollen morphology alone a few species of sub, Heterophyllum would be placed in subg. Aculeiferum but by and large differences in pollen are correlated with other morphological characters, 93 The polyads usually contain 16 pollen grain, There are departures from the norm, however, some of which may have some taxonomic significance. The polyad of four large pollen grains found in A. baueri is specially interesting and further investigation of Lycopodiifoliae is indicated. ' | : pops. (Figure 10) A feature of Acacia is the great diversity of its pods. If undue weight is given to differences in pods and the similarities in so many other characters disregarded, then many segregate genera might be recognized for. the genus in Australia, as was done by Britton and Rose (1928) for American species. A classification based entirely on pods would lead to the dissociation of some species which other morphological characters suggest are related. In some cases, however, characters of the pod may prove useful in delimiting subserics, Bentham (1864) commented that “in the majority of specimens gathered, the pod is neglected by collectors”. Less than a fifth of the collections at BRI include fruit. For some common coastal species which fruit regularly, such as A, fimbriata and A. podalyriifolia, this is due to the neglect of collectors, probably because flowering plants are conspicuous and fruiting ones are not. Fruiting material of other species, have not been available to collectors. Johnson (1964) and Preece (1971b) discussed the irregular fruiting of the widespread and con- spicuous species A. harpophylla and A. aneura respectively. The- great majority of the species of Acacia found in Queensland have flat linear dehiscent pods with seeds arranged longitudinally. The valves are some- times, as in A. concurrens, A. leiocalyx and A. maidenii, rather fleshy when immature, but the valves of the pods of all species are corlaceous or woody when mature, Linear pods are straight or coiled, usually irregularly so, but the pods of A, solandri (Fig. 10e) are regularly coiled and the valves of those of A. cincinnata (Fig. 10c) are fused, forming a solid spiral. Pods are sometimes constricted where seeds have aborted but some species (e.g. A. coriacea, A. torulosa) have regularly moniliform pods (Fig. 10g). The pods of A. stenophylla (Fig. 10h) are tardily dehiscent and are strongly constricted between the seeds. The pods usually break into single-seeded loments. The pods of A. pendula (Fig. 10k) and at least some variants of A. aneura are thin and have a dorsal wing. Species with flat pods with transversely arranged seeds are not common but they occur in some Queensland species. Species closely related to each other (A. brunioides and A. conferta; A. dictyophleba and A. melleodora; A, flavescens, A. platycarpa and A. rothii; A. aulacocarpa and A. crassicarpa) have pods with transverse seeds (Fig. 10j, 1, m). Other species with transverse seeds are presumably taxonomically isolated, at least from other Queensland species, though, considering the overall resemblance of A. podalyriifolia, with transverse seeds, to A. jucunda and A. uncifera, with longitudinal seeds, this may not always be true. A. leptostachya has pods of two types—a narrow pod with longitudinal seeds and a broader one with transverse seeds. The diversity of pods as well as floral and foliage characters suggests that there are more than one species may be included in A. leptostachya but so few specimens include pods that it has not been possible to establish correlation among the different characters. Flat pods either with longitudinally or transversely arranged seeds occur in species throughout subg. Acacia and Heterophyllum, but two distinctive types of pod are found mostly in section Juliflorae. A few species, notably A. stipuligera, A, acradenia, A, julifera and A, curvinervia have linear more or less straight pods 94 terete in cross section (Fig. 10f) while the pods of A. brachystachya and A. ramulosa are somewhat broader than thick but definitely not flattened. The pods of A. umbellata are also more or less terete but short. The other pod is flat, broadest at the top and tapers regularly to the base which is often without seeds for some distance. The valves are hard, almost woody and often transversely veined. At maturity the valves separate at the apex and roll back releasing the seeds or leaving the seeds suspended on the funicle, see figure of A. australis (= A. calyculata) in van der Pij! (1972). The seeds are arranged longitudinally or obliquely in the pod. Species with such triangular pods are: A. argyrea, A. brevifolia, A. limbata, A. calyculata, A. conjunctifolia, A. hilliana and A. orthocarpa, A. whitei (Fig. 10d) and A. hyaloneura have pods which dehisce in a similar way but they are not noticeably tapered at the base. SEEDS. Characters of the seeds are useful in the taxonomy of Acacia but they have only limited value as only a small proportion of the small number of specimens with pods have mature seeds, Vassal (1971) examined seeds of 127 species of Acacia, 84 of which occur in Australia, most of them in subg, Heterophyllum. On the whole the seeds of species of subg. Heterophyllum were found to be smaller than those of subg. Aculeiferum and Acacia. A. peuce has exceptionally large seeds. Vassal found a wide range of sizes in the Juliflorae and Plurinerves, but a narrower range in the Phyllodineae. Seeds of the Botrycephalae are similar in size to those of the Racemosae group of the Phyllo- dineae. The size of the areole, the area enclosed by the pleurogram (Corner 1951), in relation. to the size of the seed, and whether it is open or closed were found to be more or less constant for each species. The areole has been found to be a character of some importance in the taxonomy of Acacia (Brenan 1959), Vassal defined four major types of funicle, depending on their thickness and the extent of their encircling the seed, All four types are found in subg. Heterophyllum and the funicle could be of great value in distinguishing species and in defining relationships between groups of species. Delimitation of Species In his discussion of the species-concept in Quercus, Burger (1975) pointed out that, ideally, the biological species and the plants included under a binomial should be identical. Biological species consist of systems of populations separate from each other by at least partial discontinuities which must have a genetic base (Stebbins 1950). In many plants data, either field or experimental, are insufficient for the adoption of the biological species-concept. In the absence of genetic data I have tried to use the category of species as it has been used over the past two centuries, I have been influenced by the concepts of Morton (1966) and the discussion of Fisher (1965). It should be specially noted that a subspecies has a geographical or ecological range distinct from those of other subspecies, but that in part of its range it may not be distinguishable from other subspecies. In some cases a variant of a species may be considered worthy of recognition but no decision can be made regarding its rank. Though this situation exists it is not considered a valid argument for having only one infraspecific category as was proposed by Raven (1974). I believe both the categories “subspecies” and “variety” are useful and have used both. ai 95 Some wide ranging species show more or less clinal variation over a wide area, variation difficult to deal with in an orthodox system of nomenclature. An extreme example is A. bivenosa, the variation of which has been studied mainly from herbarium specimens (Pedley 1977) but variation of a similar sort occurs in A. arida. In the northern part of Western Australia A. arida has flat minutely pustulate phyllodes up to 5mm wide, There is a more or less regular reduction in width as one proceeds eastward. A. orthocarpa which is a species to some extent maintained for convenience represents the extreme of the variation. Variation of a similar type occurs in A. translucens and A, wickharnii, The variation of some species does not appear to be regular, possibly because sufficient data are not available. One such species is A. aneura. There is some suggestion (Pedley 1973) that on the eastern edge of its range in Queensland the variation of A. aneura has some regularity, possibly linked with polyploidy, but the variation of the species in Western Australia and the Northern Territory is seemingly irregular. The. variation of other species of arid areas, such as A. brachystachya and A. ramulosa and of tropical coastal areas such as A. holosericea and A. torulosa, also require investigation. Acacia leiocalyx is widespread, exhibiting a considerable range of variation, particularly in length of flowering spikes, time of flowering and, to some extent, indumentum of the calyx. Two subspecies have been recognised in Queensland but the species extends southward to about the latitude of Sydney and other subspecies may occur in the southern part of its range. A. penninervis also has a wide range in Queensland and New South Wales and a variant from south-eastern Queensland has been recognised as a variety, mainly because there is a name for it in this rank. The species, however, is not well understood and the range and geographical extent of variation should be studied, particularly in inland parts of its entire range. Naturally occurring hybrids of Acacia are rare in Queensland, One specimen (Tugun, White 7112) probably represents a hybrid between A. obtusifolia and A, sophorae in a habitat somewhat in between those of the parent species. The area has been altered to such an extent since the specimen was collected that it is unlikely that similar plants occur there now. Specimens (Johnson 893, Young sn) collected between Mundubbera and Brovinia Creek, Burnett District, appear to represent an A. bancroftii «x A. macradenia hybrid. In cultivation hybrids of section Botrycephalae are frequently found. A. decurrens and A. baileyana which are naturalized in cooler parts of southern Queensland, are frequently involved in such crosses. Cytology . Most species of Acacia have a diploid complement. of 26 chromosomes (Darlington & Wylie 1955) and, though less than one per cent of the species have been examined, it seems that polyploids are much more common in subgenus Acacia than in other subgenera. Ross (1973) discussed the significance of this for African species, All species of subgenus Heterophyllum have 2n—=26 except A. koa, A. heterophylla, A. brachystachya, and A. aneura (2n=52), A, sowdenii (2n= 38), and A. deanei subsp. paucijuga (2n=39) (Hamant et al. 1975, Briggs in Tindale 1966, Pedley 1973). Except for the pantropical A, farnesiana and the naturalized A. nilotica, both of which have 2n=—52, there are no available data for Australian species of subgenus Acacia. == EPR PSS PPG A EST EH AO RT 96 The relationship between chromosome number and ecological preference demonstrated for Eremophila glabra by Ey & Barlow (1972) may also apply to some species of Acacia. If postulations regarding the evolution and diver- sification of A. aneura (Pedley. 1973) are correct then polyploids might be expected not only in A. aneura and A. brachystachya but in other species with wide ranges in arid parts of Australia. Khan (1951) noted that the chromosomes of Acacia are small, between ca 1 and 3 » long and that those of the few species of subg. Heterophyllum studied tended to be longer than those other subgenera. Khan’s general findings were confirmed by the more detailed studies of Vassal and Lescanne (1976). Ecology It is noteworthy that, though communities in which eucalypts predominate are widespread in Australia, they are absent in northern areas where annual rainfall is less than 600 mm, except where there is extra run-on water (Pryor 1959). In these semi-arid and arid areas Acacia spp. are the predominant woody plants. Some species such as A. aneura, A. argyrodendron, A. cambagei, A. georginae and A. harpophylla form extensive, almost pure stands. In a large area of south-western Queensland studied by Boyland (1974) 25 species of Acacia were found and only 12 species of eucalypts. Acacia occurs virtually throughout Queensland, being scarce or absent only in most rainforests and in grasslands on fine-textured soils, Though the range of the- genus is not therefore limited by environmental factors, the distribution of individual species or groups of species is sometimes correlated with environmental factors. Some broad patterns of distribution (Juliflorae and Lycopodiifoliae mainly in the north; Botrycephalae in the south-east) have been determined as much by past climatic and edaphic factors as by present ones. . One of the most important factors determining the distribution of perennial plants is the availability of water. Species such as A. binervata, A. maidenii, A, melanoxylon and A. oshanesii are confined to areas of high rainfall whereas others including A. clivicola, A, ensifolia, A. peuce and A. tetragonophylla occur’ in arid areas. The season when rain falls and the length and severity of the dry season, as well as other climatic and edaphic factors, are also Significant. Farmer ef al. (1947) related the distribution of A. aneura, A. cambagei, A. cana, A. harpophylla and A. pendula to the incidence of summer and winter rain, and Nix and Austin (1973) who used more complex systems of analysis showed that A. aneura is absent from semi-arid regions with a regular summer or winter drought. A feature of the climate of much of northern | Australia is the marked seasonality of the rainfall, and the ranges of species such as A. galioides and other Lycopodiifoliae, A. argyrodendron, A. simsii and A, platycarpa may be determined by the length of the dry season. The effect of rainfall is most pronounced in arid and semi-arid areas but even in wetter parts of the state the distribution of some, Acacia mangium, for example, is restricted to parts of north-eastern Queensland where rainfall is high and there i is no appreciable period of drought. Just as eucalypt communities (noteably, those in which Eucalyptus micro- theca predominate) penetrate into arid and semi-arid regions in places where extra water is available, species of Acacia also occur outside their normal ranges where there are favourable “run-on” sites in arid regions. The availability of water often determines the distribution of species within plant communities, 97 especially in arid and semi-arid areas (Perry 1970). Acacia cambagei is, on the whole, a more xeric species than A. harpophylla and where the two occur together, such as in the basin of the Suttor, A. harpophylla occupies moister sites on stream lines or on the edges of gilgais. Low and irregular rainfall is usually correlated with high average tem- peratures and the effect of temperature alone is often not easy to determine. There is evidence that high soil temperatures are possibly lethal to seedlings of some Acacias and may inhibit seed germination (see Burrows 1973). In arid regions regeneration may therefore be confined to areas protected from direct solar radiation by leaf litter, logs, etc. Groving of A. aneura may be maintained by the survival of seedlings within, but not between groves, and the association of A. leptostachya and A. melleodora with groves of Eucalyptus similis near Lake Buchanan may also be due to high soil temperatures between groves. The effect of low temperatures is not as obvious as the effects of high temperatures. The coldest part of the state, the area with the highest incidence of frost, is country above 750m in the vicinity of Stanthorpe. A. dawsonii, A, filicifolia, A, rubida and A. stricta and other species widespread in temperate Australia are confined to this part of Queensland but, as the area of high land more or less coincides with an area of sandy soil derived from granite, edaphic as well as climatic factors may be significant. Incidence of frost within a small area may influence the local distribution of species, but the distribution of Acacia generally is not known in sufficient detail for any inferences to be made. In Queensland most species of Acacia favour coarse textured, well drained, infertile soils and edaphic factors must therefore determine the ranges of many species. A. bivenosa subsp. wayi and A. dictyophleba are more or less confined to sand dunes in the south-western part of the state. Except for A. sophorae which occurs south of about Maroochydore no species is restricted to coastal dunes. Species such as A. flavescens and A. julifera which occupy this ecological niche are widespread on free draining coastal sands generally. A few species, e.g. A. baueri, A. pubirhachis and A. ulicifolia occur in coastal heaths on sandy soil that is often water-logged for long periods. Despite the tendency of Acacia to occur on coarse textured soils some wide ranging and economically important species are restricted to clay soils. Notable are A. argyrodendron, A. cana, A. cambagei, A. harpophylla, A. melvillei and A. pendula, all belonging to.the Microneurae group of the Plurinerves, and A. victoriae and sometimes A. salicina, both Phyllodineae. These species are often found in pure stands close to grasslands and in some cases encroaching on grasslands. Other soil characteristics, particularly parent material, seem at times to be important in determining species distribution, though consideration of a single soil factor distinct from others is impossible. Some species are associated with deeply weathered rocks on scarps, remnants of the Tertiary land surface, that are widespread in semi-arid parts of Queensland (Gunn 1967; Boyland 1973), These species sometimes form short catenary sequences and their position relative to other plant communities can often be predicted with some accuracy. The best development of these catenas is along the Grey Range. A. clivicola occurs on shallow lithosols on dissected tops of hills while down the scarps there is a sequence: A. petraea, A. ensifolia, A. catenulata and A. microsperma, Species of the catena have different geographic ranges so that different sequences are found in different parts of Queensland. Other species that indicate deep weathering of rocks are: A. aprepta, A. shirleyi, A. microcephala and possibly A. rhodoxylon. | 98 Francis (1951) stated that only A. bakeri and, with some doubt, A. aulacocarpa assumed the qualities of rainforest tree types in Australia. He did however include in his work A. melanoxylon and A. fasciculifera, Webb and Tracey (in Pedley and Isbell 1971) recorded A. aulacocarpa in drier and depauperate rainforest types on steep upper slopes of the MclIlwraith Range, and A. cincinnata and A. mangium also occur in similar situations in other parts of northern Queensland. The absence of Acacia spp. from rainforests is probably due to their intolerance of low light intensities. In south-eastern Queensland A. melanoxylon is a pioneer regrowth species after rainforest has been cleared (Williams et al. 1969) but it is not found as a consituent of mature rainforest, That it does grow on sites previously occupied by rainforest indicates that it tolerates relatively high soil fertility. Clearing of rainforest or eucalypt forest often results in dense regrowth of A. aulacocarpa and A. concurrens in the south, and A. crassicarpa and A. flavescens in the north. Such regrowth may be due in part to the increased light intensity when the tree layer is removed. _ Except in arid areas where not enough fuel accumulates to sustain them, wildfires occur more or less regularly wherever Acacia grows. In many parts of coastal Queensland fires are an annual occurrence. Severe fires kill all but the largest trees but regeneration is usually rapid, from seed for most species, but from root suckers for A. argyrodendron and A. harpophylla. Most species of Acacia have hard seeds with a coat impervious to water (see Ching 1971, for Acacia confusa). Germination depends on the breakdown of the seed coat, usually over a period of years, with a consequent germination spread over a long period. Heat treatment breaks the impermeability of the seed coat. After a fire there may be a mass germination of seeds. Near Brisbane 75 secdlings in an area slightly less than a metre square were seen in a recently burnt area beneath a tree of A. podalyriifolia. A striking case of mass germination of A, torulosa in a relatively undisturbed community has been reported by Webb et al, (1974). The seeds of A. harpophylla and A. argyrodendron are unusual. They lack an impervious testa and rapidly lose their viability (Johnson 1964). Regeneration of both species is usually from regrowth with develops from roots. Because. of mass germination of seed following fire and because many species are heliophilous, dense stands of Acacia often form on newly cleared and burnt land. Grazing by domestic animals may control this growth but dense thickets are formed on roadsides. Often plants are much more. abundant on roadsides than they are in adjacent undisturbed or grazed communities. The activities of man have had a considerable effect on the abundance and geographic range of some species. Possibly the most drastic .of these activities has been the deliberate clearing of land for agricultural and pastoral activities. In the period 1963-1968 about 190 000 hectares of vegetation dominated by A, harpophylla was “pulled” (cleared by pulling with heavy machinery) in the basin of the Fitzroy River (Anon. 1968). Undisturbed plant communities are now difficult to find in such areas but many plants of A. harpophylla remain along roadsides and in shade and shelter belts. There has been a great reduction in the abundance of A. harpophylla with little reduction in the overall range of the species. Clearing of. vegetation has most affected species that grow in extensive, more or less pure stands, such as A. aneura, A. argyrodendron, and A. cambagei and there is a need for conservation of untouched areas of such species. -In coastal near urban areas diminution of the ranges of a few species has occurred where their habitats have been affected by clearing and drainage aR RTT NI > EELS SLANT TLE AE ETE SD ACS RE i a é i | 99 operations associated with housing developments. The persistence of A. baueri, A, attenuata and other species of wet coastal heath south of Brisbane, is in doubt. Cultivation of some species has resulted in extension of their ranges. A, decurrens is adventive near Toowoomba and Stanthorpe. Because of the extensive cultivation of A. podalyriifolia it is now difficult to determine whether some occurrences of the species in the Brisbane area are natural. This species is also well established at Herberton probably the result of a garden escape. A few plants of A. spectabilis, another species widely grown as an ornamental, grow spontaneously on a roadside in the Brisbane area and further spread of. the species is likely. Reproduction and Dispersal TIME OF FLOWERING. The majority of Queensland species of Acacia flower at the same time each year regardless of weather conditions prior to flowering, possibly a photoperiodic response, Many species flower in the period June to September, the driest part of the year in most of the state. Most species flower for a relatively short time, often less than six weeks, but some have long periods of flowering. In south-eastern Queensland A. maidenii and A. penninervis, may flower over a period of four months during the summer. Some species flower in response to rain if temperatures are high enough. In cultivation in Brisbane A. deanei and A. oshanesii flower almost continuously. A. harpophylla usually. flowers from June to September, but if soil moisture is low it may not flower at all. Other species of drier parts of the state have similar behaviour. Preece (1971a) found herbarium specimens of A. aneura with flowers for every month of the year but from experimental work he concluded that at his study site, near White Cliffs, N.S.W. (30°5’S 143°04’E) rain ae in spring and late summer induced flowering. The strictly seasonal and more faculative flowering may be related in some way to the two types of shoot growth phases reported by Maconochie (1973). He found that one group of plants, including A. ligulata, A. murrayana,.A. sowdenii and A. victoriae, seemed to produce new growth after spring flowering, while a second group, A. aneura and A. kempeana included, exhibited seasonal growth if soil moisture were available and also a growth response to summer rain. All but one of the Acacias of the first group are Phyllodineae and both of the second group Juliflorae. The two types of growth behaviour may reflect either a difference in the geographical origin of the groups or a fundamental physiological difference between the groups. Considerably more data are required. Heithaus et al. (1974) suggested that andromonoecism which is character- istic of many species of Acacia might be associated with specialization for pollination by pollen vectors that are large relative to stigma size. Pollination in Acacia, however, appears to be effected by insects pg large in relation to the size of the stigma. Solbrig and Cantino (1975) found that for several species of Prosopis, a related mimosoid genus with spicate inflorescences, only two or three flowers in every thousand developed fruit. This would also be true of many species of Acacia in Queensland. They postulated that the production of a large number of flowers is an adaption that serves to attract insects to individually small flowers. They could only speculate why so few flowers produced fruit, though clearly there. 100 is an upper limit to the amount of photosynthate that plants can use to produce seeds. If every hermaphrodite flower were to produce a pod the yield of seed would be extremely high and beyond the capacity of the plant. Despite the relatively few pods formed the seed yield of individual trees of Prosopis and Acacia is high. In Central America Jantzen (1969a) found that nine plants of A, farnesiana with canopies ranging in size from 0-5 to 1-8 m® yielded 83-6647 seeds (6—252 gr). Despite the fact that insects are used in the control of undesirable plants, plant ecologists have to a large extent ignored the effects of insects in determining the composition of plant communities (Bullock 1967). The destruction of the seeds of legumes is important in the regulation of adult plant population density. The predation of bruchids (Bruchidae, “seed weevils”) on the seeds of Central American legumes has resulted in different adaptive strategies among parasitized and non-parasitized species (Jantzen 1969a). Bruchids are not significant parasites of Acacia in Australia though seeds are, of course, eaten by other insects. There has been considerable speculation but little data on the dispersal of seeds of Acacia. Jantzen (1969b, 1974), in his study of the biology of. the swollen-thorn Acacias of Central America, found some species to be effectively distributed by birds. The seeds of these species are enclosed in a sweet white to yellow pulp or aril and in most species the pod opens to expose the pulp when ripe. The presentation of seeds on hanging funicles was considered by van der Pijl (1972) as evidence that they. were dispersed by birds. He figured A, australis (== A. calyculata) and A. falcata (with “juicy, folded funicles’’). Middlemiss (1963) found that in South Africa seeds of A. cyclops, an Australian species naturalized there, were eaten and passed whole by ten species of birds. Some were wide ranging and likely to be efficient agents of dispersal. Four of the ten were doves (Columbidae). In Australia seeds of Acacia are eaten by some species of pigeon (Lea and Gray 1935, Frith and Barker 1975, Frith ef al. 1974, 1976) and probably are vectors in their dispersal. Parrots (Psittacidae) eat seeds of Acacia (Lea and Gray 1935) but it is doubtful whether they would be passed whole by most species. I have seen mature seeds of A. maidenii eaten by lorikeets (Trichoglossus chlorolepidotus) which have tongues adapted to the gathering of pollen and nectar and may therefore be less effective in crushing and digesting seeds than other species that habitually eat seeds. If birds disperse seeds then plants with red or orange arils, such as A. auriculiformis, A. oraria and A. salicina, may have an adaptive advantage. On the basis of the observed dispersal of five species and the study of the morphology of 13 other species Berg (1975) considered about 300 species of Australian species of Acacia were probably dispersed by ants. The data presented do not warrant such sweeping conclusions. There is a suggestion (unpublished reports, Queensland Department of Primary Industries) that seeds of A. nilotica are spread by cattle and goats. More information is needed on the dispersal of seeds by herbivores, sespesially native ones, as well as by birds and ants. : The role of animals in the dispersal of Acacia is probably minor. Most seeds fall to the ground beneath the parent trees or are projected a short distance by the explosive dehiscence of the pods. Seeds of plants, such as A. aulacocarpa, A. salicina and A. stenophylla, which grow along streams must be dispersed by water, but they are not specially adapted for it. The lack of special dispersal mechanisms supports the hypothesis that Acacia did not come to Australia from Asia across rather wide sea barriers but it makes the presence of members of subg. Heterophyllum in the Hawaiian islands difficult to account for. arin rticret earane eno moncane pegs mel amiierrese 101 Common names One of the aims of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature is the stabilization of botanical names, and though this has not been completely achieved, scientific names are more stable than common ones, In Australia “Wattle” is the name gencrally applicd to species of Acacia especially those with showy flowers, The name may be qualified in various ways e.g. black wattle, silver wattle, green wattle, etc., but many specics have no common name and some names are applicd rather haphazardly. ‘The names of even common species are different in different parts of their ranges, and one common name may be applied to more than one species. In New South Wales A. pendula is known as “boree” and in Queensland as “myall” while the name “boree” in Queensland refers to A. cana and “myall” in South Australia is A. sowdenii. Lancewood is the name almost invariably associated with A. shirleyi but other species such as A. burrowii, A. petraea, A. sparsiflora and A. torulosa which sometimes form dense stands of slender’ unbranched trees are also known in some arcas as lancewood., | Many species from inland Queensland have well known common names often derived from aboriginal names. Many are species of the Microneurae group and are economically important; namely, gidgee (A. cumbagei), brigalow (A. harpophylla), myall (A. pendula), Georgina gidgee (A. georginae), boree (A. cana), bowyakka (A. microsperma) and womal (A. maranoensis). Equally well known are mulga (A. aneura), bendee (A. catenulata) and mineritchie (A. cyperophylla) which are all members of the Juliflorae. Notes on text The work is based largely on collections in the Queensland Herbarium (BRI). Specimens from other herbaria have been examined but are only occastonally cited. Where they are, the usual acronyms are used to indicate herbaria, The type specimens cited have been examined, except where otherwise indicated. I have cited only a few specimens of each species. These are intended to indicate broadly the geographic ranges of the species in Queensland, and are as far as possible, specimens with duplicates in large European herbaria. All collections at BRI are listed in the index to collectors, No distribution maps are given but it is hoped that these will be presented in a separate paper on the distribution of Acacia in Queensland. In the citation of specimens localities are listed under pastoral districts (see map on inside back cover). As well as these precisely delimited areas a number of more general localities are mentioned—south-eastern Queensland: Leichhardt district south of about 25°S Jatitude, Burnett, Wide Bay, Darling Downs and Moreton Districts; north-western Queensland: Burke District west of about 141°E longitude; north Queensland: Queensland north of about 20°S latitude; south- western Queensland: Gregory South and Warrego districts west of about 146°E longitude; Granite Belt: elevated granite country around Stanthorpe (see Pedley 1976). 102 Key to Queensland species of Acacia Key to groups | The groups to a large degree are equivalent to the sections and subgenera recognized (see p. 81). The corresponding sections are indicated in parentheses. 1. Mature plants bearing phyllodes. Pinnate and bipinnate leaves found only on seedlings or on “reversion” shoots on old plants, rarely persisting for © several years and then rarely flowering when only bipinnate foliage present, 2s Plants with bipinnate leaves only, never with phyllodes, he 2. Flowers in heads , 3. Flowers in spikes . Group I. (Section Juliflorae) 3. Phyllodes + terete, in regular whorls of 5-27, whorls sometimes oblique; prominent stipules alternating with the phyllodes Group III. (Section Lycopodiifoliae) Phyllodes not in regular whorls, occasionally in groups of 3-4, usually flat when dry, occasionally terete or quadrangular in cross section 4. Phyllodes either + triangular, short (less than 1-5 em long) the lower margin straight, the upper concave, often with a gland at the broadest part, or broadest at the base and tapering gradually to a pungent point, or broadest in lower quarter and upper margin + abruptly contracted so that phyllode tapers into rather long pungent point; heads on axillary peduncles. Group IV. (Sections Phyllodineae and Plurinerves, in part) Phyllodes often more than 1-5 cm long, not triangular or if so, then heads in racemes. 5. Phyllodes terete, subterete or quadrangular in section, or flat and narrow without prominent nerves but sometimes with obscure translucent longi- tudinal nerves, or longitudinally folded. Group V. (Section Phyllodineae, in part) Phyllodes terete or flat, with many longitudinal nerves when terete or with at least one longitudinal nerve when flat 6: 6. Phyllodes flat, uninerved, sometimes with secondary longitudinal nerve developed. Group VI. (Section Phyllodineae, in part) Phyllodes plurinerved, terete or flat. Group II. (Section Plurinerves) 7, Stipules inconspicuous, not spinose; flowers in heads arranged in racemes in the upper axils or forming terminal panicles. Group VIi. (Section Botrycephalae) Plants with either stipular spines (at least when young) or with prickles; flowers in heads or in spikes on peduncles single or in Broups in the axils 8. 8. Trees or shrubs with stipular s apities, flowers in heads or in spikes Group VIII. (subgenus Acacia) Lianes with prickles on the stems; flowers in heads Group IX, (subgenus Aculeiferum) sens corcpemviatettitteennreepmpeecaase 10. Fi, Be: 13. 103 GROUP I . Phyllodes decurrent on stem for some distance, pungent pointed 1. A, triptera Phyllodes articulate on stem, not broadly decurrent ~ 2. Phyllodes terete or flattened, less than 2:5 mm wide and more than 20 times as long as wide, longitudinally stniate or ribbed, nerves not anastomosing, or without nerves and punctulate a Phylicdes more than 2:5mm wide, or if narrower then less than 20 times as long as wide, longitudinally striate, the nerves sometimes anastomosing 18. Phyllodes Jess than 5cm long 4, Phyliodes more than Scm long | | 6. . Stipules prominent, branchlets very resinous; phyllodes with 2 prominent longitudinal nerves . 2. A. chisholimii Stipules. not prominent, early deciduous; branchlets not very resinous; many parallel longitudinal nerves, all equally prominent or at least more than two nerves more ' prominent Branchlets and phyllodes usually with silvery indumentum. Calyx with free spathulate lobes; pod flat more or less winged 10, A. aneura ‘Branchlets glabrous (sometimes scurfy); calyx not deeply lobed; pod flat but raised over seeds alternately on each side 45. A. clivicola Phyllodes more or less terete, punctulate, resinous; pod flat and woody, attenuate at the base and opening elastically from the top 3, A. orthocarpa Phyllodes flat or terete, finely striate, or distinctly nerved, not punctulate; pod flat or cylindrical, not opening elastically i Branchlets with long silky hairs, becoming glabrous; phyllodes usually with similar hairs at least at base and apex, rather flexuose, 13-18 cm long; spikes less than icm long 4. A. curranii Branchlets glabrous or with short appressed hairs; phyllodes without silky hairs, often shorter; spikes (except in A. granitica)} longer 8, . Phyllodes terete, rather sharp pointed 5, A, eyperophylla Phyllodes subterete or flat, not sharp pointed .? ee Calyx divided + to base; branchlets often with appressed ‘hairs or greyish bloom; phylicdes often with minute appressed hairs 10 Calyx truncate sinuolate, or lobed, but not lobed to middle, branchlets glabrous, rarely scurfy and sometimes glutinous, phyllodes glabrous 13. Pods leaf-like, flat, winged (the wing up to 2mm wide, sometimes quite rudimentary); calyx lobes free to base, linear but slightly thickened and expanded at apex 10. A. aneura Pods not leaf-like and winged, sometimes cylindrical and thick; lobes of calyx shortly united at base so that it can usually be dissected from flower intact Ai. Phyllodes not particularly thick, one nerve distinctly more prominent than the rest 9, A. tanumbirinensis Phyllodes thick, sometimes terete with many parallel equally prominent nerves 12, PhyHodes often terete, occasionally flat but thick; pod cylindrical, 7-9 cm _ long, longitudinally nerved 11. A, ramulosa Phyllodes thick but flat (? never terete); pod rather turgid, thickened (up to 2:5 mm thick), 3-6cm long 12, A. brachystachya Spikes less than Icm long on peduncles 0: 5—2.mm_ long; . phyllodes 10-20 cm long 1 3, A. granitica Spikes more than 1cm long or peduncles 5417 mm long; . shiviloies 5-18 cm. long Cf .(2-)3-5 spikes on axillary axis 4-8 mm or more long—see couplet 43) 14, 58237—B 14, 15, 16. 17. 18. 13, 20, 21. 22. 23. 24, 25. 104 Phyllodes up to 1:6mm wide, all longitudinal nerves equally prominent or more than one more prominent 15, Phylodes more than 2mm wide, one longitudinal nerve more prominent than the rest 16, ‘PhyHodes 0-7—-1-1(-1-3) mm wide, all nerves equally prominent; branchlets more or less terete with resinous ribs 6, A. tenuissima Phylilodes up to 1:6mm wide with distinct marginal nerves and 2 raised nerves on each face with a faint nerve between them 7. A. jackesiana Peduncles 1-1-5 cm long; calyx 0-6 mm long, ca 4 as long as corolla 8. A, guymeri Peduncles less than 1 cm long; calyx 0-7-1:1 mm long, usually at least half as long as calyx Calyx 0:7-1:1mm long with lobes 0:2-0:3 mm doe peduncles 1-4 mm, long; elongate areole # as long as seed 14, A. caroleae Calyx 1:041+1 mm long truncate or slightly incurved at top; peduncles ca 7 mm long; areole pale, semi-circular . 15. A. adsurgens Phyllodes less than 4cm. long and less than 4mm wide ¥ 19, Phyllodes either more than 4cm long or more than 4mm wide 22. Branchlets glutinous sometimes with scattered appressed hairs often obscured by the resin; phyllodes with secondary nerves obscure or translucent; spikes dense on peduncles 12cm, long 20, Branchlets glabrous; phyllodes with 1-3 prominent fnsiiudmal nerves, the secondary nerves definite or absent, not translucent; peduncles often shorter 21. Phylicdes with 2 prominent longitudinal nerves; pod fiat, obliquely veined, not attenuate at the base nor opening elastically from the apex 16. A. lysiphloia Phyllodes usually with many parallel nerves sometimes 3 slightly more prominent; pod flat but woody, attenuate at the base and opening elastically from the apex 17. A. hilliana Phyllodes single, in 2’s or 3’s; spikes not very dense on peduncles less than 7 mm long; pod winged on adaxial margin 18. A. conjunctifolia Phyllodes never .in groups; spikes dense on peduncles 6-17 mm jong; pod not winged 19, A. wickhamii Phyllodes with parallel longitudinal nerves, not anastomosing, sometimes obscure (see Fig. 8b) 23 _Phylicdes with definitely anastomosing nerves, usually conspicuously so but in A, brassti and A. quriculiformis only slightly so (and in A. limbata usually only at base and apex) (see Fig, 8d) _ . . 66. Phyllodes 0:5-2cm x 2:5—7mm, 1-6 times as Jong as wide; margins more or less undulate especially when broad, glabrous 19. A. wickhamii Phyllodes either pubescent, or, more than 6 times as long as wide, or if less than 6 times as long as wide, then more than 2cm Jong or more than 6mm wide; margins not undulate 24, Phylilodes less than 6 times as long as wide, or if slightly longer then with indumentum of rather spreading hairs; usually more than 1 cm wide, with numerous rather crowded parallel longitudinal nerves (at least when dry), the nerves not hidden in the tissue of the phyllode; pods usually narrow with longitudinal seeds, if broad and transversely nerved then opening elastically from the apex 25, Phyllodes more than 6 times as long. as wide, glabrous or with indumentum of appressed hairs, if spreading hairs then more than 10 times as long as wide, nervature various; pods various, including narrow and opening elastically from the apex and ‘broad sometimes transversely veined but not opening elastically from the apex 34, - Phyllodes on mature plants markedly pubescent; spikes on pubescent peduncles up to 3mm long 26 Phyllodes on. mature plants glabrous or with rather sparse indumentum at base; spikes usually on longer peduncles 27, Ad. ne oomggantiomnas itachi @ 26, 27. 28, 29, 30. 31. a2, 33, 34. 35, 36, 37. 38. 105 Spikes sessile; calyx 0-5mm long, more or less truncate; pods flat ca 4mm _ broad 20. A. pubifolia Spikes shortly pedunculate; calyx ca 1mm long, shortly lobed; pods terete 21. A acradeénia Branchlets terete, vernicose; phyllodes 10-16cm * 2:5—5 cm 22. A. laccata Branchlets at least slightly angular, not vernicose; phyllodes usually less than 12cm long . 28, Flowers large, 3:5mm or more long; pod woody, ca 8mm wide opening elastically from apex 23. A megalantha Flowers smaller, to about 2mm long; pod usually narrow but if broad then not woody 29, Branchlets coarse, angular; phyllodes + upright paralleling the stem, usually 9-12 cm. 1-2-2 cm 24. A, emcee Branchlets slender, sometimes angular; phyllodes usually spreading, usually 3:5—-10 cm xX 0-6-3 cm 30, Phyllodes 3-5~7 cm long, somewhat falcate (lower as well as upper margin curved); young ones with reddish brown scurf 25. A. curvinervia Phyllodes 2:5-10 cm long, more or less straight, not with red-brown scurf when young 31, Phyliodes less than S5cm long, 1:3-1:8cm wide 26. A, spania Phyllodes more than 5cm long, 1-5-3 cm wide 32. Calyx 0:9-1-1mm long; spikes up to 3cm long 27. A. umbellata Calyx shorter; spikes 3—5 cm long S35 Phyllodes + symmetrical, elliptic (both margins concave) 28. A, str iatifolia - Phyliodes asymmetrical, lower margin straight or convex, upper concave 29. A. fenuinervis Branchlets pubescent with short appressed hairs (rarely long and somewhat spreading); mature phyllodes often silvery grey with indumentum of short appressed hairs or rarely longer and somewhat spreading hairs; young tips not dark; phyllodes straight or slightly falcate a5; Branchlets of mature plants glabrous or rarely with scattered hairs; phyllodes glabrous or with scattered hairs at the base; young tips sometimes dark; phylodes straight or markedly falcate 39, Spike sessile with hirsute rachis; pod papery ca 1cem wide with transverse seeds; phyllodes not silvery 30. A. pubirhachis Spike on short peduncle, hairs on rachis not long; pods various, but if broad with transverse seeds then not papery Branchlets angular with translucent ribs; spikes 3-4 com long; calyx membranous (0:4—) 0-6--0'75 mm long with short obtuse lobes; pods flat from 3 mm wide with longitudinal seeds to 9mm wide with transverse seeds 31. A. leptostachya Branchlets slender, angular; spikes 1-3 om long; calyx 0:4—-1-1mm long, deeply abe pods flat, winged or constricted between the seeds, but seeds longitudinal Pod flattened but thick, calyx deeply lobed but usually 2 or 3 lobes can be dissected together 12. A. brachystachya Pod flat, either winged or constricted between seeds, calyx deeply lobed, difficult to dissect anything but separate lobes 38. Calyx 0-6-1:1mm long; pod leaf-like, flat with a wing up to 2mm broad on the dorsal edge 10. A. a@neura . Calyx 0:4-0-7mm long, pod flat, constricted between seeds 32. A. catenulata 39. 40. 41. 42. 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 106 Spikes subsessile, less than 1cm long; phyllodes more than 30 times as long as wide 13, A. granitica Spikes more than 1cm long or not subsessile; phyllodes often less than 30 times as long as wide Phyllodes with distinct scarious mucro ca 4mm long; stipules scarious; spikes on rather long peduncles (6-12 mm long) often with bracts or isolated flowers below the main spike 52. A. hemsleyi Phyllodes without scarious mucro; stipules not scarious; spikes without bract or isolated flower 2—5 spikes on axillary shoot 4-8mm or more long, sometimes elongating into leafy shoot; nerves of phyllode not running into margin at base nor phyllode pubescent; phyliodes up to 2cm (rarely 2:5cm) wide 42. Spikes usually single or in pairs on minute axis in axils usually not long nor elongating but af so then nerves of phyllode running into margin at base or phyllodes pubescent or more than lcm broad 44, ‘Phyllodes linear, 2-5 mm wide, 15-60 times as long as wide 14. A, caroleae Phyllodes narrow elliptic or lanceolate, straight, or falcate, 4-18(—25) mm wide, 4-20 times as long as wide 43 Phyllodes 4-10(-12) cm x 410mm, 3:5—-16(-19) times as long as wide, leaves on young plants elliptic; calyx pubescent at base 33. A. burrowii— Phyllodes 8-16(-19) cm ™X 8-18(-25) mm, 6-15(-19) times as long as wide, broader on young plants; calyx glabrous or pubescent at the base 34, A. blakei Pods broad, woody, transversely veined, not opening elastically from. the apex, more than 1:Sem wide with transverse seeds; phyllodes 7-20cm x 640mm, up to 12 times as long as wide; young tips not dark AS, Pods usually mot woody but if so then up to 12mm wide and opening elastically from the top; phyllodes usually less than 17mm wide or if wider than young tips dark 46. Pulvinus 4—12(—16) mm -long; pods 2-5-3:5cm wide 35, A. crassicarpa Pulvinus 4-7 mm long; pods 1-5S—2.cm wide 36. A. qulacecarpa: Phyllodes with prominent midribs and 3-7 widely spaced conspicuous nerves on each side of it; flowers sometimes 4—merous; calyx ca i mm long, corolla 2-3 times as long; peduncle less than 5mm long; pod linear ca 7mm wide with pale raised margines 38, A. whitel Not the above combination of characters. If midrib prominent then more secondary nerves or secondary nerves obscure, or if about the same number then calyx notably membranous and more than half as long as the corolla and peduncle more than 5mm long. Pod otherwise; if linear, then not with pale raised margins 47. Calyx membranous, lobed almost to the base; phyllodes less than 5mm wide, more than 8 cm long and more than 25 times as long as wide 9. A. tanumrbirinensis Calyx not lobed beyond the middle; phyllodes either more than 5 mm wide, or less than 8cm long and 25 times as long as wide 48, Spikes on peduncles more than 5mm long; phyllodes often more than 15 times as long as wide 49, Spikes on peduncles up to 5mm long; phyllodes often less than 20 times as long as wide 59. Phyllodes more or less straight with midnerve slightly or markedly more prominent than the rest, more than 10cm long; branchlets and neryes and margins of phyllodes rather yellowish 50. Phyllodes straight or falcate with more than 1 major longitudinal nerve; branchlets on nerves and margins of phyllodes usually not yellowish; or less than 10cm ong 53. We cdi pts Scat east whet sl si enmleiti bo—snsncdneniaiaygitsonnne 107 50. Calyx ca 1mm long, corolla less than twice as long as calyx; phyllodes 1-5~3-5 mm broad, 20-60 times as long as broad; spike dense 1-1:5cm long. Rare plants from tropical parts of the State S31. Calyx to 0:75mm long; corolla more than twice as long as the calyx; phyllodes 2°5-7(-9) mm broad, 15-45(—60) times as long as broad; spikes dense 1-5-2cm long or only moderately dense 2-3-5cm long. Commoner species gee 51. Phyilodes with prominent midrib and 1-3 less prominent sometimes translucent nerves on each side of it; gland small 4-10 mm from the base; calyx membranous glabrous, loosely investing corolla 39, A. drepanocarpa Phyllodes with many parallel longitudinal nerves, the middle one most prominent; gland basal, large but with a small orifice; calyx tightly appressed to the corolla, with a few hairs 15. A. adsurgens 52, Phyllodes with one longitudinal nerve the other obscure; spikes dense on glabrous peduncles; calyx lobes fimbriate; pod woody, 12mm wide, attenuate at base and opening elastically from top; seeds obliquely transverse, areole closed 40, A. ancistrocarpa Phyllodes with many parallel nerves, the central one slightly more prominent; spikes only moderately dense on peduncles sometimes appressed pubescent at the base; calyx lobes hirsute; pod ca Smm wide, not opening elastically from top; seeds longitudinal with small open central areocle 41. A. shirleyi 53, Phyllodes on mature trees falcate (i.e. both upper and lower margins curved), more than 9cm long; on young plants sometimes ovate and pubescent; spikes up to 4cm long; pod 3-3:5 mm wide 54. Phyllodes more or less straight, up to 16cm long; phyllodes on young plants not pubescent; pods 3-5mm or more wide 55 54, Peduncles 10-15 mm long; spikes 10-25 mm long. Confined to Warrego and Gregory South Districts 42. A. petraea Peduncles 5-10 mm long; spikes 20-40mm long. More widely spread, known only from a few places in Warrego and Gregory South Districts 43. A. sparsiflora 55, Phyllodes greyish with many fine parallel longitudinal nerves, none more prominent ' than-.the rest, up to 5-5cm long 56, Phyllodes green or yellowish with usually two prominent longitudinal nerves or nerves indistinct in coriaceous phyllode; phyllodes 5—-16cm long 56. Phyllodes 4-10mm wide; spikes 10-15mm long; pod 10-15mm wide with seeds 3-5 &* 3mm . 44, A, kempeana Phyllodes 1--3 mm wide; spikes 3-7mm long; pod 4-6-5mm wide, rarely 10 mm, with seeds 3 & 2-2:5mm 45, A. clivicola 57. Phyllodes less than 6mm wide; pod 8 mm wide with transverse seeds 46, A. hammondii Phyllodes more than 6mm wide; pod up to 6mm wide with longitudinal seeds 58. 58. Nerves of phyllodes indistinct; spike dense 2-3 cm long; pod not coiled 37. A. rhodoxylon Nerves of phyllodes distinct, two more prominent than the rest; spike open, 3-8 cm Jong; pod coiled 47, A. solandri 59, FBwilodes with prominent nitdnerve and -+ parallel translucent secondary nerves; . pod opening elastically from apex 48, A. hyaloneura Secondary nerves not translucent; if pod opening elastically then branchlets flattened ‘ 60. Branchlets flattened; flowers very pale, almost white; pods opening elastically from - the top 49. A. calyculata Branchlets not flattened; flowers not as pale; pods various, never opening elastically 61. 61. Phyllodes with 2 nerves more prominent, 5-10cm long; pod membranous, brown, glutinous, shining, with transverse seeds 46, A. hammondii Phyllodes either with many fine parallel equally prominent nerves or with 3 more prominent (not consistently 2); pod with either longitudinal or oblique seeds or if transverse then phyllodes Jess than 5*5cm long 62, . 62. 63. 64. 65, 66. 67. 68, 69, 70. 71. Ts 108 Pods flat 4-11 mm wide with traverse or oblique seeds; phyllodes tending to be broadest above the middle, with many fine parallel longitudinal—nerves,-none—much———— more prominent than the rest, 3-8:5cem xX 2-9mm. Young plants more or less glabrous 63, Pods terete or flat, sometimes constricted between the seeds; phyllodes usually broadest at or below the middle with fine parallel longitudinal nerves, usually 3 more prominent than the rest, 7-25cm * 5-27 mm. ‘Young plants sometimes Eoin Oe Spikes dense 5-12 mm long; calyx pubescent 0-6-1 mm long 56. Spikes interrupted 6-25mm long; calyx sericeous or ribs becoming more or less glabrous, 0:5 mm long 50. A. aprepta Branchlets yellowish, sometimes glutinous; phyllodes straight or slightly falcate, 5—10(-13) mm wide, gland basal with rimmed orifice; pod moniliform, up to 10cm long, 4mm broad, narrowed to 1-5 mm S51. A. torulosa Branchlets usually reddish, not glutinous; phyllodes 5-25 mm broad, strongly falcate when narrow, gland basal, inconspicuous; pod terete or flat, not moniliform 65. Young plants densely pubescent. Pods terete, obscurely longitudinally wrinkled when dry; phyllodes 5-25 mm wide, strongly falcate when narrow (on. mature trees) 53. A. julifera Young plants often with phyllodes different from those of older plants but not pubescent; pod narrow but flat; phyllodes only occasionally strongly falcate; calyx only sinuolately lobed 43. Phyllodes up to 7-5 times as long as wide either sessile or abruptly contracted into- stout pulvinus 2-3 mm long; all parts of flower glabrous Phyllodes 2:5-35 times as long as wide not sessile not abruptly contracted into stout pulvinus, or all parts of flower not glabrous 68. Phyllodes sessile, 8-llem x 2:5-4:5cm, 2-4:5 times as long as wide; spikes on peduncles 2-5 cm long 54. A. latifolia Phyliodes 7-13 cm .x* 1-3:5cm, 2:5-7:5 times as long as wide on stout pulvinus 2-3 mm long; spikes on peduncles 1-2.cm long 55, A. cretata Phyllodes with rather fine secondary nerves forming reticulum, the nerve islands elongate (more than about 3 times as long as wide), occasionally the anastomoses infrequent (e.g. A. brassii, A. auriculiformis and A. solandri) 69. Phyllodes usually large and not elongate, with very conspicuous reticulum, the nerve islands not elongate (less than 3 times as long as wide), the nerves often yellowish and the major ones running together at the base near the lower margin; plants often pubescent © OG, Flowers predominantly 4—merous 70. Flowers 5—merous ; 75, Phylilodes coriaceous, 5-19cm x 8-22mm, 3-20 times as long as wide, with a prominent basal gland, 2, 3 or 5 nerves more prominent than the rest and with 3-7 longitudinal nerves between the major ones; flowers at anthesis 2-5 mm or more long; calyx glabrous 71. Phylodes of thinner texture; gland not prominent. Flowers at anthesis less than 2 mm long; calyx glabrous or pubescent 72. Phyllodes 5-10 cm long, 3-6 times as long as wide; spikes sessile, dense, up to 3cm long 56. A. sophorae Phyllodes 8-19 cm long, 4-20 times as long as wide; spikes pedunculate, sparse, 4-6 cm long 57, A. obtustfolia Phyllodes linear to linear-lanceolate, 6-16 cm * 1-19 mm, 14-70 fined as long as wide, with a distinct midrib and 6 or fewer conspicuously widely spaced secondary nerves. Calyx ciliate, otherwise glabrous 58, A. longissima - Phyllodes 5-20cm long, 5-35 times as long as wide; secondary nerves not widely spaced, more than 6 besides the midrib (if any) 73. 73; 74, 75. 76, 77. 78, 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84, 85, 109 Mature phyllodes more than 1cm wide, 10-20cm long, 5-16 times as long as wide: branchlets lenticellate, sometimes golden pubescent. Calyx and rachis of spike golden pubescent - 59, A. maidenii Phyllodes less than 1cm wide, 8-35 times as long as wide; branchlets and rachis glabrous or with white appressed hairs Phyllodes 5-10 cm long, 8-18 times as long as wide; branchlets aa some phyllodes with appressed hairs; rachis subglabrous; calyx more or less glabrous 60. A. floribunda ‘Phyllodes 10-20cm long, 15-35 times as long as wide, branchlets with few appressed hairs, not lenticellate; rachis glabrous, calyx hirsute 61. A. orites Phyllodes 2-5-6 times as long as wide; peduncles 1—2:4cm long; spikes more or less dense 1+2—2:5cm long; pod attenuate at the base opening elastically from the top 76, Phyllodes usually more elanwate: peduncles shorter; pod neither attenuate at the base nor opening elastically from the: itop 78. Branchlets and pods pubescent; phyllodes finely reticulate, more or less pubescent 62. A. argyraea Branchlets and pods glabrous; phyllodes coarsely reticulate; glabrous ; 77. Phyllodes 4-5-6 cm long, 2—4 times as long as wide; pods 4-5 cm long 63. A. brevifolia Phyllodes 5-8 cm long, 3+3-4:5 times as long as wide; pods ca 6cm long 64, A. limbata Phyllodes less than 5cm long, never with densely pubescent branchlets 39, A. drepanocarpa Phyllodes more than 5cm dong, or if shorter then branchlets densely pubescent 79. Young tips golden-yellow; branchlets with indumentum of yellow hair; pods tightly coiled with longitudinal seeds 65. AY -cincinnatas Tips not golden-yellow (except A. cowledna); indumentum of ibiadichlets not yellow; pods not tightly coiled 80, Phyllodes yellowish, two longitudinal nerves most prominent, branchlets densely pubescent 66. A. stipuligera - Phyliodes usually not drying yellowish; if only two longitudinal nerves more prominent than the rest then branchlets not densely pubescent and phyllodes more than 6cm long 81. Phyllodes up to 25cm x 5--10cm, 2—4 times as long as wide 67 As mangiunt Phyllodes up to 25cm long and up to 5cm wide, rarely less than 4 times as long as wide 82. Spikes dense up to 2:5cm long 83, Spikes sparse to dense, 3-10 cm long BA, Branchlets, peduncles and phyllodes glutinous; phyllodes bent near the base so as to be more or less parallel to the stem 24, A. gonoclada Branchlets, peduncles and phyllades pubescent at least when young; phyllodes spreading 68. A. cowleana Branchlets rather slender, angular, glabrous or occasionally pubescent, often with conspicuous lenticels; flowers 4—5—merous; corolla 4 times as long as the short (0:4-0:5 mm iong) calyx 59, A. maidenii Branchlets, if with conspicuous lenticels, then stout and angular; flowers 5S—merous, calyx 0- ‘6mm or more long, corolla 1:43 times as long as the calyx 85. Phyllodes with 2 prominent longitudinal nerves, up to 16mm wide; spikes interrupted up to 8cm long; pods flat but coiled 47, A. solandri Phyllodes with usually 3 prominent longitudinal nerves or if only 2 then phyllodes more than 16mm wide; spikes sparse. to dense, 3-8cm long; if pods flat then sometimes loosely and irregularly coiled 86, 86. 87. 88, 89. 90. 91, 92. 93. 94, 93; 96. 97. 110 Secondary longitudinal nerves rather crowded, not very anastomosing, the major ones not tending to run together in the middle of the phyllode at the base; phyllodes 15-30. mm wide, 4-8 times as long as broad, Plants of Cape York Peninsula 87, Secondary nerves rather widely spaced anastomosing or if crowded then major ones tending to run together in middle of phyllode at the base; phyHodes 6-30 mm. wide, 25-18 times as long as broad. One species occurring in Cape York Peninsula, but not confined to it 88. Spikes dense on densely pubescent peduncles; calyx deeply lobed; corolla 1:4—-1-6 times as long as the calyx; pod narrow raised over seeds and constricted between them with longitudinal seeds 69. A. brassti Spikes interrupted on glabrous peduncles; calyx shortly lobed; corolla 2-3 times as long as the. calyx; pod flat with undulate margins and transverse seeds 70. A. auriculiformis Phyliodes with 2-3 major nerves longitudinal running together in the middle of the phyllode at the base, secondary nerves rather crowded; spikes sparse; pod flat 6-8 mm wide; seeds longitudinal, encircled by the funicle 71, A. polystachya Phyllodes with usually 3 (sometimes only 2) major nerves concurrent with each other or with the margin at the base or free, usually not running together in the middle of. the phyllode; spikes rarely sparse; pod flat or subterete, up to ca 4mm wide, funicle not encircling the seed 89, Branchlets pubescent, hairs either short (0-1.mm) and appressed or long (0-2-0:4mm) and spreading 90. Branchlets glabrous or scurfy, not pubescent 92. Indumentum, of branchlets short and appressed 91, Indumentum of branchlets long and spreading 98. Spikes 6-12 cm Jong on peduncles 6-8(-15) mm long; calyx pubescent 75a. A. longispicata subsp. longispicata Spikes 3-4cm long on peduncles (5—)7-13 mm long; calyx glabrous or with a few hairs at the base 73, A. oligophleba Secondary longitudinal nerves widely spaced (less than 25/cm) 93. Secondary nerves less widely spaced (more than 25/cm) 95, Calyx 0:4-0:6mm long; ovary glabrous 72, A, tropica ‘Calyx 0:6-1:2 mm long; ovary pubescent 94, Phylodes tending to be widest above the middle; spikes 3-4cm long on peduncles 7-13 mm long . 73. A. oligophleba Phyllodes widest about the middle; spikes 4-5-7cem long on peduncles 5-8 mm long 74, A. leptocarpa _ Pulvinus short, less than 5 mm long: calyx glabrous or some flowers of the inflorescence with a few hairs at the base 96. Pulvinus more than 5mm long; calyx glabrous or with few or many hairs mainly at the base Branchlets glaucous; phyllodes abruptly contracted into pulvinus 2-3 mm long 55, A. cretata Branchlets glabrous, often reddish; phyllodes tapering to pulvinus (2—)3-5 mm long . 78, A. leiocalyx Spikes dense; phyllodes 14-24 cm long, 9-20 times as long as wide; calyx glabrous or with a few basal hairs 16. A, crassa Spikes only moderately dense; phyllodes 10-16cm Jong, 3-5-9 times as long as wide; calyx always with some indumentum 77, A. concurrens 98. 99, 100. 101. 102. 103. 111 Phyllodes with widely spaced longitudinal secondary nerves (16-24/cm), 1:3-4cem wide, 4-8(—12) times as long as wide; spikes dense; calyx pubescent 715b. A. longispicata subsp. velutina Phyllodes with crowded eb sudes nerves (30-45/cm), 0°8—2:2 cm wide, 5°5—18 times as long as wide; spikes sparse, calyx glabrous or with a few hairs at the base 76b. A, crassa subsp. longicoma Branchlets stout, very acutely angled 100, Branchlets not particularly stout, terete or ribbed 102, Phyllodes 1:5~9:5cm broad, 2-9 times as long as broad usually pubescent; rachis glabrate; corolla at least partly pubescent 79, A. holosericea Phyllodes 3-7cm broad, 1:5-5-5 times as long as broad; rachis tomentose or sericeous; corolla glabrous 3—5 longitudinal nerves prominent, not running together near base of phyllode; corolla 1:4mm long 80. A. nesophila 3 longitudinal nerves prominent, running together near base of phyllode; corolla —2-5mm long . 81. A. grandifolia Phyllodes acute, usually with two prominent nerves, 4:5-6cm > 9-17 mm, spikes 2-3 cm long on peduncles 1mm long 66. A. stipuligera Phyllodes obtuse, mucronulate with usually 3-4 prominent longitudinal nerves 103, Trees; spikes 4cm Jong; corolla glabrous 82. A. dimidiata Shrubs; spikes 1:5-3cm long; corolla with long hairs; bracteoles conspicuous before anthesis 83, A. humifusa GROUP IL Nerves not at all reticulate, either fine and crowded with sometimes one more prominent than the rest, or nerves - equally prominent and not crowded, or nerves obscure; often with appressed hairs, usually not with spreading hairs and mot glutinous Di Phyllodes with 1,2,3,5, or more prominent longitudinal nerves and anastomosing secondary nerves, sometimes not conspicuous; sometimes glutinous and sometimes with spreading hairs 7 - Pao } L Phyllodes terete, glabrous with ca 16 longitudinal nerves, JS-13 cm long; heads in axillary pairs 84, A. rigens Phyllodes flat, rarely terete and then pubescent and usually longer 3, Phyllodes stiff and pointed, less than 7cm long with widely spaced equaily prominent nerves; heads in axillary pairs 85. A. oswaldii Phyllodes usually not stiff though sometimes with an innocuous brown point, either with fine crowded equally prominent nerves or with 1-3 nerves more prominent than the rest, or if more widely spaced + equally prominent then more than 10cm long 4. Phyllodes less than 4°5.cm long, heads single’ in the axils 5. Phyllodes more than 4-5cm long, heads in reduced, rarely elongate, racemes (see also A, granitica which sometimes has flowers in extremely short sptkes in pairs in the axils) . Phyllodes 7-25mm x 1-5~4mm, curved, often sigmoid 86, A. nuperrima Phyllodes 20-45mm x 3-9mm, straight, with an innocuous brown point 87. A. phiebocarpa Axis of raceme | cm or more long; branchlets more or less glabrous; pods 1-2 cm wide 7, Axis shorter, or if up to 12 mm jong then branchlets pubescent; pods usually narrower 8. Phyllodes curved, tapering to each end from the middle usually 10-23 cm x 7~20 mm; heads 15-30 flowered or more 88. A. harpopltylla Phyliodes straight, more or less parallel-sided, 8-17cm x 4-8mm, heads of ca 12 Aawars 89, A. argyrodendron 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15, 16, 17. 18, 19. 20, 112 se more than 15cm long, usually less than 5mm broad; calyx more than 1 mm ong Phyliodes less than 15cm long, up to 12mm wide; calyx less than i! mm long or if 1mm then phyHodes less than 12cm long 10. ‘Phyllodes up to 4mm wide, sometimes terete, thick, densely appressed pubescent; nerves fine and rather crowded 90. A. coriacea Phyllodes to 5mm wide, sparsely appressed pubescent, glabrescent, nerves rather distinct and widely spaced 91. A. stenophylla Phyllodes more than 20 times as long as wide, up to 7mm wide, pods never winged 11. Phyllodes less than 20 times as long as wide; pods sometimes winged 16. Heads small, usually less than 15 flowers per head, phyllodes up to 2mm wide 92. A. microcephala Heads larger, at least 10 flowers per head; phyllodes more than 1-5 mm wide 12 Heads large (30-60 flowers); phyllodes grey-green 4-7 mm wide; seeds possibly transverse, not seen when mature 93, A. maranoensis Heads smaller (20-30 flowers); phyllodes silvery grey, 1-5-5 mm wide; seeds longitudinal 13, Rounded shrubs or small gnarled trees (western part of Warrego and in Gregory South district), young shoots bright green, contrasting with grey-green of older phyliodes; phyllodes 7-ll cm x 2-5 mm; calyx 0-8-1 mm long 94, A, calcicola Small trees often with rounded silvery crowns but young growth not markedly con- trasting (from Warrego District eastward and northward); calyx to ca 0:9 mm long, but if more than 0-8 mm long then phyllodes more than ‘11cm long 14, Trees forming dense stands (associated with scarps of weathered rock in Maranoa and Warrego districts); phyllodes sometimes slightly hooked; pods 2—-3mm wide, seeds 2°5-4 mm long 95, A, microsperma Trees not forming dense stands on scarps; pods and seeds larger 15. Calyx shortly lobed, corolla somewhat pubescent; pods with dense appressed hairs, appearing silvery, little contracted between the seeds. Widely spread on calcareous clay soils, sometimes forming dense stands 96, A, cana Calyx deeply lobed; corolla glabrous; pods with sparse appressed hairs becoming glabrous, not silvery. Restricted to small area near Thargomindah on sandy soil 97, A. ammophila Phyllodes densely appressed pubescent when young, sparsely to moderately pubescent when old 17. Phyllodes at most sparsely pubescent though often with greyish bloom 18. Phyllodes 4-8 mm wide, 15-20 flowers per head; pod (including distinct wing) 8-18 mm wide with transverse seeds. Oipen tree with pendulous branches 98, A. pendula Phyllodes 2-5-5 mm wide; 25-30 flowers per head; pod not winged, 5-6 mm wide with longitudinal seeds. Rounded tree, branches not pendulous 96. A, cana Phyllodes usually covered with greyish bloom; trees often forming pure stands (sometintes thousands of hectares in area); heads of up to 25 flowers 19. Phyllodes not covered with greyish bloom, usually somewhat yellowish, trees sometimes . in groves but not forming extensive pure stands 20, Pods more or less straight 9-12 mm wide with fongiticinal seeds; calyx 0-5-0-6mm long: corolla with a few hairs on the back 99. A. cambagei: Pods twisted and somewhat coiled 15-25mm wide with transverse seeds; calyx 0:7-0-9 mm long; corolla moderately to densely pubescent 100. A. georginae Phyllodes 11-15cm x 4-7 mm; heads of 30-60 flowers 93. A. maranoensis Phyllodes 5-8 cm long, if 4-7 mm wide then heads with less than 30 flowers 24”. 24; 22% 23. 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31. 32. 113 Phyllodes 5-7 mm wide; up to 30 flowers per head; pods 3-4 mm broad with longitudinal - seeds 101. A. omalophylla Phyllodes 7-12 mm wide; 30-50 flowers per head; pods ca 10mm broad with transverse seeds 102: A, melvillei Branchlets and phyllodes glutinous, phyllodes short (often jens than 5cm Icng), narrow (often less than 10 mm wide), often less than 7 times as long as wide 23, Branchlets and phyllodes not glutinous 28. Phyllodes with 2 prominent longitudinal nerves and more or less translucent reticulate nerves between them, 2-4cm x 2-:5—5-5 mm heads in pairs in the axils 103. A. montana Phyllodes with at least 3 longitudinal nerves prominent or - if only 2 then anastomosing nerves raised and very conspicuous 24, Phyllodes 2-3 cm x 3-7 mm; heads in short axillary 2~3 branched racemes, sometimes ’ elongating into leafy shoots 104. A. ixiophylla Phyllodes longer, or if shorter, then more than 7mm wide, heads single or in pairs in the axils 25 Phyllodes 1:5-2:5cm long, 1-5—2'5 times as long as wide 105. A, monticola Phyllodes 3-8 cm long, 3~30 times as long as wide 26. Phyllodes 5-8 cm x 1-2-5 mm, 5-7 longitudinal nerves, anastomoses less conspicuous 106. A, visetdula Phyllodes 3~7 cm * 7-18 mm, with 2—3 prominent longitudinal nerves and conspicuous anastomosing secondary merves , 27. Phyllodes 4-7 cm * (6—) 9411 mm; corolla 2:3-2:6 mm long 107. A. dictyophleba Phyllodes 3-4-5 cm long, up to 12mm wide; corolla up to 2 mm long wal 108. A. melleodora Phyllodes 3:5 (sometimes 6) cm long with ca 10 parallel nerves, few anastomoses; heads of 4-6 flowers on peduncles ca 1 mm long in short axillary racemes 109. A. dawsonii Phyllodes usually longer or with more definitely anastomosing nerves; inflorescences different—heads with more flowers Phyllodes 1-1-5 times as long as wide, with long spreading hairs or rarely glabrous, with 3-4 longitudinal nerves and coarse reticulum between them, 3—5 cm long; heads in terminal racemes due to reduction of phyllodes at end of branches 110. A. retivenia Phyllodes more than 1°5 times as long as wide, not often as coarsely asa: inflorescence usually not a terminal raceme of heads 30, Heads in pans or in reduced racemes in the axils, the axis less than 1cm long; phyllodes either glabrous with 3-6 or more conspicuously widely spaced nerves with few secondary nerves, or with scattered hairs at least at the base when young and 3 longitudinal nerves and 6-12 hardly less prominent secondary nerves Heads in axillary or terminal racemes or terminal panicles, the axis more than 3 cm long, or if shorter then branchlets, young phyllodes and inflorescences covered in” white bloom; phyllodes with 2,3,5 or more longitudinal nerves, secondary nerves many, crowded Branchlets densely pubeserth phyllodes with scattered hairs at least at the base when young and with 3 prominent longitudinal nerves and 6-12 slightly less prominent secondary nerves 32, Branchlets glabrous; phy Hodes glabrous with 3-6 or more conspicuous widely spaced nerves with few (only 1-2/mm in one species) secondary nerves between them 33. Phyllodes 6-9 times as long as wide; flowers yellow, the stamens up to 4mm long’ 111. A, venulosa Phyllodes 10-15 times as long as wide; flowers pale, stamens 6~7 mm long 112. A. baeuerlenii 33. 34. 35, 36, 37, 38. 39, 40. 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46. 114 Phyllodes up to 7 mm wide ; . 34, Phyllodes more than 7 mm wide 36, Phyllodes 4—5 cm long, 9-12 times as long as broad 118b. A, excelsa subsp, angusta Phyllodes 5-5-12 cm long, 13—35 times as long as broad 35. Phyllodes broadest about the middle tapering equally to each end, acute, sometimes apiculate; peduncles 5-8mm long; pod 4—5(—7)} mm wide 113. A. simsii Phyllodes broadest above the middle tapering to the base, acuminate; peduncles 3-4 mm long; pod 8 mm wide 114. A, ramiflora Phyllodes 2-4-5 times as long as wide; branchlets sometimes flattened 37. Phyllodes 4-15 times as long as wide; branchlets not flattened. 38. Branchlets flattened; phyllodes with ca 9 prominent longitudinal nerves 115. A. complanata Branchlets slender and acutely angular but not flattened; phyllodes with 4-6 prominent longitudinal nerves 116. A. fleckeri Phyliodes rather thick, margin ribbon-like somewhat papillose with a prominent gland at the base 117. A. multisiliqua Phyliodes not markedly thick, margin not ribbon-like nor papillose 39, Phyliodes 4-6:5cm long; pod narrowly winged, coarsely reticulately nerved, contracted between the seeds and breaking Up, 6-12 mm wide; funicle of seed not folded or thickened 118, A. excelsa Phyllodes more than 6cm long; pod 8-10mm_ wide, occasionally slightly contracted between the seeds but not breaking up, not winged but sometimes with a prominent pale margin 40, Branchlets flat; phyllodes usually with 3 prominent nerves; funicle half encircling seed 119. A. homaloclada Branchlets angular, phyllodes usually with 7-10 prominent nerves; funicle sometimes folded but not encircling the seed 41, Phyllodes 5-10 times as long as wide; peduncles 5-10 mm long; pods without pale margin 120. A. hylonoma Phyllodes 9-14 times as long as wide; peduncles 10-25 mm long; a well defined pale margin on mature pods 121, A. legnota Phyllodes with two prominent longitudinal nerves with finer secondary nerves forming a definite reticulum; racemes axillary, elongate 43, Phyllodes with 3-6 prominent longitudinal nerves; racemes various sometimes terminal, sometimes reduced to groups of peduncles in the axils 44, Phyllodes about 8 % 2cm, rather thin, gland ca 1mm from base with prominent rim and small orifice, sometimes linked to upper nerve by connective nerve 122. A. binervata Phyliodes 11-16cm x 2-—3:5cm, coarser, basal gland prominent, elongated, other projecting from marginal nerve (as in A. ‘baner oftii) 123. A. wardellii Whitish bloom covering branchlets, young phyllodes and inflorescences before their elongation; axis of raceme to 3 em Jong; phyllodes 5-10cm x 14cm, usually 2-3-5 times as long as wide 124, A. oraria White bloom not conspicuous though sometimes branchlets pruinose; axis of raceme often longer and phyllodes more elongate Young tips golden, stellate hairs conspicuous on branchlets and base of phyllodes; phyllodes 9-24cem * 2-4.cm, ca 3 times as long as wide 125, As flavescens Tips not golden and stellate hairs either lacking or a few on bracts and at apex of racemes 46, Heads of 12-15 flowers on peduncles in about 4 pairs on axis 3-6cm long. Rainforest tree of S.E, Queensland 126, A. bakeri Heads of at least 20 flowers, If trees of rainforest margins then peduncles not in pairs on axis of raceme 47. spin ssttegteronesemenu et 47. 48. 49, 50. a 115 Phyllodes less than 7 times as long as wide, secondary nerves forming fine reticulum, the nerve islands small and approximately square. (If few secondary nerves. between widely spaced prominent longitudinal nerves, see couplet 33) 48, Phyliodes occasionally 5 but usually more than 7 times as long as wide, either with many fine longitudinal nerves anastomosing to form nerve islands much longer than wide or secondary nerves -& transverse forming rather open reticulum Calyx lobes free; peduncles up to 12mm long; pod to 1cm wide -with longitudinal seeds; funicle not folded or thickened 127. A. hemignosta Calyx lobes united to above the middle; peduncles often more than 12mm long; pods more than 1:5cm wide with transverse seeds; funicle thickened and folded beneath seed 49, Pod ca 2cm wide, valves thin; seeds + flat, 5-5-6 mm xX 3-3-5 mm; a few stellate hairs at top of developing racemes and on bracts 128. A. leptoloba Pod 2-3 cm wide; valves thick and woody; seeds thick 9-l0mm x 8mm; no stellate hairs 129. A. platycarpa Branchlets coarse, angular, glabrous; phyllodes curved, narrow oblong, 15-25cm xX 1-5-2:5cm; pod flat, transversely reticulately nerved, 3-4 cm wide, seeds transverse 130. A. rothii Branchlets rather slender, terete and glaucous or angular with sometimes a few hairs; phyllodes up to 16cm long and 3cm wide; pod linear, less than 7mm broad with longitudinal seeds S51, Branchlets angular, usually with some hairs; phyllodes with rather crowded secondary nerves, rather straight; funicle passing completely around the seed and folded back on itself 131. A. melanoxylon Branchlets terete, glaucous; phyllodes with more -widely spaced secondary nerves; prominent curved, markedly attenuate at the base; funicle once folded beneath seed 132. A. implexa GROUP III Corolla striate, ie. with distinct longitudinal ribs (sometimes branched), peponent in ‘bud Corolla not striate . i: Pods with stipes more than 7mm long; hairs on phyllodes less than 0:1mm long or absent; phyllodes in whorls of 5-9, 2-8 mm long on fertile shoots (longer on sterile ones) 135. A. galioides Pods sessile, rarely apparently on stipes up to 5mm long; hairs on phyllodes usually at least 0:2 mm long or absent; phyllodes in whorls of 6-15, 2—15 mm long . Phyllodes 10-15 per whorl, 6-11 mm long, strongly recurved towards the apex; branchlets glabrous or subglabrous; calyx with linear or subulate, thick, often incurved lobes 2/3 to as long as prominenty ribbed tube 136, A. asperulacea Phyltodes 7-11 per whorl, 2-5-9 mm long, straight; branchlets with hairs 0-2-0-3 mm long; calyx with short broadly triangular, obtuse acuminate or laciniate lobes 3-0-4 mm broad at the base, the tube obscurely ribbed 137, A. chippendalei Phyllodes slightly laterally compressed, recurved at the apex, in whorls of 6-8; stipules absent or up to 0:8mm long 138. A. baueri Phyllodes somewhat vertically flattened, in whorls of 8-27; stipules always present, at least 1 mm long 5, Phyllodes 6-10 mm long, 8-12 per whorl; corolla 1:8—-2:2 mm. long 139, A. spondylophylla Phyllodes 10-25 mm long, 12~27 per whorl; corolla 2—2:8 mm long 140. A. longipedunculata 116 GROUP IV Phyllodes plurinerved, lowest nerve -& straight running into the apex, other nerves running on to the curved upper margin a Phyllodes uninerved, the nerve running to the apex Li . Phyilodes 3-7 mm xX 3-7 mm, about as long as wide; peduncle often as long as or longer than the phyllodes 133. A. pravifolia Phyliodes 4-limm x 1:°6-3:'2mm, 2-4:5 times as long as wide; peduncle usually shorter than the phyllodes 134. A. amblygona . Phyllodes 3-6mm wide, s°m ‘mes oblong, not particularly pungent; heads in axils of reduced phyllodes c{'.: . short lateral branches 141. A. hubbardiana Phyllodes up to 3mm \ base and tapering to pungent point at apex 4, . Flower ‘heads with bracteoles with long points projecting beyond buds; peduncles stout; phyllodes up on 3mm _ broad 142, A. saxicola Flower heads without bracteoles projecting beyond buds; peduncles slender 5. Peduncles 1-2 mm long; pod 1-3 seeded; phyllodes to 1-1 mm wide 143. A. brachycarpa Peduncles 8-15mm long; pod with more than 3 seeds _ 6. . Phyllodes 6-11mm x 0+6-1-6mm; calyx deeply lobed with oblong or spathulate lobes, 1:2-1-7 mm long 144, A. ulicifolia Phyllodes 4-6:5mm 2-2:5mm; calyx ca 1mm long, with broad sinuses and broad deltoid lobes . 145. A. gunnii GROUP V . Phyliodes quadrangular in cross-section. (at least when dry), ribbed at angles and, in A, allenidna, on opposite faces, sometimes pungently pointed P Phyllodes terete or flat (sometimes thick), without ribs or with obscure longitudinal folds, not pungently pointed Phyllodes 12-20cm long, flexuose, punctulate; flowers in groups in axils; pod linear ca 4mm wide 146. A. alleniana Phylicdes up to 12cm long but if more than 8cm then stiff; flowers single or in pairs in the axils ; . Phyllodes 8-12cm long, stiff pungent; pods up to 4cm wide 147, A. pettce Phyllodes (1—-) 2-8cm long, pungent, not particularly stiff; pod much narrower (see also A. tetragonophylla in Group VI) . 148, A. quadrilateralis Some heads in axillary racemes, some (on same plant) on axillary peduncles 5, Heads only on axillary peduncles 6. . Heads of ca 20 flowers; corolla 1:4-1:6 mm long 149, A. gittinsti Heads of 30-35 flowers; corolla 1:8-2-4mm_ long 150. A. ruppii . Flowers small; calyx 0-6-0-8 mm long, corolla 1-4-1:6mm. long; phyllodes 1-1-4 mm wide with 1, 2, or rarely 3 obscure raised nerves, apical mucro oblique or sometimes perpendicular to the lamina 151. A. johnsonii Flowers larger; calyx 0-8-1 mm long, corolla 1-6-2mm long; phyllodes less than 0:8 mm wide or without nerves or with 1(-2) obscure longitudinal folds and straight mucro ; . Phyllodes often in groups, subterete, 2:5-10 mm long 152. A. brunioides Phyllodes scattered or occasionally in groups, flat or, if subterete, then more than 15mm _ long 8, . Phyllodes 0-5-1-S5cm * 1-1-6mm 153. A. conferta Phyliodes 1°5-3:5cm xX 0:3-0°8 mm 9, . Stipules persistent; phyllodes filiform 0-:3-0-4mm wide 154, A, islana Stipules deciduous; phyllodes 0:6—-0-8 mm wide 155. A. burbidgeae a pails 10. 11. 12. 13. 117 GROUP VI . Heads single on axillary peduncles; phyllodes less than 15cm long, or if longer then less than 4mm wide Heads in axillary racemes, sometimes condensed so that they appear to be in axillary clusters; stipules not spinose or knob-like; sometimes heads both axillary and in racemes but then phyllodes more than 15 cm long and more than 5 mm wide 25. Phyllodes with only one longitudinal nerve prominent a Phyllodes with one longitudinal nerve prominent with a well developed second (accessory) longitudinal nerve in the lower half Stipules spinose; phyllodes 1-2cm long, undulate 156, A. sthadous Stipules not spinose-- 4, Phyllodes Jess than 18mm, long, always more than twice as long as wide, or if up to 4cm long then phyllodes pungent pointed and sometimes on short lateral shoots 5. Phyllodes more than 18 mm long, or if shorter then less than twice as long as wide 9, Phyllodes pungent pointed; peduncles 1-2cm long. Plants of inland southern Queensland Phyllodes not pungent; peduncles shorter (rarely to 12mm long in one species). Subcoastal southern Queensland Phyllodes linear subulate crowded on to short lateral branches, more than 10 times as long as broad 157, A. tetragonophylla Phyllodes linear lanceolate, not crowded on to short lateral branches, 6-8 times as long as broad | 158. A. maitlandii Branchlets with prominent yellowish ribs sometimes broken up into bead-like particles; mid-rib markedly raised, close to the upper margin, and -+ decurrent with it towards the apex; heads 4-6 flowered 159. A. flexifolia Branchlets sometimes definitely ribbed, but ribs not breaking up into bead-like particles; midribs translucent not raised; heads of more than 12 flowers Branchlets glabrous with resinous somewhat tuberculate ribs; phyllodes broadest at the base 5:5-1l mm * 0-8—-1:6 mm; heads 20-30 flowered 160. A, resinicostata Branchlets definitely or slightly ribbed only below the insertion of the phyllodes; phyliocdes broadest near the top, 6-18 mm x 1~3 mm; heads 12-15 flowered 161. A. lineata Phyllodes uneven at the base, midrib excentric, less than twice as long as wide, a prominent gland at the base, (See also A. leichhardtii which occasionally has heads on axillary peduncles) 162. A. uncinata Phyllodes -_ symmetrical at base, more than twice as long as wide 10, Phyllodes more than 2mm wide with an oblique mucro, sometimes on the dorsal side of it a small gland as well as. a basal gland; a few small tubercles on the margins; obscurely penninerved when broad, with subparallel nerves, or with obscure longitudinal folds when narrow 11, Phyllodes either without apical gland though sometimes mucronate or less than 1mm wide; tubercles on margin very large or nil 13. Phyllodes 69cm x 2-3mm, 20-40 times as long as wide; calyx 1:25mm_ long : 163. A. hockingsii Phyllodes 2-5-5 cm long; calyx ca 0-7 mm long : _) Phyliodes 2-5-5 mm broad, 8-14 times as long as wide 164. A. ixodes Phyllodes 1-2 mm broad, usually more than 20 times as long as wide 165. A. gnidium Phyllodes 2-3 cm 1:5—2:5 mm, the midrib yellowish, translucent 166, A. latita Phyllodes longer, or if only 2-3cm long then more than 2:5mm broad and the midrib not translucent 14, 14, 15. 16, 17. 18. 19, 20. 21, 2s 23. 24, 25. 26, 27. 118 Phyllodes less than 3cm long, up to 7mm wide, or up to 5:5cm long and 2cm wide, rather coriaceous or fleshy and only indistinctly penninerved 15. Phyllodes always more than 5cm long, 5-20mm wide and prominently penninerved, or narrower and sometimes apparently longitudinally folded. Flowers sometimes in axillary clusters 17. Branchlets glabrous, neither hirsute nor tuberculate, phyllodes rather fleshy 3-6-5 cm x 7-18 mm; pods curved, linear up to 6cm long 3 mm wide 167. A, myrtifolia Branchlets tuberculate or hirsute; phyllodes less than 3cm up to 7mm wide; pod short 16. Tuberculate branchlets and phyllodes; pods up to 4-5cm X 1cm; flowers pale, almost white 168. A. hispidula Hirsute branchlets, sparse pubescence on phyliodes; pods 17min xk 7mm; flowers mauve pink 169. A. purpureapetala Phyllodes long and narrow (always more than 30 times as long as wide) sometimes obscurely longitudinally folded, but not distinctly reticulately penninerved 18. Phyllodes less than 30 times as long as wide, prominently penninerved 20. Phyllodes 13-23 cm x 1:5-—3-5mm; heads on peduncles, single, in pairs, or in 3’s occasionally peduncles branched at about the middle 170. A. dietrichiana Phyllodes 7-20cm x 0:6-1mm; heads on peduncles, single or in pairs; peduncles not branched 19, Gland 2-10mm from the base and phyllode sometimes bent at the gland; sepals spathulate, at length free; funicle not folded 171. A. juncifolia Gland ‘basal, inconspicuous or absent; sepals united; funicle folded 172, A. calantha Phyllodes closely conspicuously reticulately penninerved sometimes an accessory nerve in the lower half; heads in groups of 2—7 in the axils; pod linear to 7em * 2:5mm 173. A. stricta Phylicdes penninerved and reticulate, but coarsely so, no accessory nerve; heads either single or in clusters; pod usually at least 5mm wide 21, Heads single; phyliodes 10-15cm xX 5-8mm; pods 9cm xX 2cm, seeds transverse 174, A. crombiet Heads in groups, racemose or single; phyllodes 5-13cm x 7-19 mm; pods up to 12-5cem * 13cm; seeds longitudinal 175. A. fasciculifera Phyllodes with prominent glandular dots 176, A, verniciflua Phyllodes without prominent glandular dots 23. Phyliodes closely .and conspicuously penninerved; prominent gland near the base 173. A. stricta Phyllodes not conspicuously penninerved, sometimes rather thick, becoming + wrinkled when dry, gland at some distance from the base 24. Phyllodes glaucous, not particularly thick; seeds transverse - 210. A. deuteroneura Phyllodes thick wrinkled; pod moniliform with longitudinal seeds 184. A. bivenosa Racemes short (axis less than 15mm long) or flowers apparently in clusters, never enclosed before development by imbricate scarious bracts 2 Racemes elongate, if less than 15mm long then enclosed before development by imbricate bracts, occasionally heads on axillary peduncles Ze. Phyllodes less than 3mm wide, not penninerved 170. A. dietrichiana Phyllodes more than 5mm wide, penninerved 27, Phyllodes conspicuously closely reticulately penninerved, 7-5—-10-5 cm long, 9-13 times as long as wide . | 173. A. stricta Phyllodes penninerved but not finely reticulate — 28, 28. 29, 30. #1. 32. 33, 34, 35, 36. 37, 38. 395 40, 41. 119 Phyllodes coarsely penninerved and reticulate 5-13cm x 7—-19mm, 4-12 times as long as wide 175. A. fasciculifera Phyllodes penninerved, the nerves prominently arched near the margin, 10-15cm x 5—8 mm, 9-23 times as long as wide . 174, A. crombiei Phyllodes distinctly penninerved more than 1 cm wide, glabrous and often glaucous 30. Phyllodes Jess than lcm wide, glabrous or with some indumentum, sometimes penninerved or more than 1cm wide and pubescent at least at base 39, Phyllodes 2:5—8-5 cm wide, 1:5-4:5 times as long as wide 177. A. bancroftii Phyliodes narrower or more than 4:5 times as long as wide 31. Phyllodes less than 9cm long, gland basal or if some distance from the base then not with a nerve connecting it to the midrib 32, Phyllodes more than 9 cm long, gland basal or if some distance from the base then a prominent nerve connecting it to the midrib 34, Gland basal; phyllodes variable in shape and size often on same plant, linear to elliptic, acute, 4-5-16-5 cm long 185. A. salicina Gland 7-30mm from base; phylodes not particularly variable in size and shape, usually broadest above the middle, -- obtuse, usually less than 10cm long 33, Phyllodes 5-5-10cm long, 6-12(—15) mm wide, (5—)7—-14 times as long as wide; racemes 7-10 branched with axis 2-5-3 cm long 178, A. hakeotdes Phyllodes 2:5—-5(-6) cm long, 10-20 mm wide, 2—-4:5 times as long as wide; racemes 12-24 branched with axis 3-8 cm long 192, A. everistii Phyllodes usually broadest above the middle, attenuate at the base, often more than 2:5cm wide; stipules inconspicuous 35. Phyllodes not markedly attenuate at the base, or if so then margins undulate and irregular 37. Prominent slit-like gland at the base 179. A. falcata Gland usually prominent, at some distance (at least 5mm, usually more) from the base, often with a connecting nerve and a distinct change in curvature at the margin 36, Axis and branches of inflorescence with moderate to usually dense appressed golden pubescence; corolla 2—2:5mm long usually pubescent 180. A. falciformis Axis and branches of inflorescence glabrous or moderately appressed pubescent (not golden); corolla up to 2 mm jong rarely with scattered appressed hairs 181, A. penninervis Phyllodes with + parallel sides, 10-25mm wide; stipules conspicuous, reflexed and hard 182, A. macradenia Phyllodes usually tapering to base and apex, 3-25mm wide; stipules not becoming hard, inconspicuous 38, Pod 10mm wide, constricted only where seeds aborted; aril red 185. A. salicina Pod to 6mm wide, slightly constricted between seeds; aril yellow. Species naturalized on coastal sands of south-east 186. A. saligna Phyliodes often with aAtuinenham of spreading hairs; not more than 4 times as long as wide; flowers not Jarge (corolla up to 2-2mm Jong) Phyllodes not with the above dimensions, more elongate; flowers sometimes large (corolla 2-5-3 mm. long) Phyllodes with complete covering of rather long (0-5mm or more long) spreading hairs (hairs not appressed) 41, Phyllodes glabrous or with short (0:1mm long) spreading hairs on the margin at the base or with covering of short appressed hairs Phyllodes 12-15 cm long; stipules indurated, up to 1cm long 187, A. holotricha Phyllodes up to 5cm long; stipules not indurated, inconspicuous 42, 42. 43, 44, 45. 46. 47, 48. 49, 30. S1. 52. 53. 120 Branchlets' with dense rigid hairs ca 0-5mm long; foliar gland inconspicuous 8-20 mm from the base 188. A. podalyriifolia Branchlets with spreading hairs ca 1mm long; gland on dorsal margin (often difficult to see because of indumentum) ca 1mm from base, usually with two more distal glands 189, A. uncifera Phyllodes 2-3:5cm long, crowded along branchlets; lower margin straight or slightly curved upper margin sharply curved with a gland at or below broadest part of phyllode 190. A. cultriformis Phyllodes 4-6cm Jong, not crowded along branchlets -+ symmetrical with short hairs on the margin at base or rarely glabrous; gland close to base 191. A. jucunda Phyllodes more than 20 times as long as wide, never with pustular glands, or if jess elongate ‘then hairs on margins 45, Phyllodes less than 20 times as long as wide, or if more elongate then with pustular* glands 52. Racemes enclosed in. bracts before development;—heads with less than 10 flowers; pods 13-17 mm wide; seeds transverse 195, A. suaveolens Racemes not enclosed in bracts; heads of more than 10 flowers seeds not transverse in rather wide pod 46, Phyllodes 15-26 cm long; heads either in pairs in axils or in racemes 196, A. entsifolia Phyllodes shorter; heads in racemes only 47. Phyllodes with some indumentum, with cither rather long hairs on margins or short and appressed ones on surface | 48. Phyllodes glabrous 49, Hairs confined to the margin, sometimes sparse and at the base only, phyliodes 2-Sem X 2-4:5mm 197, A. fimbriata Hairs on surface of phyllode; phyllodes 4:5-7-5om xX 2:5-4mm 198, A. pubicosta Phyliodes 10-14cm x 1-:5—6mm, wrinkled (especially when broad); flowers large, calyx 1-1-1:3 mm long, corolla 1°8—2:1mm long 199, A. murrayana Phyllodes 5--12em & {-3(-4) mm, not wrinkled; flowers smaller—calyx to 1mm and corolla to 1-7 mm 50. Apex of phyllodes ofien hooked, 1 or 2 glands conspicuous on dorsal margin; calyx 0-9-1 mm Jong, golden pubescent at apex 200. A, adinca Apex of phyllode not hooked; calyx 0-5—0-7 mm long, less pubescent $1. Phyllodes 1-1-5 mm broad always with a well marked gland 7-15 mm from the base; heads of usually fewer than 10-12 flowers 201, A. perangusta ‘Phylodes 2—3mm broad, rarely narrower, with a well marked gland but this often. absent; heads of 12-20 flowers 202. A. betchei Gland pustulate; phyllodes more than 5cm long; small trees or shrubs often retaining juvenile foliage for considerable period; e.g. up to 2m tall a5: Gland not pustulate; phyllodes often shorter; juvenile foliage persistent only in A, attenuata (with phyllodes 10-14cm x 7-16mm which is restricted to swampy coastal areas in northern part of Moreton and southern part of Wide Bay districts) Phyllodes glabrous, up to 2-5mm wide with 1, 2 or 3 marginal glands, the lowest 2-3 mm from base 203. A. angusta Phylodes usually more than 2:5 mm wide, usually with only one gland but if more then lowest more than 10mm from base; phyllodes glabrous or pubescent 54. *Pustular glands have a prominent distinct thickened rim and project from the marginal nerve of the phyllode (see Fig 7c). ede sa eaten yy ese ree pn nieettie waheracnnig “Sree Ade eng 54. 55. 56. 57. 38, 59. 60. 61, 62. 63, 64, 65. 121 Phyllodes with indumentum of short appressed hairs when young, persistent at base and apex and along each side of midrib rarely glabrous, more than 5cm_ long, 5-12 mm wide; ovary pubescent; branchlets and phyllodes not reddish | 204, *A. nertifolia Phyllodes glabrous or with some appressed hairs at base, less than 8mm wide, or if wider then glabrous and with distinct reddish tinge; ovary glabrous Phyllodes 6-9cm x 8-15mm, gland (somewhat less prominent than in A. pustula) 10-20 mm from base; branchlets and phyliodes usually reddish (confined to Granite Belt) 205. A. rubida Phyllodes less than 7mm broad or plants not reddish 56. Phyllodes 4-7cm XX 4-7mm, rather coriaceous with 1, 2 or 3 glands, the lowest usually 10mm or more from base. Bipinnate leaves not persistent 207, A. semirigida Phyllodes 5-5-13 cm & 2-7mm, a pustular gland 0:25-0:5 way along margin. Plant often retaining bipinnate leaves until 2-3 m tall 208. A. pustula Phyliodes more than 7 times as long as wide or if slightly less elongate then branchlets and margins of phyllodes with long hairs and phyllodes reflexed Phyllodes less than 7 times as long as wide 67. Phyllodes less than 3cm long, often refiexed; branchiets and margins of phyllodes with jong hairs 209. A, letchhardtii Phyllodes more than 3 cm long, not reflexed . 38, Phyllodes thick, wrinkled when dry, obscurely penninerved when wide; pods rather woody 60 Phyliodes not thick or wrinkled when dry; pods not woody 61. Phyllodes extremely variable in size and shape, 4-17cm xX 3-25 mm, penninerved with undulate margins when wide; pod parallel-sided not moniliform. “Widespread, in interior usually on alluvium 185. A. salicina Phyllodes linear 4-10cm x 4-7 mm; pod constricted between seeds. Restricted to interior, often on sandhills 184. A. bivenosa Phyllodes with indumentum of moderate to dense white appressed hairs even when old; young tips golden 62. Phyllodes glabrous when old or hairs few or confined to margin or base or rarely with spreading hairs 63. Phyllodes densely appressed pubescent or with appressed hairs confined to midribs or base, acute, 2-5-4:5 mm wide, (12—) 15-30 times as long as wide 198. A. pubicosta . Phyllodes moderately to densely appressed pubescent even when old, obtuse mucronulate, 5-10 mm wide, 7-10(-14) times as long as wide 211. A. polifolia Phyllodes less than 7mm wide; juvenile leaves not persistent for long periods 64. Phyllodes more than 7mm wide; juvenile foliage often persistent till plants more than 1m tall Axis and branches of inflorescence moderately or densely appressed golden pubescent; phyllodes rather membranous, penninerved when wide with a gland 5mm from. the base and a second gland sometimes present 212. A. decora Inflorescence glabrous or with spreading hairs; phyliodes rarely penninerved 65. Phyllode with 1, 2 or 3 glands on margin; peduncles 3-5 mm long; calyx shortly lobed; pod up to 8mm wide with longitudinal seeds 207. A, semirigida Phyllode with only one gland; peduncles in pairs 10-14mm long; calyx lobed + to base; pods 12--16mm broad with transverse seeds 183. A. victoriae “Including a variant from basalt country from Toowoomba to about Hampton which is somewhat transitional to A. pustula., 66. 67. 68. 69, 70. 122 Phyllodes 5-8 times as long as wide; branchlets and phyllodes with distinct reddish tinge; pods ca 6mm wide 205. A. rubida Phyllodes 7-14 times as long as wide; branchlets and phyllodes not. particularly reddish; pods 10~-13.mm wide 206, A. attenuata Phyllodes thick, not penninerved, wrinkled when dry, more than 6mm wide; phyllodes glaucous or green 68. PhyHodes not thick, penninerved when wide, not wrinkled; glaucous, sometimes less than 6mm _ wide 69. Corolla 2:5-3mm long, 4-5 times as long as the calyx 167. A. myrtifolia Corolla 2-6-2:7 mm long, up to 2:5 times as long as the calyx 184, A. bivenosa Phyllodes slightly curved, tapered equally to each end; branchlets with spreading hairs 193, A. semilunata Phyilodes more or less straight, often broadest above the middle; branchlets glabrous or with sparse appressed hairs 70. Phyllodes less than 3cm long . | 194. A. buxtfolia Phyllodes more than 3 cm long 212. A. decora ‘GROUP VIL . Leaflets large, 4-20 mm long and more than 2mm wide or if slightly less than 2mm 2. wide then not more than 10 pairs of leaflets per pinna Leaflets up to 7:;S5mm long and less than 1:6mm wide, or if 20mm long then petiole winged ‘De Branchlets with indumentum of dense crisped hairs, leaflets 15-25 pairs per pinna, + acute 213. A, glaucocarpa Branchlets glabrous or with indumentum of spreading hairs, leaflets usually not more than 18 pairs, but up to 24 pairs per pinna, obtuse 3. . Axis of pinnae up to 3cm long; petiole Jess than 2cm long; usually less than 8 4, pairs of leaflets per pinna (up to 10), up to 11mm long, rarely to 13 mm Axis of pinnae 3-8cm long; petiole 1:5-5(—7-5) cm; 6—-18(—24) pairs of leaflets per pinna, 9-20 mm long 3 Pinnae 2—-3(—4) pairs on rhachis 4-15 mm thee leaflets 48mm x (1:5~)2—3 mm 214. A, polybotrya Pinnae 3-5(—7)} pairs on rhachis 2-7(-9-5) cm long; leaflets 6-11(-13}) mm x 2°5~—5 mm 215. A. spectabilis Gland on petiole elongate with a slit-like aperture; 6-8 leaflets per pinna, 4-7 mm wide 216. A. latisepala Gland on petiole + depressed globular with a circular aperture; 8—18(—24) leaflets per pinna, 2:5-4mm wide 6, . Flower heads large—calyx 1-2-1-5mm long divided to the middle into spathulate lobes 217. A. pritinosa Flower heads smaller—calyx 0-6-0'8mm long with short obtuse lobes 218. A. debilis . Petiole with a distinct dorsal wing; usually 1, rarely 2, pairs of pinnae; leaflets 10-20 mm long 19. A, muellerana Petiole without wing; more than 2 pairs of pinnae; leaflets up to 7:5 mm long 8. . Leaves only shortly petiolate, pinnae markedly unequal in size, the lowest shortest. 22 Species naturalized near Stanthorpe. 0. A. baileyana Leaves usually with petioles more than 2cm long; all pinnae of about equal length ; 10. 11. 12, 13. 14. 15. 16. — 123 Branchlets and usually primary axis of leaves with indumentum of long spreading hairs up to 1mm long 10. Branchlets glabrous or pubescent, hairs appressed and less than 0-5 mm long. il Leaves uy uaa 9-16 pairs of pinnae each with 25-40 pairs of leaflets 3-4-5 mm x 0-5-0°'8m 221. A. oshanesit Leaves not ae aa 3-5 pairs of pinnae each with 6—14 pairs of leaflets 4-6 mm x 0:6-0-9 mm 222. A, chinchillaensis Leaflets 5-7:5mm x 0:4-0:6 mm 12. Leafiets less than 5mm long, often more than 0°6 mm wide 13. Branchlets pubescent, not strongly ribbed; 3-4 glands on axis between pinnae, none at base 223. A. filicifolia Branchlets glabrous, strongly ribbed; gland on petiole as well as 1-2 between pinnae. Species naturalized in cooler parts of Darling Downs District 224, A. decurrens Leaflets 40-60 pairs, up to 4mm long, 0:4-0:6mm wide . 14, Leaflets up to 40 pairs, 0-4—-1-2 mm wide 15. Pinnae 9-12 pairs, their axes 25—35mm long, leaflets 2-5-4 mm long; gland between uppermost (1-)3 pairs of pinnae only 225. A. irrorata Pinnae 12-18 pairs, their axes 35-45 mm long; leaflets 2-2-5 mm long; gland at base of each pair of pinnae and 2 between them 226. A. storyt Glands on axis of leaf absent or small and inconspicuous; axis of pinna 2-5-5 cm long 227. A. leucoclada Glands conspicuous; axis of pinna up to 3:5cm long 16. Pinnae 6-12 pairs; leaflets 2-4-3 mm long 228, A. deanei Pinnae 11--18 pairs; leaflets 1-2 mm long 229. A. loroloba GROUP VII | . Axis of leaves more than 10cm long with more than 10 pairs of pinnae 2. Axis of leaves less than 8cm long with up to 14 pairs of pinnae; flowers always in heads 3 Flowers in spikes; pinnae 15—20 pairs 230. A. sutherlandii Flowers in heads; pinnae (?10-)45-50 pairs 231, A. ditricha Spreading shrub; leaves with (1-)2-5 pairs of pinnae, gland small and inconspicuous about midway along petiole; involucre at summit.of peduncle, usually hidden by the flowers; pod subterete and turgid 232, A. farnesiana Tree; leaves with 4—-15(—25) pairs of pinnae, gland sometimes conspicuous; involucre in middle or in lower half of peduncle; pods not subterete and turgid Pods narrowly and regularly constricted between the seeds, tomentellous; leaflets not discolorocus, Naturalized species — 233. A, nilotica Pods not constricted between seeds, glabrous; leaflets somewhat discolorous 234. A. bidwillii GROUP IX Only one Australian representative 235, A. albizioides 124 subg. HETEROPHYLLUM Vassal JULIFLORAE (Benth.) Maiden & Betche Phyllodes often broad and plurinerved, occasionally narrow and uninerved or terete and striate or punctulate; phyllodes sometimes decurrent on stem. Flowers arranged in spikes on peduncles single or in pairs in axils or racemose on a short axillary axis. Type species: Acacia julifera Benth. 1. Acacia triptera Benth., London J. Bot. 1:325 (1842). Type: Barren land north of Arbuthnot Range, Fraser (K, holo). A spreading intricately branched shrub or small tree to 4m_ tall. Phyllodes straight or curved, diverging from the stem, pungent pointed, broadly decurrent for some distance along branchlets at the base, longitudinally striate, ‘2-5 cm long (from angle of stem), 2—3:5 mm wide. Spikes axillary, rather open, ca 1:5 cm long, rachis glabrous, peduncles 2-5-3:5 mm long. Flowers 4-, rarely 5—merous; calyx glabrous 0:6-0-7 mm long with broad obtuse lobes 0-2—0-3 mm long; corolla glabrous, lobes ++ free, acute |-7—1-8 mm long, 2-5-3 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 2:5 mm long; ovary glabrous. Pods linear, slightly moniliform, -faintly longitudinally nerved, with slightly thickened margins, curved or coiled, 4 om long, 2:5 mm broad. Seeds longitudinal, ca 4mm long, 1-5 mm wide, | Sourn KENNEDY District: Collinsville, Sep 1972, McMurtrie (sterile), [L8ICHHARDT DISTRICT: Top of range W of “Mt Playfair”, 90 miles [145 km] SW of Springsure, Aug 1966, Gittins T59 (sterile). MARANOA Districr: Roma, Scortechini (sterile), DARLING Downs District: Miles, Sep 1959, Everist 6142. Acacia triptera occurs as far north as Collinsville and Springsure and inland as far as “Mt Playfair” but it is commonest in the Miles-Chinchilla area where it forms dense thickets in eucalypt woodland on shallow, hard-setting soils. It flowers in September and the single specimen with fruit that I have seen from Queensland was collected in April. 2. Acacia chisholmii F. M. Bailey, Qd Agric. J. 4:47 (1899); Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 75:29 (1964). Type: Prairie, Torrens Creek, Chisholm (BRI, holo). A. costinervis Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:267 (1926). Type in frutice apud opp. Cloncurry, Feb 1910, Domin (PR, holo). Viscid shrub to 2-5 _m tall with reddish bark, the outer grey bark curling off in strips as in A. cyperophylla (“mineritchie”’); branchlets angular, resinous with scattered appressed hairs ca 0:4 mm long; stipules prominent brown, reflexed ca ~ 0-2 mm long. Phyllodes glabrous though with scattered appréssed hairs when young, linear with a distinct point, slightly narrowed at the base, (1:5—)2:5~—4 cm long, 0:7-1-6mm wide, (12—)20-35(—45) times as long as wide, two longitudinal nerves raised and prominent, a third less prominent one on broad phyllodes; gland small and inconspicuous 3-8 mm from the base; pulvinus short. Spikes dense, 8—20 mm long, in pairs in the upper axils, on peduncles (5—) 10-20 mm long, glabrous, sometimes slightly longer than the spike. Flowers 5—merous, calyx lobes 0-6—1 mm long, acute, free almost to the base, with a few scattered hairs; corolla (1:2~)1:4-1-6 mm long; 1:5-2 times as long as the calyx, divided to about the middle, glabrous; stamens 2—-4mm long; ovary with rather variable indumentum—scurfy to densely pubescent. Pod 6-12 cm long, 6-8 mm wide, flat, not particularly woody, glutinous, slightly raised over the seeds and slightly a eR 125 contracted between them, transversely reticulately herved; seeds oblique, ca 4-5 mm long, 3-5-4 mm wide, 1-5 mm thick, with small, -- closed areolo with a pale area in the middle of the seed; funcile folded twice and expanded into a cupular aril. Burke Disrrict: “Lawn Hill”, May 1940, Jensen 84; “Riversleigh”, Apr 1935, Blake 8701. Cook Districr: Georgetown Beef road, 18°17’'S 143°33’E, May 1967, Dansie 3883. GREGoRY NorrH Disrricr: Black Mountain, “Warenda”, ca 50 miles [80 km] E of Boulia, Jan 1937, Everist & Smith 126. Mircue tt Disrricr: “Corinda”, ca 85 miles [135 km] N of Aramac, Jun 1949, Everist 3858. ; In Queensland A. chisholmii extends from about Aramac north to Georgetown and Normanton and westward into the Northern Territory. It is particularly common in the Cloncurry-Mt Isa area in eucalypt-spinifex communities on shallow gravelly soils. Flowering specimens have been collected from May to September but the peak of flowering appears to be in June and July, and fruit in September and October. A. chisholmii can be distinguished from A. lysiphloia which it closely resembles, by the raised nerves of its phyllodes. Both species have reddish outer bark that curls off in narrow strips. The flowers of A. chisholmii like those of A, tenuissima are often heavily galled by insects. 3. Acacia orthocarpa F, Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc. Bot. 3:136 (1859); Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 75:34 (1964). Type: Gulf of Carpentaria, Mueller 4 (K, iso). | A. xylocarpa A. Cunn, ex Benth., London J, Bot. 1:370 (1842) non Willd. asie Cunningham (K, holo; BM, iso), A. pityoides F. Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc. Bot. 3:135 (1959); Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 75:34 (1964). Type: Sturts Creek, Mueller 5 (MEL; K, iso; lecotypus novus). Type: Dampiers Arch., Feb Shrub to 2m tall; branchlets =: terete, resinous, punctulate. Phyllodes +: terete with a lateral groove or somewhat laterally compressed with a groove on each side, merging into the pulvinus, glutinous, punctulate (except on older phyllodes of one specimen), 5-10 cm long, 0-6-0-8 mm wide, 50-200 times as long as wide, not longitudinally striate. Spike 1-2(-—2-5) cm long on peduncles 1-5—9 mm long in pairs in the upper axils, small vegetative bud between the spikes sometimes elongating into leafy shoots. Flowers 5—merous; calyx membranous with widely spreading +: free, somewhat irregular, lobes 0:7-0:9 mm. long; corolla lobes 1-1-4 mm long, (1-2—)1-6—-1-9 times as long as the calyx, glabrous, united to the middle; stamens 2—2-5 mm long; ovary glabrous, somewhat mealy. Pod thick, rather woody, tapered to the base, opening elastically from the top, up to 7-5 cm long, 3-5 mm wide, the lower 1:5—2 cm without seeds, resinous with longitudinal nerves. Seeds longitudinal or somewhat oblique ca 4mm _ long, 1-5—2-7 mm wide, rather thick; areole large, open; funicle thick, only slightly folded, expanded into cupular aril. | BurKE District: 20 miles [32 km] N of Mt Isa, Nov 1962, Pedley 1138. Coox Districr: Newcastle Range, Feb 1928, Brass 1759, SouTH KENNEDY Districr: 11 miles [18 km] NNW of “Epping Forest”, Jul 1964, Adams 1209, Acacia orthocarpa has a limited and discontinuous range in Queensland. Specimens have been collected from north-west of Clermont, near Forsayth and Mt Isa, and north of Camooweal, all on shallow. gravelly soils. Flowers have been collected in March and November. 126 If one were to take a broad view of species and consider A. arida Benth. (with which I would include A. subrotata Domin) as a single variable species then A. orthocarpa might be considered merely as a variant of that species. Though the flowers and pods of the two are similar, the phyllodes of A. arida are flat, up to 4mm wide with a distinct midrib and two obscure longitudinal folds while those of A. orthocarpa are more or less terete and less than 1 mm wide. Specimens from north-western Queensland previously identified by me as A. arida, should be referred to A. hilliana (q. v.) 4, Acacia curranii Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49:492 (1916); Pedley, Proc, Roy. Soc. Qd 74:53 (1964); Tindale, Telopea 1:79 (1975). Type: Cobar, in 1887, Curran (MEL, holo; not seen). Shrub to ca 3 m tall; inner bark reddish, the outer bark grey, curling off in © narrow strips as in A. chisholmii and A. cyperophylla (“mineritchie bark’): branchlets somewhat angular, glabrous to silky pubescent. Phyllodes flattened, linear, rather flexuose, thick, depressed along the midline, glabrous or with appressed silky hairs, the indumentum sometimes restricted to the base and apex, 13~18 cm long, 1-1-1:5 mm wide, 90-150 times as long as wide; ca 5 longi- tudinal nerves conspicuous or all nerves inconspicuous; gland basal, not prominent; pulvinus short. Spikes 5—7mm long on peduncles ca 1-5 mm long with an ovate obtuse silky-pubescent deciduous bract, the peduncle and rachis densely pubescent; bracteoles concave, longer than the mature buds. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 1-1-3 mm long with densely pubescent lobes ca 0-6 mm long, the sinuses broad and obtuse; corolla 1-5-1-8mm long, 1-:4-1-8 times as long as the calyx, with pubescent lobes; stamens 3-4 mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pod flat with rather coarse long hairs, ca 6 cm long, 3mm wide. Seeds longi- tudinal, ca 3:5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide; areole small, open, with a pale area between it and the hilum; funicle small, forming a basal aril. Dariing Downs Disrrict: 3 miles [5 km] W of Gurulmundi, Sep 1963, Pedley 877. No collections of A. curranii have been made between Cobar, the type locality, and near Gurulmundi, north of Miles, where it forms groves on poorly drained soil overlying sandstone. It flowers in August and September. Maiden pointed out the confusion with A. cyperophylla. The mixture of A. curranii and A. cyperophylla in specimens cited within the protologue of the latter is discussed under A. cyperophylla. The two species do look alike, but even sterile specimens can be distinguished with certainty. 5. Acacia cyperophylla F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:400 (1864). Type: Stony ground, Cooper’s Creek, A. C. Gregory (MEL; lectotypus novus). Spreading tree to 10 m tall; outer bark grey, thin, peeling off in curly narrow strips to reveal inner reddish bark; branchlets angular, slightly resinous, glabrous or with sparse minute appressed hairs. Phyllodes terete, usually tapered into a sharp point, 5-13cm long, 1-1-5 mm thick, 35-90 times as long as thick, longitudinally nerved (ca 25 per phyllode), glabrous or with very short appressed hairs associated with nerves; gland basal, small. Spikes interrupted, ca 2 cm long on peduncles 1-3 cm long, single or in pairs in the upper axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx densely pubescent ca 1-5 mm long with obtuse lobes ca 0:2 mm long; corolla lobes glabrous, 2-2:3mm long, united to the middle, 1:3-1-6 times as long as the calyx; ovary glabrous. Pod flat, glabrous, obscurely longi- 127 tudinally nerved, without.a marginal nerve, glabrous, ca 8-5 cm long; 7 mm wide. _ Seeds flat, ca 6:5 mm Jong and 4mm wide with a small central areole; funicle slightly thickened but not folded. GREGORY NortH District: “Currawilla”, ca 100 miles [160 km] W of Windorah, Feb 1949, Everist 4009. GreGorY SoutTH District: “Marama” about S of Windorah, Jul 1936, Blake 12023. Acacia cyperophylla (mineritchie) is restricted to arid parts of Queensland, the southern half of Gregory North District and adjacent parts of the Gregory South District, usually along creeks in grassland and among stones on the edges of scarps. It flowers spasmodically throughout the year, probably in response to high soil moisture. Typification of A. cyperophylla has presented difficulties because the proto- logue description applies to a mixture of A. currqnii and A. cyperophylla and there seems to have been some error in the labelling of specimens. One would expect the collections cited in the protologue to be in herb. Kew. A specimen collected by Leichhardt is at Kew, but I could not locate Gregory’s specimen, Unfortunately the Leichhardt specimen is A. curranii. It was probably collected north of Miles in November 1844, At BM there is a specimen (ex National Herbarium of Victoria) labelled “Acacia cyperophylla F. v. M./Stony Ground Cooper’s Creek/Sth Australia/A. C. Gregory”. This is also A. curranii. It is most unlikely that A. curranii occurs near Cooper Creek, and it is presumed that the specimen is wrongly labelled. At MEL, however, a specimen bearing a similar label is certainly A. cyperophylla (as described here) and it is chosen as the. lectotype. 6. Acacia tennuissima F. Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc. Bot. 3:135 (1859); Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 75:33 (1964). Type: Sturts Creek, Mueller 72 (MEL, holo; K, iso). ' . A, xylocarpa A, Cunn. ex Benth. var (7) seninisiina Benth., FI. Aust. 2:401 (1864). Based on A. tenuissima F. Muell. A, luerssenii Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:267 (1926). Type: in collibus arenosis Dividing Range dictis apud opp. Jericho, Mar 1910, Domin (PR, holo). Shrub to ca 4m with smooth grey or brown stems; branchlets + terete, glabrous with resinous ribs. Phyllodes thick but flat, linear, glabrous, 6:5—15 cm long, 0:7-1-1(-1:3) mm wide, 60-220 times as long as wide, striate with ca 8 nerves on each face, the nerves usually inconspicuous, but occasionally with raised ribs and resinous margins; gland basal, small; pulvinus very small. Spikes ca 1 cm long, rachis glabrous, on glutinous peduncles 5-10 mm long in pairs in the upper axils, the rudimentary shoot between them occasionally growing out into a leafy shoot and then the spikes lateral. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0:-8(—1) mm long, membranous, glabrous, - truncate, slightly incurved at the top and splitting irregularly into lobes; corolla 1-2-1:4mm long, 1:5-1°8 times as long as the calyx, glabrous, lobed to the middle; stamens ca 1:5 mm long; ovary mealy. Pod irregularly coiled, flat, somewhat constricted between the seeds and convex over them, ca 5cm long, 3mm wide. Seeds longitudinal, 2:5—3-:5 mm long, 1:5-1-8 mm wide; areole small, open; funicle folded to form basal aril. BuRKE District: 27° miles [59km] EE of Camooweal, May 1948, Perry 758; near Hughenden, top of Mt Walker, May 1936, Blake 11636. GREGORY Nortsx District: “Barkly Downs”, 20°43’S 138°26’E, May 1947, Blake 17953, MircHELL Disrricr: Delta near Barcaldine, Feb 1936, Everist 1493. Souts KENNEDY District: 7 Miles fli km] NE of “Mirtna”’, Jul 1964, Adams 1139 (BRI, CANB), 128 Acacia tenuissima is a common shrub in eucalypt woodland on sandy soils from the Jericho—Barcaldine area northward to the Torrens Creek—Hughenden area. It is also found about Mt Isa and extends to the Northern Territory and Western Australia. The main period of flowering appears to be from March to June, and pods mature from August to October. Flowering specimens are difficult to distinguish from A. orthocarpa, but the pods of the two are quite different. 7. *Acacia jackesiana Pedley. Type: North Kennedy District: near Argentine Mine, 60 km WSW of Townsville, Oct 1976, EF. M. & B, R. Jackes (BRI, holo; BRI, A, CANB, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW, PR, iso). Shrub procumbent, up to ca 1m tall; branchlets glabrous, angular, reddish brown; stipules persistent linear, 1 mm long. Phyllodes glabrous linear, 12—22 cm long, from less than 1 mm to 1-6 mm wide, prominently ribbed, distinct marginal nerves and two raised ribs on each face with a faint nerve in rather a deep groove between them; gland small, basal; pulvinus less than 1mm long. Spikes rather open, 2—2-5 cm long, the rachis glabrous, on glabrous peduncles 1-1-7 cm long in pairs in the upper axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx glabrous ca 0-7 mm long, sinuately lobed; corolla rather stout, ca 2:2mm long; stamens ca 3mm long; ovary glabrous. Pod flat, ca 8cm long, 8mm wide; old valves only seen, similar to those of A. whitei with conspicuous marginal nerves. Because of the length of the phyllodes, peduncles and spikes Acacia jackesiana resembles A. cyperophylla but the strongly raised ribs of the phyllode distinguishes it from A. cyperophylla and all other Queensland species. The fragments of old weathered pods that I have seen suggest that the species may have some affinity with A. whitei, but the rationship is not close. A. jackesiana is known only from the type locality. 8. Acacia guymeri Tindale, Telopea 1(5) (in. press). Type: Cook District: 36 km ~ WNW of Mt Carbine, Laura road, Jan 1977, Guymer 898 (NSW, holo). Single or multistemmed glabrous shrub 1-5—2-5 m tall; bark smooth, silvery grey; branchlets slender, angular, soon becoming terete, somewhat resinous at the tips. Phyllodes linear, 10-15 cm Jong, 1:3—1-:7 mm wide, 70-90 timés as long as wide, thickened margins, one prominent longitudinal nerve (uninerved) and 1(—2) obscure longitudinal nerves of folds on each side of it; gland basal, inconspicuous; pulvinus 1-1-5 mm long. Spikes only 10-20 flowered, sparse when mature, to 1-5 cm long on peduncles 1-1-5 cm long subtended by basal bract *Acacia jackesiana species nova, a speciebus ceteris Queenslandicis bene distincta, fortasse A, whitei Maiden affinis. Typus: FE. M. & B. R. Jackes (BRI, holotypus; A, BRI, CANB, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW, PR, isotypi). | Frutex procumbens usque circa 1m altus; ramuli glabri angulares; stipulae persistentes lineares 1mm longae. Phyllodia glabra linearia, 12-22cm longa, 1-1*6mm (vel minus) lata; prominenter costata, nervis marginalibus conspicuis et utringue costis duobus elevatis et nervo inconspicus in sulco aliquantum profundo imter eos praedita; glans parva basalis; pulvinus minus quam 1mm longus. Spicade + sparsifforae, 2~2'5cm longae rhacidi glabra in pedunculis glabris binatim in axillis superis portatae. Flores 5~meri; calyx glaber circa 0:6mm longus sinuate lobatus; corolla aliquantum crassa circa 2:2mm ‘longa; stamina circa 3mm longa; ovarium glabrum. Legumen planum circa 8cm longum 8 mm latum; valvae veteres siccae nonnisi visae, earum Acaciae iwhitei similis, nervis marginaltbus conspicuis ornatae. 129 ca 1mm long. Flowers glabrous, pale yellow, 5—merous; calyx shortly lobed 0:6mm long; corolla 2mm long; stamens ca 3mm long; ovary glabrous. Pod (immature) shortly stipitate, straight, long pointed, 6-7 cm. long ca 5mm wide, margins yellowish strongly thickened. Seeds probably longitudinal. The only collection of A. guymeri I have seen is an excellent one from the type locality which includes flowers and immature fruits. The collector’s notes and photographs indicate that it occurs in a disturbed community on a skeletal soil on a rocky hill. The affinities if the species are not clear. It resembles A. jackesiana, especially in the size and shape of the phyllodes and the structure of the flowers, but differs in the venation of the phyllode and the extremely open spike. 9, Acacia tanumbirinensis Maiden in Ewart & Davies, Flora Nth Terr. 338 (1917) (“tanumbirinense”’). Type: Northern Territory: near “Tanumbirini” Stn, Mar 1911, Hill 802 CNSW, holo; K, MEL, iso). Tree to 6m tall with hard stringy bark; branchlets slender angular, some- what glutinous; stipules triangular, brown ca 0:5 mm long. Phyllodes slightly falcate, linear, glabrous, 7-18 cm long, 1-5-4 mm wide, (25—)30-80 times as long as wide, one nerve prominent, the rest crowded, not anastomosing; gland small basal; pulvinus ca 1mm long. Spikes becoming rather open, 3-4 cm long, | on: peduncles 3-5 mm long, the rachis pubescent. Flowers 5—merous; calyx membranous 0:5-0:8 mm long divided almost to the base into narrow-oblong pubescent lobes; corolla 1-1:2mm long, 1-5-2 times as long as the calyx, glabrous, the lobes broad and strongly recurved; stamens 2+2—2-5 mm _ long, ovary pubescent. Pod not known, probably similar to that of A. plectocarpa. Burke District: 16 Mile Creek, 22 km from “Westmoreland” Stn on-road to “Corinda” sin, 17°30’S, 138°24’E, May 1976, Simon & Farrell 3109. A, tanumbirinensis is restricted to an area extending from the Roper to the Nicholson River in the western part of the Gulf of Carpentaria. It occurs on sandy soils along creeks and flowers in April and May. The species may prove only subspecifically distinct from A. plectocarpa which has flowers similar in size and indumentum, but broader (more than 5 mm) phyllodes. The geographical ranges of the two do not overlap. The question of the status of A. tanumbirinensis may be resolved when mature pods and seeds -are available. A. plectocarpa has resinous undulate pods up to 9cm long and 8-10 mm wide with transverse seeds with small depressed closed areoles and a conspicuous white aril. 10. Acacia aneura F, Muell. ex Benth., Linnaea 26:627 (1855). Type: Cudnaka, Oct 1851, Mueller (MEL, holo; BRI, photo). Tree to ca 15m; branchlets angular with appressed curved silvery hairs, some brown scales on young shoots, occasionally resinous. Phyllodes coriaceous, extremely variable in size and shape, varying from narrow-elliptic to linear, flat to terete when very narrow with silvery scurf and + adpressed hyaline hairs ca 0:1 mm long, the surface sometimes hidden, 2-17 (—24) cm long, 0:9-8(—-12) mm wide, 3—90(-180) times as long as wide; many parallel non-anastomosing - longitudinal nerves (up to 30 on broad phyllodes), half of them prominent, margins yellowish; gland small basal; pulvinus ca 1mm long. Spikes dense, (1—) 1-5-2 cm long on scurly peduncles 3-8 mm long, rachis puberulent, single or rarely in pairs in the upper axils or more rarely apparently lateral on short 130 axillary shoots. Flowers S—merous; calyx lobes + free, spathulate, sometimes broad, (0-6~)0:7-1-1 mm long, usually with a few hairs at the top; corolla lobes free or united to the middle, glabrous, 1-2—1-8 mm long, (1:3-)1-8-2-2 times as long as the calyx; stamens 2:5-3:5mm long; ovary usually with indumentum of close dense silvery hairs, sometimes sparse, rarely glabrate. Pods flat, glabrescent, obliquely reticulately nerved, 2-5-5 cm long, 7-13 mm wide, usually with a prominent wing 1-1-5 mm wide along the upper margin. Seeds longitudinal or slightly oblique, flat, ca 5mm long and 3mm wide, areole extremely small, open, with a pale area extending to the hilar end of the seed; funicle filiform. BurkE District: 6 miles [10km] SE of “Barkly Downs”, May 1948, Perry 743. GrReGoRY NortrH Districr: near Boulia, Jul 1936, Blake 12376, MITCHELL DISTRICT: ca 16 miles [26km] NW of Longreach, Jul 1963, Everist 7295, 7296 & 7298. GREGORY SouTH Districr; 43 miles [69km] W of Windorah, Jul 1936, Blake 12109, WarREGO Districr: Charleville, Apr 1936, Blake 11051. MaraNnoa Disrrict: 12 miles [19 km] N of St George, Sep 1959, Everist 6112. Dartinc Downs Districr: “Woodlands”, SW of Westmar, May 1959, Pedley 388. Acacia aneura (mulga) is of considerable economic importance and there is a large body of literature on mulga and mulga lands. See, for example, papers in Tropical Grasslands vol. 7 (1973) and many of the papers cited there. It extends from Shark Bay, Western Australia to a little east of St George. In Queensland it forms dense, almost pure stands, often of considerable extent, on sandy or loamy soils, particularly in the St George-Quilpie area, with isolated stands almost as far north as Mt Isa. Flowering occurs throughout the year, possibly in response to high soil moisture, but pods appear to mature only in the period September-December. | There is an extremely wide range of variation in habit, the size and shape of the phyllodes, and the degree of winging of the pod. Because of the complexity of this variation the recognition of infraspecific taxa, such as A. aneura var. latifolia, is not at present warranted. A. aneura is similar to A. brachystachya and A. catenulata, both of which have pods of different types, and to A. clivicola which has different pods and less deeply lobed calyxes. Cudnaka, the type locality of A. aneura is probably near Lake Torrens, South Australia, possibly Kanyaka near Hawker. 11. Acacia ramulosa W. V. Fitzg., J. West. Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1:15 (1904). Type: Western Australia: Lennonville, Sep 1903, Fitzgerald (PERTH, holo). . Shrub to 3 m tall; branchlets angular, ribbed, glutinous with matted appressed silky hairs. Phyllodes linear, straight or slightly curved, appressed silky pubes- cent, mainly in the grooves between the numerous parallel longitudinal nerves (cf. A. cyperophylla), 11-12:5 cm long, 1-5-2 mm wide, 60-80 times as long as wide. Spikes dense 1-5—2cm long on peduncles 7-10 mm long, single in the axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0-8-1 mm long, membranous, deeply divided into obtuse oblong lobes with some hairs at the top and on the margins, always united into a tube, as little as 0:2 mm long, so that the calyx can be dissected off in one piece; corolla ca 1:5 mm long, lobed to the middle; ovary pubescent all over or at the top only. Pods cylindrical, 7-9 cm long, 5-8mm _ wide, greyish with yellowish glutinous longitudinal nerves without prominent margins. Seeds longitudinal, 7-5 mm long, 4:5mm wide; areole open, extremely small. Grecory Norru District: Bedourie, Jul 1936, Blake 12325, Grecory Soutu District: ca 90 miles [145 km] WNW of Birdsville, Sep 1966, Boyland 292. Warreco DISTRICT: ‘“Dynevor Downs”, Mar 1941, White 12088. 131 I have seen little material from Queensland that I can refer with certainty to A. ramulosa, It is closely related to A. brachystachya which always (?) has flat, though thick, phyllodes and flat pods, whereas the phyllodes of A. ramulosa are often terete and the pods are always terete. 12. Acacia brachystachya Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:403 (1864); Maiden, For. Fl. N.S.W, 7:9 (1917); Pedley, Trop. Grassl. 7:5 (1973). Type: Mutanie Ranges Mootwingle, [31°10’S 142°10’E, ca 110km NE of Broken Hill], Jan. 1861, Victorian Expedition. (K, holo; MEL, iso). A, aneura F, Muell. ex Benth. var. (?) stenocarpa Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:403 © (1864). Type: Yaginya Mtn [Scrope Ra., approximately 32°S 142°R, ca 65 km E of Broken Hill], Nov 1860, Victorian Expedition (K, holo). A, cibaria F. Muell., Melb, Chemist & Druggist 5:26 (July 1882). Type: Yayinya Mountains, Nov 1860, Beckler (MEL, lectotypus novus). Tree to 5m with ascending lateral branches; branchlets angular, ribbed, with brown and silvery appressed hairs ca 0-15 mm long. Phyllodes coriaceous, curved linear, silvery with short appressed hairs, 8—-10(-13) cm _ long, (1:5—)2—-3 mm wide, (25—)30-50(-75) times as long as wide, with up -to 16 parallel longitudinal non-anastomosing nerves; gland basal, rather prominent. Spikes rather dense, ca 1-5 cm long on axillary peduncles ca 5 mm long. Flowers 5—merous; calyx lobes shortly united at the base, broad spathulate, concave, 0-5-—0:7 mm long; corolla lobes united to the middle, ca 1-5 mm long, 2-3-3 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 2 mm long; ovary pubescent. Pod neither > flat nor winged nor the margin prominent, 3-6 cm long, 3—5 mm wide, 2—2:5 mm thick, longitudinally reticulately nerved with silvery indumentum between the nerves. Seeds longitudinal, 5-7 mm long and 3—4 mm wide; areole small open, - with a pale sunken area surrounding it, its funicle expanded into small clavate aril. WARREGO DistricT: Quilpie, Nov 1957, Everist 5905; “Bowalli”, ca 75 miles [120 km] SSW of Quilpie, May 1952, Everist 5035; “Mooning”, ca 30km S of Eulo, Nov 1954, Smith 6010. Acacia brachystachya (turpentine mulga) occurs in south-western Queens- land between the Warrego River and the Grey Range. It usually forms small stands on shallow gravelly soils on low rises within mulga communities. It flowers from June to about August and mature fruits have been collected from October to December. It is a rounded shrub with stiff, more or less erect phyllodes. Unless they bear fruit, herbarium specimens are frequently confused with both A. aneura - and A. ramulosa. The three species are not often confused in the field however. | I have discussed the typification of A. cibaria previously, but as it could affect the use of the name A. ramulosa, it should be considered in more detail. All three syntypes of A. cibaria at MEL were evidently used by Mueller in his . description of the species. They are: 1, Gasgoyne River, Oliver Jones, The specimen consists of pod and seeds in an envelope with the note: “A great food of the natives at the Gasgoyne called the Wonuy”. 2. Murchison River, Gray. The specimen is mounted on a sheet and is accom- panied by the note: “15 to 20’ flowers Oct. and Nov. Sandy soil. Sceds eaten by natives”. 132 3. Yayinga Mountains, 6 November 1860, Beckler. The first specimen is neither A. ramulosa nor A. brachystachya. The vernacular name in the note suggests that it is A. wanyu. I am not familiar with that species, however, and the identity of the specimen requires further investigation. The second specimen is A. ramulosa. The third is A. brachystachya. Maiden implied that nomenclatural problems would be solved by selecting the last as lectotype and I have therefore made this choice. It is noteworthy that the holotype of A. aneura var. (?) stenocarpa and the lectotype of A. cibaria were both collected by Beckler at the same place on 6 November 1860. It is likely they are parts of a single collection. 13. Acacia granitica Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 54:230 (1921). Based _ on Acacia doratoxylon A, Cunn. var. ovata Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 30:362 (1905). Syntypes: Howell, near Tingha, in 1904, Maiden & Boorman (NSW); Stanthorpe, Jul 1904, Boorman (BRI, K, iso). Flat-topped spreading shrub to ca 1m tall and up to 3m in diameter or rounded to 3m tall, branchlets slender angular, glabrous and somewhat resinous. Phyllodes + erect, coriaceous, linear, (8—) 10-22 cm long, 1:5—3-5 mm wide, (20—)35-140 times.as long as wide, with 12-18 fine parallel non- anastomosing nerves, the middle one slightly more prominent than the rest; gland small or absent, + basal, pulvinus 1-1-5 mm long. Spikes dense, 3-8 mm long on glabrous peduncles 0-5-3 mm long in pairs on a rudimentary axillary ‘axis, the rachis pubescent. Flowers 5—merous; calyx truncate to shortly lobed with a few brown hairs at the top and long white hairs at the base, 0:5-0°8 mm long; corolla lobes 1-4—-1'8mm long, united to the middle, 2-2-3 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 3mm long; ovary hirsute. Pod linear; glabrous, flat slightly convex over seeds and sometimes slightly contracted between them, to 6cm long, 2:5~3 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal, ca 3 x 1-5 mm; areole elongate, open; funicle thickened, folded 2—3 times beneath seed. DaRLING Downs Disrrict: Fletcher, 8 miles [13 km] SW of Stanthorpe, Oct 1963, Pedley 1462. MorETON Districr: Crows Nest, Oct 1921, White. Acacia granitica is restricted to shallow sandy soils derived from granite in the vicinity of Crows Nest and Stanthorpe and from sandstone near Plunkett. It flowers in August and September. The distribution of A. granitica is similar to that of A. ruppii. The major occurrences of both are in elevated granite country with minor occurrences on sandstone near the coast. In Queensland A, ruppii is confined to granite near Stanthorpe whereas A. granitica extends north to Crows Nest and to coastal sandstone at Plunkett. As Maiden suggested, its nearest relative is probably A. caroleae (A. doratoxylon var. angustifolia), though it bears a superficial resemblance to A. brachystachya. 14, Acacia caroleae Pedley, nom, et stat. nov. Based on Acacia doratoxylon A. Cunn. var. angustifolia Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 53:217 (1920). Type: Eidsvold, Aug 1918, Bancroft (NSW, holo; K,. iso). Rounded shrub or slender tree to ca 6 m tall; branchlets angular, glabrous, glutinous, sometimes mealy, Phyllodes' linear, straight, glabrous, 5—14(-—21) cm long, (1:5—)2-5(-6:5) mm wide, (10—)15-60(-90) times as long as wide, 133 striate with rather crowded parallel longitudinal non-anastomosing nerves, the central one prominent; gland small, basal; pulvinus ca 3:5 mm long. Spikes dense (interrupted on one specimen), 1-3 cm long on peduncles 1:5-4 mm long on a scurfy, rarely pubescent, axillary axis 5-20 mm long, sometimes growing out into a lateral shoot. Flowers 5—merous; calyx membranous (0:6—)0:7- 1:1 mm long, the tube usually glabrous, lobes 0:2-0:3mm long with short, blunt, brown hairs at the top; corolla lobes glabrous, united to the middle, 1:2-1-5(-1-8) mm long, 1:3-2(—2:°5) times as long as the calyx; stamens 2-3 mm long; ovary slightly scurfy, rarely with some short stiff hairs at the top. Pod flat, convex over the seeds and somewhat contracted between them, ca 8cm long, 2—2-5mm wide, longitudinally wrinkled. Seeds longitudinal, 4mm long, 1:7 mm wide; areole open, elongate, more than # as long as the seed; funicle folded ca 4 times, forming basal aril. (Fig. 9i, inflorescence). LEICHHARDT Disrricr: 5km + E of “Mantuan Downs”, 24°25’S 147°20’E, Aug 1973, Pedley 4114; “Bedourie”, 45 miles [72 km] SW of Rolleston, Sep 1962, Story & Yapp 280. Maranoa Disrricr: Clayhole Creek, 20 miles [32km] S$ of Yuleba, Nov 1958, Johnson 650. DarLinc Downs Disrricr: Gurulmundi, Sep 1961, Pedley 880; 10 miles [16km] $ of Kogan on Tara Road, Aug 1958, Johnson 551;.5 miles [8 km] W of Thane, Oct 1959, Pedley 491, . Acacia caroleae is an attractive shrub or small tree widely distributed in inland south-eastern Queensland on sandy soil. It flowers from about mid- August to mid-October. Acacia caroleae is more closely related to A. burrowii than it is to A. doratoxylon, which does not occur in Queensland. It has somewhat narrower phyllodes, more than 15 times as long as wide, usually longer calyxes and shorter corollas. It also lacks the broad juvenile phyllodes characteristic of A. burrowit. 15. Acacia adsurgens Maiden & Blakely, Proc. Roy. Soc. West. Aust. 13:28 (1928), Syntype: 40 miles W of Camp 4, Lander Creek, June 1911, Hill 360 (K, iso). Erect shrub to 2:5 m; bark brown flaky; branchlets pale, angular, resinous. Phyllodes coriaceous, linear, glabrous, 6—-17cm long, 2—3mm wide, 30-60 times as long as wide, with many parallel longitudinal nerves, the middle one slightly more prominent; gland basal with a large swelling but a pale orifice. Spikes dense, 1-1-5 cm long on peduncles 7~10mm long single at the base of a rudimentary axillary shoot which sometimes grows out. Flowers 5—merous; calyx narrowly cylindric, ca 1 mm long, truncate or slightly incurved at the top with only a few hairs; corolla 1-5~1:7 mm long, divided to the middle; stamens ca 3:5mm long; ovary slightly mealy. Pods linear, ca 9cm long, 2:5—3 mm wide, raised over the seeds and slightly contracted between them. Seeds linear, ca 4mm long, 1-5-2 mm wide; areole small, semicircular, central, pale (cf. A. shirleyi); funicle thickened with about five folds forming basal aril extending a quarter up each side of seed. - GREGORY NorrH District: Brenda Bore, “Oban” Stn, ca 62 miles [100 km] SW of Mt Isa, Dec 1947, Everist 3372. Grecory SoutH District: Windorah, Ju!-Aug 1969, Cockburn BPS 20. MircHett DisrrictT: Jericho, May 1946, Clemens. - Acacia adsurgens is widespread in the Northern Territory, but in. Queens- land it is scattered and uncommon, occurring only south-west of Mt Isa, near Windorah, and in the vicinity of Jericho, always on sandy soil. 134 16. Acacia lysiphloia F. Muell., J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 3:137 (1859). Syntypes: Sturts Creek, Mueller 84 (K, MEL, iso), & Mueller 80 (MEL); Gulf . of Carpentaria, Mueller 3 (MEL). Shrub to ca 5m tall with reddish bark, the outer grey bark coming off in narrow curly strips as in A. cyperophylla (mineritichie); branchlets angular, glutinous with scattered appressed hairs largely hidden in resin; stipules persistent, brown, 1-2-2 mm long, somewhat reflexed. Phyllodes narrow, but broadest in the uppermost. quarter, obtuse, mucronulate, glabrous or subglabrous, 2—3 cm long, 1-5~4(—6) mm wide, 4-10(—15) times as long as wide; two longitudinal nerves prominent, other longitudinal nerves obscure, occasionally translucent; gland not conspicuous, with a thin rim and a small orifice ca 3mm from the base; pulvinus short. Spikes dense, 5-20 mm long, rachis glabrous, on glutinous, sometimes somewhat pubescent peduncles 1-2 cm long, sometimes forming a terminal raceme because of reduction of phyllodes; bracteoles exceeding the buds. Flowers 5—merous; calyx cylindrical, 0-5—0:8mm long, membranous, divided to the middle or almost to the base, the lobes acute, pubescent or at least with some scattered hyaline hairs; corolla 1:2—1:8(—2-3) mm long, 2—3 times as long as the calyx, lobed to the middle, glabrous; stamens 4-5 mm long; ovary scurfy, sometimes with scattered long hairs. Pod flat, curved, slightly convex over the seeds, up to 7-5 cm long, 7~8 mm wide, obliquely nerved, glutinous, neither particularly woody nor opening by coiling back from the top. Seeds oblique, 4-4:5 mm long, 3mm wide, ca 1-5 mm thick; areole small, closed, pale; funicle forming a cupular aril. Burke Districr: Settlement Creek, Jun 1923, Brass 347; 27 miles [43 km] SSW of Mt Isa, May 1948, Perry 786. In Queensland A. lysiphloia is found in the western part of the Burke District, on sandy soils. It flowers from May to about August. Variants with broad phyllodes and short spikes sometimes occur. They bear a striking resemblance to A. monticola. Both species have a “mineritichie” bark and they may be more closely allied to each other than their placement in different sections suggests. 17, Acacia hilliana Maiden in Ewart & Davies, Fl. Nth Terr. 340 t.27 (1917). Type: 140 miles N of C74, Northern Territory, Jul 1911, ili (BM, K iso). Misapplied name: 4. arida auct. non Benth.; Pedley, Proc.. Roy. Soc. Qd 75:34 (1964). Flat-topped viscid shrub to 3 m tall; branchlets + terete, glabrous, glutinous. Phyllodes coriaceous, glabrous, linear, sometimes tapering gradually to the base, obtuse mucronulate, straight or curved, 2—5 cm long, 2~3-5mm wide, 6-20 times as long as wide, 3-5 longitudinal nerves sometimes visible, often obscure in tissue of phyllode; gland extremely small, merely a small orifice on the margin, 5-10 mm from the base; pulvinus ca 1mm long. Flowers in dense spikes 1-2:5cm long on glutinous, glabrous peduncles 1-2 cm long, single in the axils, 5—merous; calyx 0:9-1-2mm long, divided almost to the base, the lobes membranous, widely spreading, narrowly oblong, obtuse, glabrous, the sinuses obtuse; corolla (1:2—)1-:4—-2 mm long, (1-2—)1-+5-1-8 times as long as the calyx, divided to the middle, glabrous; stamens ca 4mm long; ovary glabrous, sometimes slightly scurfy. Pod flat but thick, with prominent margins, obliquely nerved, rather glutinous, opening elastically from the top, 2-5-5 cm 135 long, 4-6 mm wide; seeds oblique in depressions in the woody valves, 3:5—4 mm long, 1: 7—2 mm wide, rather thick with a large open pale areole; funicle straight, not folded, expanded into a cupular aril. Burke Districr: 90 miles [145 km] from Camooweal on Burketown Road, 19°05'S 138°SWE, Jun 1966, Pediey 2053: 40 miles [64km] NNW of Mt Isa, May 1948, Perry 765 (BRI, K), Acacia hilliana has a range similar to that of A. spondylophylla extending from Hamersley Range through central Australia to Queensland. It is a common plant on gravelly soils in the Mt Isa-Camooweal area. It evidently has an extended period of flowering and fruiting. Flowers have been collected from May to September and mature pods in May, June and September. Specimens from Queensland have broader phyllodes than specimens from the Northern Territory (including the type) have. Previously I identified the Queensland material as A. arida. | 18. Acacia conjunctifolia F. Muell., Fragm. 11:68 (1879). Type:. Victoria River, Gulliver (MEL, holo). Shrub ca 1 m tall, usually spreading; branchlets prominently angled, glutinous with resinous ribs; stipules ca 0-5 mm long. Phyllodes single, in pairs or in 3’s, linear curved with slightly oblique mucro, narrowed into a pulvinus, glutinous, glabrous, punctulate, 1:2-1-8cm long, 1~-1:7 mm wide, 8—11 times as long as wide, with three longitudinal nerves, one prominent, the others less so, translucent; gland basal, small but obvious. Spikes moderately dense 0:5—1:5 cm long on peduncles 3~7 mm long, single in the axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx with very thin, widely spreading, glabrous lobes 0-6—0:8 mm long ca 0:2 mm wide; corolla rather thick, 1-2-1:5 mm long, twice as long as the calyx, lobed to the middle; stamens ca 3 mm long; ovary slightly scurfy. Pod flat but thick, winged on the adaxial margin, obliquely nerved, 4cm long, 4mm wide, widest near the top, opening elastically from the top, glabrous and glutinous. Seeds oblique in depressions in the woody valves, ca 5mm long, 2:2mm wide, ca 1-5 mm thick, with a large open areole; funicle filiform, abruptly expanded into a hoary, neat cupular aril. Burke District: 9 miles [14km] W of “Westmoreland”, Jun 1948, Perry 1341. Acacia conjunctifolia is known only from the type locality and from the extreme north-western part of Queensland where it occurs on sandy soils. It flowers from June to about September. The arrangement of the phyllodes | similar to that found in A. conferta is unusual in section Juliflorae. 19, Acacia wickhamii Benth., London J. Bot. 1:377 (1842). Type: Swan Bay, West coast, Voyage of the “Beagle”, in 1827, Wickham (XK, holo). A, wickhamiit Benth. var. viscidula F. Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc. Bot. 3:141 (1859). Type: Sturts Creek, Mueller (K, iso). A. calligera F. Muell., loc. cit. 141 (1859), pro syn. Type: Gulf of Car- pentaria, Mueller 38 (MEL, holo; K, iso). Resinous spreading shrub ca 1m tall; branchlets, glabrous and glutinous with translucent ribs; stipules ca 0:6mm long, Phyllodes glabrous, + sessile, ovate with undulate margins or oblong-ovate, with an oblique mucro, 5-15 mm long, 4-7 mm wide, 1-2-5 times as long as wide,. 1-3 prominent longitudinal nerves and other obscure ones, not reticulate, margins prominent; yellowish; gland 58237-—C 136 subbasal, extremely small, Spikes dense, 5-20 mm long on glabrous peduncles (3—)8— 16 mm long in the upper axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0-7-1-1 mm long, glabrous or slightly scurfy, prominently ribbed, with blunt triangular lobes up to 0:2mm long or sometimes calyx merely undulate; corolla 1-3-1:7 mm long, glabrous or slightly scurfy, lobes with prominent midribs, 1-6-2 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 3-5 mm long; ovary glabrous, sometimes minutely papillose. Pod flat, woody, broadest near the top, opening elastically by coiling back of valves from the top, prominently transversely nerved, up to 5 cm long, 6-7 mm wide. Seeds oblique, about 3mm long and 1:5 mm wide on a rather stiff straight funicle thickened into cupular aril; areole rather large, open. Burxe Districr: 20 miles [32km] W of Gregory Downs, Jun 1948, Perry 1411. Coox DiIsTRicT: Stannary Hills turn-off 16km from, Herberton, Sep 1960, Smith 11239. Acacia wickhamii extends from the northern part of Western Australia through the central part of the Northern Territory to the north-western part of Burke district in Queensland. Plants from the eastern part of its range have decidedly broader phyllodes than those from the west. In Queensland A, wickhamii occurs on gravely soils in eucalypt woodland. Flowering appears to extend from March to July and flowers and well developed fruits are often found on the one plant. Most fruit mature about August. The relationships of the species are obscure. It is rather isolated in the Juliflorae but it is similar, particularly in characters of the pod, to A. nuperrima subsp. cassitera in n. the Plurinerves. 20. Acacia pubifolia Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 74:59 (1964). Type: Darling Downs District: Wyberba, Oct 1958, Pedley 318 (BRI, holo). Tree 8m tall with dark fibrous bark; branchlets angular, pubescent, sometimes glaucous. Phyllodes subsessile, straight, elliptic or obovate with glandular apex, pubescent becoming puberulent, 2-10 cm long, 8-30 mm wide, 2:5-6'5 times as long as wide, many fine slightly prominent nerves, neither anastomosing nor running together; pulvinus often less than 2 mm long. Flowers 5—merous in dense subsessile axillary spikes 2~—5 cm long with puberulent peduncle and rachis; bracteoles concave, longer than the calyx, pilose on the back; calyx 0-5 mm long, cylindrical, truncate. or undulate, white-pubescent but the tops of the lobes with a few short brown hairs; corolla 1-6-1-8 mm long, the ovate- deltoid prominently ribbed lobes twice as long as the tube; ovary villose. Pod linear, pubescent, a little compressed, to 8cm long and 4mm wide. Seeds _ arranged longitudinally, black, rectangular, 4mm * 2mm; funicle twice as long as the seed, 2-3 times folded, forming small aril beneath the seed; areole indistinct, narrow and apparently closed. DarRLInGc Downs District: Wyberba, Oct 1933, White 9379. Acacia pubifolia is restricted to the Wyberba district south of Stanthorpe. It flowers in September. As mentioned in the protologue it has an affinity to A. pycnostachya from the New England region of New South Wales but there is also a relationship with A. blakei which has glabrous phyllodes, more elongate except on young plants, and usually less pubescent calyxes. 137 21, Acacia acradenia F. Muell., Icon. Aust. Sp. Acacia dec 11. (1888), J. Proc. Linn, Soc. Bot, 3:142 (1859), pro. syn. Type: Hepat Stee Mueller 6 (MEL; K, iso; lectotypus novus). Shrub to 4m tall with dull green foliage; branchlets angular, glutinous, ribs somewhat resinous, with indumentum of moderate to dense felty hairs. Phyllodes rather thick, elliptic to obovate, obtuse, glutinous, with moderately dense appressed hairs or glabrate, 4:5-11 cm long, 1-3 cm wide, 2-5-6 times as long as wide, with ca 5 longitudinal nerves prominent and many other secondary parallel nerves, not anastomosing but concurrent with lower margin near the base, not very conspicuous, nerves and margins yellowish, gland basal, a distinct swelling with a small orifice; pulvinus up to 6mm long, pubescent. Spikes moderately dense, 2—-4cm long in pairs in the upper axils, sometimes a rudimentary shoot between them, on moderately pubescent peduncles 1-3 mm long, the rachis densely pubescent. Flowers 5—merous, calyx stout, rather broad at the base, 1-1-1 mm long with obtuse lobes ca 0: 25 mm. long, densely pubescent throughout; corolla 1-6-1:8 mm long, ca 1:5 times as long as the calyx, glabrous, lobed to about the middle; stamens 3~4mm long; ovary pubescent. Pod + terete, ca 7cm long, 3:5 mm wide, curved, glutinous and with scattered hairs. Seeds longitudinal, 4mm long, 1-5 mm wide; funicle thickened and about twice folded beneath seed; areole narrow, closed. BURKE DiIstRicT: 6 miles [10 km] S of Mt Isa, Oct 1962, Pediey 1117. GREGORY NORTH District: “Tranby”, 45 miles [72 km] SW of Winton, May 1936, Blake 11440. NorrH KENNEDY District: Bullock Creek, near Pentland, 20°32’S 145°24’"E, Aug 1970, Correll 107. MITcHELL District: 8 miles [13 km] NNW of Prairie, Jun 1954, Lazarides 4538. Acacia acradenia, which flowers from about March to June, occurs on stony hillsides and ranges from the Northern Territory eastward to Prairie but does not appear to be common except in the Cloncurry-Mt Isa area. It was first described by Mueller (1859) but Bentham in editing the paper placed the name in synonymy under A. umbellata, and the name is therefore not validly published. The specimens cited by Mueller were referred by Bentham in .Flora Australiensis to A. umbellata though he had some reservation about the correct placement of Mueller’s flowering specimen from Depot Creek. Mueller (1888) published the name A. acradenia again, validating it by reference to the original 1859 description. There appear to be only two syntypes. The Seven Emu River locality is apparently the same as the Gulf of Carpentaria one. Bentham cited it as “Seven Emu, and Robinson River” though the specimen at Kew is labelled “Gulf of Carpentaria”. The specimen referred to by Bentham as “Depot Creek, F, Mueller” is cited by Mueller as “ad originem fluminis Victoriae”, Mueller’s description (1859), plate (1888) and syntypes represent two species. The fruiting specimen, Mueller 10 from the Gulf of Carpentaria, is A. umbellata. To preserve usage current in Queensland for the last 20 years and to prevent nomenclatural complications the flowering specimen (Depot Creek, Mueller 6) is selected-as lectotype of A. acradenia. A. acradenia differs from A. umbellata in having usually pubescent branchlets and phyllodes, longer spikes with pubescent rachises and longer terete pods. A, curvicarpa from the Kimberley district of Western Australia is possibly conspecific with A. acradenia. 138 22. Acacia laccata Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 75:31 (1964). Type: Mitchell District: “Corinda” ca 85 miles N of Aramac, Jun 1949, Everist 3860 (BRI, holo). Shrub to 3 m tall; branchlets coarse, + terete, vernicose. Phyllodes straight, vernicose, 10-16cm long, 2:5—Scm wide, 3-5 times as long as wide, obtuse; longitudinal nerves crowded, not anastomosing, with about six slightly more prom- inent than the rest and sometimes running into the dorsal margin at the base; gland basal; pulvinus 6-7 mm long. Spikes 2-5 cm long, dense, on peduncles 1—1:5 cm long. Flowers S—merous; calyx ca 1:2 mm long with short vernicose lobes; corolla glabrous 2:2mm long; ovary villose. Pods linear, glabrous, 5—6 cm long, ca 7mm wide. Sceds longitudinal, ca 5mm long and 3 mm wide; funicle folded beneath seed. BurKE Districr; Settlement Creek, Nov 1934, Brass 375. Norru KENNEDY DISTRICT: 47 miles [75 km] S of Charters Towers, Jun 1966, Ped/ey 2126, MuircHeLt District: 43 miles [69km] S of Prairie, 21°28’S 144°39°R, May 1970, Hind 16. SoutH KENNEDY Districr: 3 miles [5 km] E of “Laglan”, May 1964, Pedley 1717 (BRI, CANB), Acacia laccata is fairly common on sandy soil in the western part of the Belyando basin and adjacent sandy areas to the west. It has also been found in the far north-west of Queensland, in the Northern Territory and Western Australia, It flowers about May or June, The species does not appear to be closely related to any other. It differs markedly from A. megalantha to which it was compared in the protologue in having a flat linear, not markedly woody pod. A. gonoclada, which has smaller phyllodes without resin, appears to be its closest ally. 23. Acacia megalantha F, Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc. Bot, 3:143 (1859); Pedley, Proc. Roy: Soc. Qd 75:35 (1964). Type: Sturts Creek, Mueller 98 (MEL, holo; K, iso) Medium shrub; branchlets angular, glabrous or scurfy, glutinous. Phyllodes coriaceous, elliptic with + straight lower margin and curved upper, 6-7 cm long, 1-5-2-2cm wide, 3-4-5 times as long as wide, 3 longitudinal nerves prominent and a number of crowded, parallel, obscure secondary nerves, neither anastomosing nor concurrent with each other at the base; gland basal, prominent; pulvinus to ca 3mm long. Spikes of few (ca 15) flowers, up to 2:5cm long on peduncles ca 1cm long, rachis and peduncles glabrous. Flowers 5—merous; calyx stout, broad cylindric, glabrous, 1-3 mm long with obtuse lobes ca 0-3 mm long; corolla lobes ca 4mm long, ca 1:3 mm wide, thickened at the end, united in the lower fifth, strongly recurved; stamens ca 5 mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pod glabrous, woody, flat with prominent margins, ca 8 cm long, 8 mm wide, neither attenuate at the base nor opening elastically from the top. Seeds longitudinal or slightly oblique; funicle thickened but not folded, seen only when immature. BurkE Districr: 17 miles [27 km] from Mt Isa on Camooweal Road, May 1963, Gittins 750. In Queensland Acacia megalantha is found in the Mt Isa area on shallow stony soil but it is not at all common. It has the largest flowers of all Juliflorae and does not appear to have close relatives. 139 24. Acacia gonclada F. Muell., J, Proc, Linn. Soc. Bot. 3:140 (1859). Type: Victoria River, Mueller (K, iso). Misapplied name: A. leptostachya auct. non Benth.; Maiden, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 30:41 (1918). Shrub to 4m tall; branchlets coarse, angular, sometimes flattened with yellowish angles, scurfy or glabrous, somewhat resinous; internodes short. Phyllodes coriaceous, oblong obtuse mucronulate, curved near the base so as to lie -+ parallel to the stem, (6-)9-12cm long, (8—-)12-20(-35) mm wide, (3—)4-5-7-5(-10) times as long as wide; 2 (or 3 when phyllode is broad) prominent longitudinal nerves and many parallel less conspicuous secondary slightly anastomosing nerves on narrow phyllodes + concurrent towards ventral margin at the base, young shoots dark; gland basal, prominent, the rim - raised; pulvinus 3-5 mm long. Spikes dense, 1-2cm long, single or in pairs in the upper axils on glutinous peduncles 3-6 mm long, occasionally in terminal panicles due to the reduction of subtending phyllodes, Flowers 5—merous; calyx broad-cylindric, densely pubescent 1-1:25 mm long with obtuse lobes 0:2—-0+3 mm long, often persisting at base of developing fruit; corolla stout, glabrous, 1-5-2 mm long, 1-5-1-7 times as long as the calyx; stamens 2-5-3 mm long; ovary with indumentum of dense short silvery hair. Pods flat glutinous to 4.cm long, 3-4 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal, ca 4mm long, 2mm wide with a narrow oblong open areole; funicle folded and thickened into pale aril. Burke Disrricr: 10 miles [16km] E of Donors Hill, 18°41’S 140°21’E, Jun 1966, Pedley 2100. Coox Districr; Gilbert River, Jun 1925, Brass 429, SouTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 7 miles [11 km] NE of “Mirtna” Stn, Jul 1964, Adams 1140. Acacia gonoclada commonly occurs on stony shallow soils with Eucalyptus leucophloia in north-western Queensland and in the Northern Territory, but in the eastern part of its range south of Charters Towers it is found on loamy or sandy soils with E. drepanophylla or E. melanophioia, It flowers from May to July and fruits about September. A. gonoclada and A. cowleana are closely related. The latter is usually pubescent, but when glabrous it is difficult to distinguish from A. gonoclada. -Its nerves are more widely spaced, its calyxes have only a few hairs at the base of the calyx and the pods are longer. | A specimen (Normanton, Macdonnell) was referred by Maiden to A. lepto- stachya but the affinities of A. gonoclada lie with A. brevifolia and A, striatifolia rather than with A. leptostachya. 25. Acacia curvinervia Maiden, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 30:34 (1918). Type: Beta, Jul 1913, Boorman (NSW, holo; K, iso). Spreading shrub to ca 3 m tall; branchlets angular, scattered hairs. Phyllodes curved, elliptic, - acute, juveniles densely pubescent and some brown scurf on young ones, 3:5—7(--10) cm Jong, 6-16(-23) mm wide, 2-5-5(—8) times as long as wide, 3-7 longitudinal nerves and many fine parallel nerves neither anastomosing nor concurrent with each other; gland basal, prominent, with a definite trim; pulvinus yellowish, ca 2mm long. Spikes moderately dense, 25-3 cm long, rachis pubescent, on axillary peduncles 4-10 mm long. Flowers 5—merous; calyx membranous, pubescent with long hairs except for short brown hairs on the lobes, ca 0:9 mm long, lobes free almost to the base, or 0-2-0:6 mm long with broad sinuses; corolla glabrous, 1-:2-1-:6 mm long, 1:3-1-:7 times as long as the calyx, lobed to about the middle; stamens 2:5-3:5 mm long; ovary 140 densely pubescent. Pod + terete, scurfy, 5-10 cm long, ca 2:5 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal 3-5-4:5 mm long, 1:3-1:8mm wide, ca 1mm thick; areole + closed, pale; funicle 2-3 times folded, forming short aril beneath seed. NorTH KENNEDY District: 45 miles [72 km] from Charters Towers on Clermont Road, May 1960, Johnson 1859, MiTrcuetr, District: Torrens Creek, May 1974, Abell; Helenvale, 25 miles [40 km] NE of Yalleroi, May 1937, Everist 1508. SoUrH KENNEDY District: Mt Coolon—Collinsville Road, May 1960, Johnson 1810*. L&ticHHARpr Duistricr: Denham Range, Clermont—Nebo Road, Jun 1966, Johnson 1922*; Zamia Range, 3 miles [5 km] NNW of Springsure, Mar 1960, Johnson 1402. Acacia curvinervia is common on sandy soil in the Alpha-Barcaldine area where it forms dense stands usually in woodland of Eucalyptus similis. There are isolated occurrences elsewhere. The usual period of flowering is May-June. On the eastern edge of its range it intergrades with A. julifera. Specimens representing intermediates are indicated by an asterisk (above). The area of intergrade is small in relation to the individual ranges of the species and they should be treated as distinct, 26. *Acacia spania Pedley. Type: “Fairhill”, 56 km NE of Emerald, Aug 1973, Daniels 6 (BRI, holo). Tree ca 7m tall; branchlets angular, scurfy; stipules small deciduous, Phyllodes slightly scurfy (when young), straight, obtuse, broadest above the middle, 2-5-4:5 cm long, 13-18 mm wide, 2-3 times as long as wide, parallel longitudinal nerves numerous crowded, 3—5 perhaps slightly more prominent than the rest; gland basal, small; pulvinus | ca 1mm long, strongly wrinkled. Spikes 2-5-4 em long, dense, on short peduncles (up to ca 3mm long) in upper axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx ca 1mm long divided almost to the base with obtuse lobes broadest near the top, a few hairs at base and a little brown scurf at the top, sinuses broad, obtuse; corolla ca 1-5mm long, glabrous; stamens 2 mm long; ovary glabrous, Pod unknown. | Acacia spania is known only from the type locality where it is reported to occur on shallow red soil in semi-open country. Its nearest relatives appear to be A.umbellata and A. striatifolia but it has much smaller phyllodes and deeply lobed calyx. The structure of the calyx suggests a possible relationship with A. curvi- nervia. Pods are required to elucidate its affinities. 27. Acacia umbellata A. Cunn. ex pe London J. Bot. 1:378 (1842). Syntypes: Cleveland Bay, June ai , Cunningham (K, BM, iso); Cape Flinders, July a , Cunningham (CK); Australia, Bauer (ex herb. Mus. Vine. 1837) (K). Rather dense shrub ca 1:5 m tall; branchlets = terete or angular, somewhat . resinous; young shoots reddish. Phyllodes glabrous, elliptic, obtuse, sometimes mucronulate, straight or somewhat curved at the base so as to parallel the stem, *Acacia spania species nova affinis A. striatifoliae Pedley et A. umbellatae A. Cunn. ex Benth. phyllodiis parvioribus, spicis longioribus et calycibus profunditer lobatis differt, Typus: Daniels 6 (BRI, holotypus). Arbor circa 7m alta; ramuli furfuracei angulares; stipulae parvae caduceae. Phyllodia leviter furfuracea ubi juvenia, recta obtusa latissima supra medium 2:5—4:Scm_ longa, 13-18 mm lata, 2-3~plo longiora quam latiora, nervis crebris longitudinalibus numerosis parallelis, 3~5 quam ceteris forte leviter prominentioribus praedita; glans parva basalis; pulvinus valde rugosus circa 1mm longus, Spicae densae 2:5-4cm longae in pedunculis usque 3mm _ longis semel in axillis supernis portatae. Flores 5—meri; calyx 1mm longus: in lobos subglabros obtusos versus apicem latissimos profunde lobatus: corolla circa 1:5 mm longa glabra; stamina 2mm longa; ovarium glabrum, Legumen ignotum. 141 6-10(-14) cm long, (12—)16-30(—35) mm wide, 2—5:5(-8) times as long as © broad, with 1, 2 or 3 longitudinal nerves prominent, often yellowish, and many fine parallel secondary nerves, not anastomosing, occasionally, when phyllodes are narrow, concurrent with lower margin near the base; gland basal, with some- what protruding rim and small orifice; pulvinus 3-5(—7) mm long. Spikes dense, 1(—2) cm long on often slightly scurfy peduncles 1-2(—3-5) mm long, two or rarely three. on short axillary branches up to 1 cm long, sometimes growing out into leafy shoots. Flowers S—merous; calyx (0:7—)0:9-1 mm long, moderately or sparsely pubescent, lobes usually 0-1-0:2 mm long, obtuse, fimbriate; corolla 1-2—-1:4(—1:6) mm long, glabrous, lobed to about the middle; stamens ca 3-5 mm long; ovary glabrous or sometimes scurfy. Pod = terete, curved, 3-4-5 cm long, ca 3mm wide, longitudinally wrinkled and with rather prominent margins. Seeds longitudinal, shining black, ca 3-5 mm long, ca 2 mm wide and 1 mm thick; areole small, open; funicle ribbon-like, folded ca 5 times to form basal aril. _— = BURKE DisTricr: “Riversleigh”, Jun 1966, Pedley 2065. Cook Duisrricr: 10 miles [16kmj] W of Dimbulah on Petford Road, Apr 1962, AdcKee 9419. Norta KENNEDY District: Bowen, Shirley, SouTH KENNEDY DistrricT: “Disney” ca 90 miles [145 km] N of Clermont, Jul 1964, Pedley 1726. Acacia umbellata is found in coastal and subcoastal districts of Queensland though it is apparently absent from Cape York Peninsula north of about Cook- town. It is found usually on stony or shallow sandy soils. Flowers are borne erratically during the wet season (summer). A, umbellata and A. acradenia are closely allied and are often confused in herbaria (see A. acradenia). The two may be sympatric north of Mt Isa but I have not seen them growing together. A. acradenia is usually spindly and little- branched whereas A. umbellata is a low spreading densely branched shrub— hence Cunningham’s epithet. I have not selected a lectotype, but if one is chosen the Bauer sheet at Kew should be excluded. This is a mixture of A. umbellata and probably A. julifera. 28. “Acacia striatifolia Pedley. Type: Darling Downs District: 20 km NE of Chinchilla, Aug 1973, Pedley 4128 (BRI, holo; A, CANB, K, L, MEL, PR, iso). Tree to 8m tall; branchlets angular, minutely pubescent or mealy; young shoots reddish. Phyllodes glabrous straight, elliptic, obtuse mucronulate, 5—8 cm long, (13—)18-30(-40) mm wide, 2-4-5 times as long as wide; 3, rarely 5, longitudinal nerves more prominent than the rest with many fine crowded secondary nerves, not anastomosing; gland basal; pulvinus 2—5 mm_ long, * Acacia striatifolia Pedley, species nova affinis A. umbellata A. Cunn ex Benth. phyllodiis brevioribus latioribus et calyce pubescentiore breviore differt. Typus: Pediey 4128 (BRI, holo; A, CANB, K, L, MEL, PR, iso). Arbor usque 8m alta; ramuli angulares minute pubescentes vel farinosi; surculi juvenes tubelli. Phyllodia glabra recta elliptica obtusa mucronulata, 5-8 cm longa, (13—}18—30(—40) mm lata, 2—4-5—plo longiora quam lata, 3(raro 5) nervis longitudinalibus ceteris prominentio- ribus et nervis secundariis tenuibus congestis non anastomantibus praedita; glans basalis; pulvinus 2-5 mm longus, interdum minute pubescens. Spicae 3—5cm lJongae densae vulgo in pedunculis solitariis furfuraceis ca 2mm longis ca 5mm supra basin axis brevis axillaris portatae, spicae ut videtur laterales quum axis axillaris in surculum foliaceum interdum crescit, Flores 5—meri; calyx 0:6-0°'8mm longus, membranaceus lobis latis obtusis ca 0-1 mm longis interdum solummodo sinuolatis, apice aliquot pilis brunneis vel margine pilis aliquis hyalinis obsitus; corolla 1:3-1-5mm longa 2-2+2-plo lJongiora quam calyx; stamina ca 3mm fonga; ovarium leviter farinosum glabrumve. Legumen maturum non visum. 142 occasionally minutely pubescent. Spikes 3-5 cm long, dense usually on single, scurfy peduncles ca 2mm long about 5mm along a short axillary axis which sometimes elongates into a leafy shoot, then the spike appears to be lateral. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0:6-0:8mm long, membranous with broad obtuse lobes ca 0:1 mm long and sometimes merely sinuolate, a few brown hairs at the apex or.some hyaline hairs on the margin; corolla 1:3-1-5 mm long, 2—2°2 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 3mm long; ovary slightly farinose or glabrous. (Fig. 8b, phyllode.) DarLING Downs District: 45 km (28 miles) N of Chinchilla on Auburn road, Ang 1975, Coveny 6821 & Hind (BRI, NSW). | A, striatifolia occurs in State forests north of Chinchilla. It usually forms dense stands on roadsides or in eucalypt woodland (Eucalyptus maculata, E. nubila, E. bloxsomei, etc.) on shallow gravelly soils. It flowers in August and September. Herbarium specimens suggest a relationship to A. umbellata, but the structure of the inflorescence and the facies of the plant in the field indicate that A. blakei is a near relative. 29, *Acacia tenuinervis Pedley, Type: Glenmorgan, Sep 1961, Pedley 862 (BRI 220861, holo; BRI 030325, A, CANB, K, L, MEL, PR, iso). Tree to 9m tall, often developing root suckers; branchlets slender angular, soon becoming terete, orange-red, glaucous, particularly in axils, young shoots reddish, drying black. Young plants with velutinous branchlets and - straight tomentose phyllodes, ca 7-9 cm long, ca 2. cm, wide. Phyllodes straight, the lower margin straight, the upper curved, glabrous or slightly scurfy, 9-12-5 cm long, 2-3 cm wide, 3-5-6 times as long as wide; 3 or sometimes 5 longitudinal nerves more prominent than the rest, secondary nerves fine, crowded, not anastomosing; gtand basal, rather large; pulvinus 3-6 mm long. Spikes dense 3-5 cm long, on puberulent peduncles 4—5 mm long, 1-2(-5) along axis of axillary shoot (S—)10—25 mm long, the axis sometimes elongating into leafy shoot and then spikes lateral, Flowers (4—)5—merous; calyx 0:7—-0:8mm long glabrous or with a few long ‘hyaline hairs towards the base, sinuolate or truncate; corolla 1:3-1-5 mm Jong, 1-6—2 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 2:5 mm long; ovary glabrous. Pods straight, scurfy, raised over the seeds ca 2:5 cm long, 2:3-2:5 mm wide; areole narrow, elongate, open; funicle 2—3 times folded into basal aril. | BURNETr District: “Impey” Pastoral Holding, ca 40 miles [64 km] NE of Wandoan, Jun 1959, Johnson 792; near Boondooma 70km S of Mundubbera, 26°16’S 151°17’E, Sep 1969, Pedley 2890. Dartinc Downs Districr: Glenmorgan, 27°15’S 149°41’E, in 1968, Gordon 4065, Sep 1961, Pedley 862. ; *Acacia tenuinervis Pedley, species nova affinis A. striatifolia Pedley plantis juvenibus pubescentibus et spicis in surculis axillaribus longis lateraliter dispositis differt. Typus: Pedley 862 (BRI 220861 holo; BRI 030325, A, CANB, K, L, MEL, PR, iso). Arbor usque 9m altus, saepe surculos radicibus emittens; ramuli tenues angulares mox teretes, rubiginosi glauci praesertim in axillis; surculi juvenes rubelli, siccitate atri. Phyllodia recta margine infera recta supera curvata glabra vel leviter furfuracea, 9-12-5 cm longa, 2-3cm lata, 3:5—6-plo longiora quam lata, 3(interdum 5) nervis longitudinalibus ceteris prominentioribus et nervis secundartis tenuibus aggregatis non anastomantibus praedita; glans basalis aliquantum magna; pulvinus 3-6 mm longus. Plantae juvenes ramulis velutinis et phyllodiis + rectis tomentosis, ca 7—9 cm longis, ca 2.cm latis instructae. Spicae densae 3-5 cm longae in pedunculis puberulis 4-5 mm longis secus axem surculi axillares (5~)10—25 mm longam dispositae, interdum axe in surculum foliaceum elongata et tum spicae laterales. Flores (4-)5—meri; calyx 0:7-0-8mm longus glaber vel versus basem aliquot pilis longis hyalinis sinuolatus truncatusue; corolla 1:3-1:-5mm longa, 1:6—-2-plo longiora quam calyx; stamina ca 2°5mm longa; ovarium glabrum. Legumina recta furfuracea, elevata super semina ca 2:5cm longa, ca 2:5mm lata; areola tenuis elongata aperta; funiculus 2—3—plo plicatus basilem arillem faciens, ' 143 A. tenuinervis is known only from the three localities noted above. It flowers in September. It is closely related to both A. blakei and A. striatifolia, but is sufficiently distinct from each to warrant recognition as a species. Unlike those of A. blakei the branchlets and phyllodes of young plants are densely pubescent, it has more elongate broader phyllodes and shorter pods. It differs from A. striatifolia in young plants being pubescent and having rather long axillary shoots with lateral spikes. 30. Acacia pubirhachis Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 15:15 (1974). Type: Cook District: “Starke” ca 45 miles NNW of Cooktown, Nov 1965, Pedley 1909 (BRI, holo). A small branched tree up to 7m tall; branchlets rather angled, pubescent; stipules ovate, acute, scarious, deciduous. Phyllodes straight or slightly falcate, with a covering of long white hairs when young, afterwards subglabrous, 10~12 cm long, 5-8 mm wide, 12—25 times as long as wide; 1 or 2 conspicuous longi- tudinal nerves, crowded parallel secondary nerves, neither anastomosing nor running into each other or into the margin at the base; gland basal; pulvinus pubescent glabrescent ca 2mm long. Spikes moderately dense, up to 6 cm long, subsessile, in pairs in the upper axils, with densely pubescent rachises and concave acute bracteoles. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0-7 mm long with pilose obtuse lobes 0:2 mm long and broad sinuses; lobes of the glabrous corolla obtuse 1-6 mm long with a conspicuous rib, united to the middle; stamens ca 2 mm long; ovary with a covering of hairs 0-2mm long. Pod glabrous, 5~7.cm long, ca 1 cm broad, the valves thin; seeds transversely arranged, 5mm long, 2mm broad, with the funicle folded 4 times into a basal aril. Cook Districr: Hopevale Mission, 15°14’S 145°07’E, Sep 1970, Gittins 2181. Nort KENNEDY Distrricr: mouth of Tully River; Nov 1965, Webb & Tracey 8152. Acacia pubirhachis is confined to coastal districts from about Tully to north of Cooktown, It often occurs on poorly drained sands with heath. It flowers in August and September, and mature fruit have been collected in November. A, pubirhachis is closely allied to A. delibrata which however has a pequltarly winged pod and longitudinal seeds. 31. Acacia leptostachya Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:406 (1864); Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 74:55 (1964). Syntypes: Newcastle Range, Mueller (K); Port Denison, Dallachy (K; MEL, iso); Port Denison, Fitzalan (K; MEL, NSW, iso): Broadsound, Bowman, herb Mueller (MEL, iso). , A, argentea Maiden, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 30: 41 (1918). Type: Alma-den, Aug 1913, Cambage 3893 (BRI, iso). A. capillosa Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc, Qd 75:29 (1964). Type: Cook District: Upper Emu Creek, S. of Irvinebank, Jun 1962, Whitehouse (BRI, holo). Misapplied name: A conspersa auct. non F. Muell.; Domin, Biblioth, Bot. 89:268 (1926). Shrub or rounded tree to 5m tall; branchlets angular with translucent ribs, appressed pubescent except on ribs, Foliage and branchlets of young plants hirsute. Phyllodes coriaceous, straight or curved, lower margin + straight, curved, broadest above the middle, subglabrous or pubescent with silvery appressed hairs (3-5—)4-5-8-5(-12) cm long, 3~11(-15) mm wide, 6-20(—-25) times as long as wide, numerous rather close parallel nerves not anastomosing, 2-3 more prominent than the rest, yellowish, the minor ones translucent, the major ones 144 tending to run into the lower margin at the base; gland basal, inconspicuous; pulvinus ca 1mm iong. Spikes moderately dense 2—4cm long with glaucous. rachis on peduncles 1—2(—4) mm Jong in pairs on rudimentary axillary axis (in one case axis with 7 spikes). Flowers 5—merous; calyx membranous, (0-4—) 0:6-0:8mm long with obtuse lobes 0:1-0-2 mm long, varying greatly in indu- mentum, from uniformly golden pubescent to subglabrous with ciliate lobes; corolla deeply lobed, 1:2—1-7mm long, glabrous or with a few short hairs at the apex, 2—3 times as long as the calyx; stamens 2—3-:5 mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pod varying from: flat, convex over the seeds, glabrous, 6 cm long, 3mm wide, with longitudinal seeds 2:7 mm long, 1-5 mm wide with large, open areole and funicle folded 2~—3 times beneath seeds; to flat, raised over seeds, glaucous 4cm long, 9mm wide with transverse seeds ca 4mm long and 2mm wide with large open, elongate areole and funicle folded ca 4 times. Burke District: 10 miles [16 km] SE of Croydon, Jul 1954, Lazarides 4696. CooK District: 29 miles [45 km] S of “Forest Home”, Jul 1953, Lazarides 3890, NortH KENNEDY Districr: 11 miles [18 km] NE of “Wyandotte”, Jul 1953, Perry & Lazarides 3752, MiIrcHELL Disrricr: 20 miles [32 km] E of Barcaldine, Sep 1956, Burbidge 5532; ‘““Helenvale” ca 10 miles [16 km] ESE of Jericho, Oct 1940, Smith & Everist 963, SouTH KENNEDY DisTRIcT: 2:5 miles [4km] E of Mt Coolon, Jul 1964, Adams 1108.- LEtcHHARDT DisrricT: Planet Creek, ca 30 miles [48 km] NE of Rolleston, Sep 1962, Story & Yapp 308; Isla Gorge, Sep 1968, Everist 8027. Porr Curtis District: Canoona, Sep 1943, Blake 15321; Gladstone, Jan 1920, White. Warreco District: Glenbar ridge, 50 miles [80 km] SE of Charleville on “Boatman” Road, Aug 1969, Sileock. MARrANoA District: “Boatman”, Oct 1957, Everist 5624, BuRNetTT District: Eidsvold, Bancroft. Acacia leptostachya ranges from the southern part of Cape York Peninsula through coastal and subcoastal districts as far as the southern part of the Fitzroy River basin with isolated occurrences south-east and north-east of Charleville. It is particularly common on sandy soils in a large area extending from Pentland and Torrens Creek south to Lochnagar and Jericho. As well as on relatively deep sands it is also found on skeletal soils on sandstone; for example, on the Blackdown Tableland and Isla Gorge. In the northern part of its range A. leptostachya flowers in June and July, but in the south August and September appear to be the main months of flowering. | A. leptostachya is a variable species which like A. aneura is difficult to subdivide in a logical or useful way. The variation is marked in: (a) Habit—from subshrub ca 0-5 m tall to small tree ca 5 m tall. (b) Dimensions of phyllodes. The distribution of frequency of widths is bimodal with peaks at 3-4mm and 9-10 mm. (c) Indumentum of calyx—from glabrous to densely pubescent. (d) Breadth of pod and arrangement of seeds—from 3 mm wide with longitudinal seeds to 9 mm wide and transverse seeds, In general pods of species of Acacia do not show a great range of variation. The variation in what is considered a single species is therefore unexpected. Unfortunately less than a tenth of the specimens examined bear pods so that pattern of variation in the pod cannot be critically examined. A. capillosa is conspecific with A. leptostachya, It was thought to differ in having hirsute branchlets and phyllodes, but examination of extensive stands of A. leptostachya west of Jericho and north-east of Charleville, both considerably removed from the type locality of A. capillosa, revealed that young plants of A, leptostachya are generally hirsute and that the hairs sometimes persist until the plants flower. There is therefore no basis for considering the two as distinct species. Domin identified a pubescent specimen as A. conspersa, a species con- fined to the Northern Territory. 145 32. Acacia catenulata C.T. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 55:63 (1944). Type: between Mitchell and Morven, Sep 1941, White 12092 (BRI, holo; MEL, iso), | | | Tree to 15m tall; trunk deeply fiuted; usually with many short = horizontal branches; branchlets angular, scurfy with scattered curved hyaline hairs ca 0-1 mm long; young shoots dark, Phyllodés coriaceous, straight or curved -+- acute, glabrous or with scattered silvery hairs, 3:5-8:5(—9-5) cm long, (2~)3-7(-12) mm wide, (3-5—)6-22(—26) times as long as wide, with up to ca 30 parallel nerves, not anastomosing, 1. sometimes more prominent than the rest, on the whole nerves more prominent and closer than A. aneura; gland basal, prominent swelling and small orifice; pulvinus short, yellowish. Spikes dense, 1-3 cm long, on slightly appressed pubescent peduncles 2—4 mm long, single or in pairs in upper axils or occasionally laterally placed on short axillary shoot. Flowers 5—merous, rarely 4—merous; calyx lobes free, spathulate, obtuse, with a few hairs at the top, 0-4—0-6 mm long; corolla lobes free, slightly papillose on the margins, rarely a few hairs at the top, 1-1-2 mm long, 1:7—2-4 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 2:5 mm long; ovary densely pubescent with long hairs. Pod flat, thin, somewhat longitudinally wrinkled, contracted between the seeds, up to 8 cm long, 4-5-5 mm wide, 1:5 mm at narrowest part. Seeds. longitudinal. -MiTcHELL District: Lorne Peak ca 50 miles [80 km] SSW of Blackall, Aug 1939, Everist 1872. SourH KENNEDY District: 7:5 miles [12 km] SE of “St Anns”, 21°15’S 146°55’E, Jul 1964, Adams 1113. LetcHHarpt District: 8:5 miles [13 km] E of Emerald, Sep 1962, Story & Yapp 257. Warreco Districr: Grey Range, 40 miles [64 km] WNW of Thargomindah, Sep 1967, Pedley 2480; Morven, Mar 1936, Blake 10918. MaraNnoa District: 20 miles [32 km] W of Mitchell, Mar 1936, Blake 10936. Dartinc Downs Disrrict: 12 miles [19 km] W of Glenmorgan, Jan 1963, Pedley 1204. Acacia catenulata (bendee) forms pure stands on shallow soils derived from deeply weathered sandstone from a little east of Surat to the Grey Range extending to the Belyando River basin. In the Grey Range A. catenulata is found about the middie of a catenary sequence on deeply weathered sediments but to the east and north it appears to form the uppermost component. In the northern part of its range stands of A. catenulata and A. shirleyi (lancewood) sometimes adjoin but do not mix. A. catenulata probably behaves similarly to A. aneura (mulga) in flowering throughout the year whenever soil moisture is high, but pods are usually formed only in the period September to November. Without pods specimens of A. catenulata are difficult to distinguish from those of A. aneura and sometimes A. leptostachya but A. catenulata is easily recognized in the field. Mature trees have deeply fluted trunks and often rather short horizontal branches. Prior to its recognition as a distinct species, A. catenulata had been the source of some confusion. One syntype of A. kempeana F. Muell at MEL (Armadilla, between Warrego and Maranoa Rivers, in 1867, Barton 217) should undoubtedly be referred to A. catenulata. Maiden associated a fragmentary specimen of A. catenulata with a pod and a few attached phyllodes with A. leptostachya and Mueller figured the pod of A. catenulata as A. leptostachya, thus leading Maiden to regard A. argentea as being distinct from A. leptostachya, sce Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Od 74:56 (1964). 146 33. Acacia burrowii Maiden, J. & Proc, Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 53:227 (1920); Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 74:53 (1964). Type: Narrabri, Sep 1916, Simon comm. Burrow (NSW, holo; K, iso). Tree to 12 m tall; branchlets angular, somewhat glutinous and scurfy; young foliage dark. Phyllodes narrowly ovate, broadest on young plants + acute, 410(-11-5) cm long, 4-10(-12) mm wide, 3:5-16(-25) times as long as wide, narrow and elongate on old trees, striate with longitudinal nerves, not anastomosing, 1-3 slightly more prominent; gland small, basal; pulvinus 1-2 mm long. Spikes dense, 1-5-3 mm long on scurfy peduncles 2-5 mm long in pairs on axillary axis (1:5-)4-8 mm long, sometimes growing out into leafy shoot. Flowers 5—merous; calyx sinuately lobed, pubescent at base, a few brown hairs at the top, 0-5-O0-:8mm long; corolla glabrous, divided to the middle, 1-5—1:8mm long, 2-3-3 times as long as the calyx; stamens 2-5-3 mm long; ovary scurfy, pubescent or with only a few long hairs in the upper half. Pod flat, convex over the seeds and slightly contracted between them, up to 11cm long, 2-3 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal, 4-5 mm long, up to 2mm wide, areole narrow, elongate, open; funicle with ca 6 folds forming basal aril. LEICHHARDT District: Blackdown Tableland, 23°50’S 149°0S’E, Sep 1971, Henderson et al. 1156. Maranoa Districr: 10 miles [16 km] SW of Yuleba, Aug 1956, Everist 5813. DARLING Downs District: 6 miles [10 km] SW of Kogan, Nov 1961, Pedley 904; Inglewood, Sep 1934, White 12828. Acacia burrowii is common on loamy or sandy soils in the Darling Downs and adjacent parts of the Maranoa and Leichhardt Districts. It flowers from August to October. 7 The species is closely related to A. blakei which has usually larger phyllodes. The range of A. blakei is a little more coastal and northern than that of A. burrowii. I have not seen the two growing together naturally though there are large areas north of Miles occupied by A. blakei which appears to be suitable for A. burrowii. 34. Acacia blakei Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 15:6 (1974). Type: 7 miles S of Warwick, Oct 1958, Pedley 323 (BRI, holo; A, CANB, K, iso). Misapplied name: A. cheelii auct. non Blakely; C. T. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Od 50:71 (1939). 2 Tree to 13m tall with dark fissured bark; branchlets slender, somewhat angular, becoming terete, glabrous or slightly scurfy or sometimes, on young plants, sparse short hairs. Phyllodes straight or slightly falcate, glabrous or with sparse pubescence on young plants, 5-17 cm long, 7-18(—22) mm wide, 6—20 times as long as wide, 2-3cm wide and 2-3 times as long as wide on young plants, many parallel longitudinal nerves, (2—-)3 more prominent than the rest, neither anastomosing nor concurrent with margin at the base; gland small, basal; pulvinus 3—5mm long. Spikes dense 3-4:5cm long, sometimes curved because of lag in opening of flowers on lower side, on peduncles 3—4 mm long, usually arranged in pairs on axillary shoot up to 12mm long which sometimes grows out into a leafy shoot, spikes sometimes in terminal panicles due to reduction of phyllodes. Flowers 5—merous; calyx membranous, truncate or sinuately lobed, 0-6—0:8 mm long, glabrous or pubescent in the lower half, with short brown hairs at the top; corolla rather thick, glabrous, lobed to the middie, 1-2—1:6mm long, 2-2°5 times as long as the calyx; stamens 2—~3 mm long; ovary glabrous or pubescent with short appressed hairs. Pod linear, flat but convex over the seeds, up to 10cm long, 2-3 mm wide; seeds longitudinal, 3:5-4 mm long, 1-6—-1:8 mm wide, with a long, narrow, open areole; funicle 2—3 times folded into a basal aril. 147 MircHeLL DisTricT: Dividing Range ca 65km NNE of Tambo, 24°15’'S 146°25’E, Nov 1968, Pedley 2806, LeicHHARDT Disrricr: ca 118 miles [30km] from Cracow on Taroom Road, Aug 1962, Johnson & Everist 2511. MaArAnoa District: “Yoothapinna”, 25°20’'S 148°18’E, Sep 1974, Gittins 2752, DARLING Downs DistTricT: between Miles & Chinchilla, Oct 1937, Brass & White 348. Burnetr Disrricr: 16 miles [26km] WSW of Mundubbera, Sep 1969, Pedley 2893. MorETON Districr: near Mt Alford, 28°04’S 152°34’R, Oct 1972, Pedley 4001. Field studies made after the original description of A. blakei was published indicate that the species is not restricted to the Mt Edwards and Warick areas as stated in the protologue, but has a much wider geographic range. It is particularly common around Miles where it often forms dense stands with either A. crassa or A, julifera, It extends to the Burnett and Leichhardt districts but is less common there. The description of A. blakei has been modified to allow for longer and more elongate phyllodes and more pubescent calyxes found in these more northern populations, A. blakei flowers from August to October. In general appearance A. blakei resembles A. julifera but it has flat pods and broad juvenile phyllodes which are at most only sparsely pubescent, whereas the pods of A. julifera are terete and its juvenile phyllodes densely pubescent. Blakely (in litt. Qd herb. records) identified Brass & White 348 as “A. cheelii, but not quite typical. The branchlets are non-glaucous, phyllodia straighter and the spikes more slender than in the typical form”. A. cheelii is characterised by its densely golden-pubescent calyx very much shorter than the corolla. It is not particularly closely related to A. blakei. 35. Acacia crassicarpa A. Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1:379 (1842): C. T. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 57:22 (1946), pro syn.; Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 18:15 (1975). Type: Lizard L, Aug ioe , Cunningham (K; BM, iso; lectotypus novus) : Tree to about 8m tall; branchlets angular, scurfy. Phyllodes glabrous, curved, = acute, narrowed eradually into the pulvinus, 11-20 cm long, 1-3-5 (—4-5) cm wide, 2:5-12 times as long as wide with 3-5 yellowish longitudinal nerves prominent, tending to run into lower margin at the base, secondary nerves crowded, not anastomosing; gland basal, a prominent swelling and a small orifice; pulvinus (4—)5-12(-16) mm long, Spikes moderately dense, 4:5—6 cm long on scurfy peduncles 5—10 mm long in groups of 2—6 in upper axils. Flowers ‘S—merous; calyx 0:-5—O-7 mm long, membranous, = glabrous with scurfy, concave lobes; corolla widely spreading, glabrous, 1:3-1-6mm long, 2-2°8 times as long as the calyx, lobed to the middle; stamens 2—3 mm long; ovary shortly pubescent, hairs denser at top. Pod woody, flat, glabrous, the margins + straight ‘transversely but hardly reticulately nerved, to 8cm long, 2:5—3-:5mm wide. Seeds transverse, ca 6mm long and 3 mm wide; areole large and almost closed; funicle folded and thickened, forming long aril beneath seed, (Fig. 94, inflorescence; 10m, pod) Coox District: Mapoon, May 1901, J. F. Bailey; Davies Creek, Mareeba District, Apr 1962, McKee 9325. NorrH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Magnetic I., Mar 1922, White 1623. A, crassicarpa is common in eucalypt open-forest in coastal areas north of about Townsville, often in association with A. leptocarpa, It is sympatric with A. qaulacocarpa to which it is closely allied but A. aulacocarpa is s usually found on wetter sites. See A. aulacocarpa for further discussion. 148 White who had not seen type material referred A. crassicarpa to A. aulaco- carpa yar. macrocarpa which he distinguished from A. aulacocarpa var. aulacocarpa by its wider and woodier pods. I have not seen the type of A. aulacocarpa var. macrocarpa, but I consider it should be referred to A. aulacocarpa with A. cras- sicarpa being specifically distinct. 36. Acacia aulacocarpa A. Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1:378 (1842); Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 18:16 (1975). Syntypes: Port Bowen, 3rd HS & 6 Cunningham (K; BM, iso). Voyage of “Mermaid”, July . 1830 A. aulacocarpa var. (?) macrocarpa Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:410 (1864); “White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 57:22 (1946). Type: not seen. A. lamprocarpa O, Schwarz, Repert. Spec. Nov. Regn. Veg. 24:86 (1927). Type: Darwin, Nov 1929, Bleeser 456 (MEL, iso) Shrub or tree to 15m; branchlets slender, angular, somewhat hoary and sometimes glutinous. Phyllodes glabrous, straight or falcate, acute or subacute, 5-15 cm long, 6—25(—30) mm wide, 3-12 times as long as wide; 1-3 prominent longitudinal nerves, somewhat crowded towards lower margin at the base and numerous, + parallel, secondary nerves, not anastomosing; gland basal, prominent swelling and small orifice; pulvinus 4-7 mm long. Spikes, usually at least moderately _ dense, 2-5-5 cm long, on scurfy peduncles 2—7 mm long, single or in pairs at the base of rudimentary axillary shoots. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0:5~-1 mm Iong, © membranous, with broad obtuse scurfy lobes 0:2—-0-3 mm long; corolla 1-5— 1:9 mm long, lobed to the middle, glabrous, 2-3 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 3 mm long; ovary shortly pubescent, scurfy. Pod glabrous, somewhat woody, prominently obliquely transversely veined, straight or twisted when old, up to 10cm long, 1-2cm wide. Seeds transverse ca 5:5 mm long and 2:5 mm wide; areole, large, open; funicle flat, rather broad, folded ca 5 times forming aril beneath seed. 36a. A. aulacocarpa var. aulacocarpa. Tree; phyllodes with crowded nerves, 7-15 cm long, 4-12 times as long as wide; calyx 0-7-1 mm long; pods usually 1-5-2 cm wide. BurxE Disrrict: 25 miles [40 km] N of Turn-off Lagoon, Jun 1966, Pedley 2079. Cook District: Iren Range, 12°39’S 143°13’E, Aug 1965, Gittins 1066; Gadgarra, Jun 1929, ' Kajewski 1083. Norra KENNEDy Districr: Magnetic I., Jul 1938, Goy 335, LEICHHARDT District: Boothill Creek, 10 miles [16 km] S of Nebo turn-off on Bruce Highway, Jun 1958, Pedley 273. Port Curtis Districr: Byfield, Sep 1931, White 8038; Rosedale, Dovey 39. Wipe Bay District: Fraser I., Oct 1930, Hubbard 4614. BurNetr Districr: Nanango, Mar 1919, Grove. Moreton District: Mt Cotton, Feb 1935, Everist 1004. 36b. A. aulacocarpa var. fruticosa C..T. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 57:23 (1946). Type: Mt Ngun Neun, alt. 800 ft, Mar 1931, White 7651 (BRI, holo) Shrub to ca 3 m; nerves of phyllodes less crowded; phyllodes 5-10 cm long, 3-5 times as long as wide; calyx 0:5-0-6mm long; pods 1-1-2 cm wide. Wipe Bay District: Mt Tinbeerwah near Cooroy, Apr 1962, Everist 7168. MoORETON Districr: Mt Ngun Ngun, Mar 1931, Hubbard 5911. 149 Acacia aulacocarpa (hickory wattle) has an extraordinarily wide range, extending from about the Richmond River in New South Wales to southern New Guinea and the northern part of the Northern Territory. It is found along the entire eastern coast of Queensland, on both sides of northern part of Cape York Peninsula and in the western part of the Gulf of Carpentaria. The ecological range of the species is also noteworthy. In southern Queensland it reaches its greatest size and density on alluvial soils along streams and on the edges of rainforests, but extends into eucalypt open. forest on less fertile soil where it, A, concurrens and A. penninervis are often extremely common. A. aulacocarpa var. fruticosa is found on skeletal soils on peaks in coastal southern Queensland. In north. Queensland A. aulacocarpa is found on the margins of and sometimes in rainforests on the eastern Atherton Tableland, Mcilwraith and Iron Ranges, but also in eucalypt open-forest especially along creeks. North of about Townsville A. aulacocarpa and the nearly related A. crassicarpa are sympatric. A. aulacocarpa, however, grows usually on better watered and more fertile soils along drainage lines and streams. Flowering extends from February to April in subtropical, and from April to June in tropical regions, Fruits mature in the second half of the year. Considering its large geographical and ecological range, the species does not show a particularly wide range of variability. A. aulacocarpa var. fruticosa with narrow pods and shrubby habit is the only variant formally recognized. Further studies may reveal that narrow-phylloded plants from the southern part of the Atherton Tableland may constitute another infra-specific taxon. I have not seen type material of A. aulacocarpa vat. macrocarpa, White who saw no type material at all, treated A. crassicarpa as a synonym of A, aulacocarpa var. macrocarpa. Bentham’s description however suggests that A. aulacocarpa var. macrocarpa falls within the circumscription of. what I have considered A. aulaco- carpa var, aulacocarpa though the pods (to 2:5cm broad) are rather large. The pods being “much undulate” as well as the localities cited exclude from consideration A, crassicarpa. 37. Acacia rhodoxylon Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S,W. 53:223 (1920). Type: Eidsvold, Bancroft 19 (NSW, holo). Tree to 16m; bark thin, black, peeling in small curved flakes (likened by Maiden to a French fowl); branchlets angular, glabrous, glutinous, sometimes scurty; young tips dark. Phyllodes coriaceous, so thick as to make nervature indistinct, glabrous, straight or somewhat curved, (6—)7—9:5(—13-5) cm long, 7:°5-20 mm wide, 3:5-8(—14) times as Jong as wide, many parallel crowded indistinct longitudinal nerves, 3-5 slightly more prominent than the rest; gland basal, inconspicuous; pulvinus 4-5 mm long. Spikes 2—3.cm long, dense, on scurfy peduncles 1-2 cm long in pairs or single at the base of a rudimentary axillary shoot, one spike sometimes markedly more developed than the other. Flowers 5—merous; calyx membranous, ca 0-8mm long, + truncate or with ovate lobes 0:2 mm long, fimbriate at the top and usually with a few longish hairs at the base; corolla 1-2~1:5 mm long, 1-S5—2 times as long as the calyx, lobed to about the middle; stamens 2-5-3 mm long; ovary glabrous or somewhat scurfy. Pod flat, glabrous, slightly shining, 3:5-4-5 cm long, 5-6 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal, ca 3-5 mm long and 2:5 mm wide, longitudinal or slightly eae: areole small, open, central, much broader than long. 150 Port CurRtTIs Districr: between Raglan & Marmor, Jun 1962, Pedley 1022, LricHHARDT Districr: Clermont, Mar 1927, White 3458. Burnetr District: 20km NE of Eidsvold, Dec 1972, Pedley 4016. Acacia rhodoxylon (rosewood or ringy rosewood) occurs in coastal and subcoastal parts of central Queensland from Eidsvold to a little north of Clermont. One specimen in young bud only from Mt Garnet, about 600 km NNW of Clermont, is tentatively included as well. Flowering trees are not particularly striking but from the relatively few collections it appears to flower sporadically throughout the year. The rather thick phyllodes with indistinct nerves, long peduncles and unusual finely flaking bark sets the species apart from all others and permits easy identifica- tion, particularly in the field. 38. Acacia whitei Maiden, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 30:125 (1918). Type: Stannary Hills, in 1910, Bancroft (NSW, holo) Shrub to ca 2m tall, sometimes flowering when very small, branchlets angular, glabrous. Phyllodes straight, linear lanceolate to elliptic, 5-15 cm long, 2:5-10 mm wide, 5-60 times as long as wide, midrib prominent, 3—7 other less prominent nerves on each side of miirib, not anastomosing, venation conspicuous in fresh material; gland basal, small and inconspicuous; pulvinus ca 1 mm long. Spikes fairly dense, 1-5—2:5 cm long on glabrous, axillary peduncles less than 5 mm long, rachis glabrous. Flowers 4—(or rarely 5—)merous; calyx glabrous, ca 1mm long with lobes ca 0:3 mm long; corolla glabrous, lobed to about the middle, ca 2:5 mm long; stamens ca 2:5 mm; ovary pubescent. Pod flat linear, with prominent raised pale margins, up to 7cm long, 5-10 mm wide, glabrous. Seeds longitudinal, ca 5:5 mm long, 4:5 mm wide, rather thick; areole small, central, closed, surrounded by a conspicuous pale area; funicle thick and folded only once beneath seed. (Fig. 10d, pod). Cook Disrricr: Davies Creek, Apr 1962, McKee 9332; between Herberton & Watsonville, Jul 1967, Brass 33611. Norra KENNeEpy Districr: 13 km from Paluma on Ewan Road, 19°01’S 146°OS’E, Aug 1972, Gittins 2514. Acacia whitei is found on shallow stony soils in eucalypt communities in the Davies Creek area (SE of Mareeba), the Herberton-Watsonville area and the Paluma Range (NW of Townsville). It appears to flower and fruit sporadically throughout the year. It does not seem to be closely related to any other Queens- land species though it does resemble A. hyaloneura to some extent. 39, Acacia drepanocarpa F. Mucll., J. Proc. Linn. Soc. Bot. 3:137 (1859), Icon. Aust. Sp. Acacia dec. 11 (1888); Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:402 (1864). Type: Roper River, Mueller 27 (K, iso). Shrub to ca 3m tall; branchlets yellowish, slender, angular, glabrous and glutinous. Phyllodes glabrous, linear, acute, 4:5—12 cm long, 1-5—-11 mm wide, 5-60: times as long as wide, a yellowish raised midrib prominent with 1, 3 or rarely 5, raised less prominent, sometimes translucent nerves on each side, with intermediate finer nerves, anastomosing especially when phyllodes are broad; gland basal or up to 1 cm from the base, the margin of the phyllode sometimes -bent at the gland; pulvinus 0-5-1 mm long. Spikes dense, 1-5-2-5 cm long on glabrous peduncles 8-10 mm long single or in pairs in the axils, Flowers 5—merous; calyx membranous, glabrous, somewhat incurved at the top, ca 1mm long with 151 lobes ca 0:2mm long; corolla 1-8mm long with lobes ca 0-3 mm long, not closely enclosed by the calyx; stamens ca 3mm long; ovary tomentose. Pods ca 8cm long, 6 mm wide near the top narrowed to the base, the valves wocdy, opening elastically from the apex. 39a, A. drepanocarpa subsp. drepanocarpa Phyllodes up to 12cm long, 1:5~-3:5 mm _ wide, 20-60 times as long as wide; gland 4-10 mm from the base. Not found in Queensland. 39b. A. drepanocarpa subsp. latifolia Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 15:10 (1974). Type: Northern Territory: 36 miles W of “Soudan”, Jun 1960, Chippendale NT7307 (BRI, holo). Phyllodes up to 7:5cm long, 4-11 mm wide, 5-13 times as long as wide; gland basal or up to 2 mm from the base. 7 Grecory Norrs Districr: Pilpah Hills, “Barkly Downs”, Oct 1962, Pedfey 1078. Acacia drepanocarpa is widely distributed in the Northern Territory, but has been collected only once in Queensland, near the boundary of the Northern Territory (subsp. latifolia). A sterile specimen from near Pentland (Pedley 2120) previously referred to A. drepanocarpa subsp. drepanocarpa (Contrib. Qd Herb, 15. fig. 2A. 1974) is probably A. adsurgens. In the protologue Mueller did not describe flowers. Bentham cited the type and another specimen(s), Henne (Palm and Whitsunday Islands) and described the flowers, Maiden in his description of A. tanumbirinensis (in Ewart & Davies: Fl. North. Terr, 338. 1917) pointed out that Bentham’s description of the calyx was not correct. The phyllodes illustrated by Mueller (1888) are hardly those of A, drepanocarpa, especially in their having ‘more than one gland, though they were not commented on by Maiden. I have not scen the Henne specimen cited by Bentham. 40. Acacia ancistrocarpa Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy. Soc. West. Aust. 13:31 (1928). Syntypes: between Minderoo & Globe Hill, Ashburton River, Sep 1905, Morrison (K, iso); Barrow Creek, May 1922, White 81 K, MEL, iso); Darwin to Pine Creek, Jensen in Allen 209 (not seen), Shrub, with bright green foliage, to 4m tall; branchlets glabrous; slightly glutinous, angular, slender, yellow. Phyllodes coriaceous, slightly curved, broadest above the middle, 9-5-18 cm long, 3-6(—7) mm wide, 19-40(-60) times as long as wide, one yellowish longitudinal nerve prominent, other longitudinal nerves indistinct but not anastomosing, margins yellowish; gland basal, slightly projecting with rimmed orifice; pulvinus 1-2 mm long. Spikes dense, 1:5—2 cm long, on glabrous peduncles 5-8 mm long, single or in pairs at the base of a rudimentary axillary shoot. Flowers 5-merous; calyx broad at the top, 0-5—0-8 mm long, with lobes 0-15-0-25 mm long with fringing hairs;. corolla glabrous, lobed to the middle, 1-5 mm long, 2-3 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 3:5 mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pod woody, slightly glutinous, obliquely nerved, flat but raised over the seeds, 7-5cm long, up to 12mm wide, valves rolling back elastically as in A. arida and other species. Seeds obliquely transverse, 7mm long, 4-5 mm wide; areole closed, fairly large. Burke District: “Barkly Downs”, May 1948, Perry 739. GreGcory NorTa DISTRICT: “Oban”, 60 miles [96 km] SW of Mt Isa, Nov 1938, Everist 1691. 152 Acacia ancistrocarpa is found in Queensland on sandy red earths in the Mt Isa—Urandangie area, but extends to the Northern Territory and Western Australia. Flowers are produced from May to July. } It has already been shown (Contrib. Qd Herb. 15:13. 1974) that one of the syntypes of A. pachycarpa F. Muell. ex Benth. should properly ‘be referred to A, ancistrocarpa, The choice of the lectotype A. pachycarpa has however determined the correct application of the name A. ancistrocarpa. 41. Acacia shirleyi Maiden, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 53:218 (1920). Type: Mount Rose, Eidsvold,, Nov 1912, Bancroft 14 (NSW, holo; BM, K, iso).: A, doratoxylon A, Cunn. var. laxiflora Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:268 (1926). Type: Mt Remarkable apud. opp. Pentland, Mar 1910 Dornin “5090” (PR, holo). Tree to 15m with rough fissured dark bark; branchlets angular, glabrous, yellowish, sometimes resinous or mealy or with brown scurf; young tips dark. Phylicdes coriaceous, linear, straight or curved, (8:5—)10~—15(—18) cm long, 2—7(—9) mm wide, 16-45(-65) times as long as wide, striate with many parallel, non-anastomosing nerves, the central one usually more prominent. Spikes moderately dense 2—-3-5cm long on peduncles, sometimes appressed pubescent at the base, 5-9 mm long, single or in pairs on a rudimentary axillary axis sometimes growing out into a leafy shoot. Flowers 5—merous; calyx O:5—-0:8 mm long with densely hirsute obtuse lobes 0:2-0:3 mm long; corolla lobes glabrous, united to about the middle, strongly reflexed, 1-5-1-9 mm long as the calyx; stamens ca 3mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pod somewhat woody, longitudinally wrinkled, resinous, raised over the seeds and slightly contracted between them, ca 12cm long, 4:5 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal, 4mm long, 2:5 mm wide; areole semicircular, small central (cf, A. petraea)., funicle expanded and folded about four times forming basal aril. Burke District: Selwyn, May 1963, Gittins 717. Coox Districr: 37 miles [59 km] S$ of Forsayth, Jul 1953, Lazarides 3862. NorTH KENNEDY DIsTRICT: 19 miles [30 km] W of “Greenvale” Stn, Jul 1954, Lazarides 4668. Grecory Norra District: “Tranby”, May 1936, Blake 11390. MircuHeLy Districr: Joycedale, 13 miles [21 km] SSW of Jericho, Nov 1968, Pedley 2815, SourH KENNEDY District: “Beresford”, 50 miles [80 km] WNW of Clermont, Jul 1964, Pedley 1732. LeicnHarpr District: 56 miles [90km] SW of Nebo, Jun 1962, Story & Yapp 37; ca 50 miles [80 km] from Injune on Rolleston Road, Apr 1961, Johnson 2141, Darrtinc Downs Disrricr: 16km W of Miles, Apr 1971, Henderson et al. 906. BuRNETT District: Eidsvold, Bancroft. Acacia shirleyi (lancewood) is confined to shallow gravelly soils on scarps— of weathered sandstone or on shallow sandy soil overlying weathered sandstone. It ranges from the northern parts of the Darling Downs District to a little north of Mt Isa and the Northern Territory. It is absent from coastal districts, from the south-western part of the State and from Cape York Peninsula. Like A. catenulata and A. petraea which occupy similar habitats in the south- west, A, shirleyi forms dense pure stands, occasionally with emergent eucalypts. In the headwaters of Alpha Creek south of Alpha stands of A. catenulata and A. shirleyi adjoin but do not mix. | A. shirleyi resembles A. petraea and A. adsurgens in characters of the phyllodes, pods and seeds. The first two both occur on weathered sedimentary rocks but A. adsurgens commonly occurs on sand plain with spinifex (Triodia spp.). 153 42. Acacia petraea Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 15:14 (1974). Type: North- western extremity of Gowan Range, SE of Emmet, Jul 1963, Everist 7321 (BRI, holo). Tree to 10m tall; branchlets angular, at first with dense appressed hairs, soon glabrous. Phyllodes coriaceous linear straight or curved, acute glabrous 13-526 cm long, 2:5-6 mm wide, 22~95(—110) times as long as wide, with one longitudinal nerve slightly prominent and the others fine numerous parallel, not anastomosing, Spikes dense, 1-2-5cm long, in pairs on short rudimentary axillary shoot, the axis 2-4 cm long and peduncles (2—) 10-15 mm long. Flowers 5—merous; calyx membranous 0:7—1:2 mm long, shortly lobed, pubescent with sometimes brown hairs; corolla lobes united to the middle, glabrous, 1:9-2-1 mm. long, 1:8—2-5 times as long as calyx; stamens 3-5—4 mm long; ovary pubescent with appressed hairs. Pod flat but convex over the seeds and slightly contracted between them, 8-5 cm long, 3:5mm broad. Seeds longitudinal 4-5 mm long, 2:5mm broad with a very short pale areole; funicle flat twice folded towards the apex, 3 WarrEco Districr: 35 miles [56km] E of Quilpie, 26°49’°S 144°49"E, Nov 1968, Pedley 2823. “Tarko”, 35 miles [56 km] SW of Eulo, Aug 1967, Davidson. The species which is usually known as lancewood occurs on lateritic scarps in the Grey Range and its outliers. Other species also closely associated with laterite in south-western Queensland are A. catenulata, A. clivicola, A. ensifolia and A. microsperma. It has previously been referred to A. doratoxylon A, Cunn, which however has usually shorter phyllodes, the rudimentary axis bearing the peduncles better developed, somewhat smaller flowers, and the areole of the seed elongate, narrow and not paler than the rest of the seed. The short pale areole possibly indicates a relationship to A. shirleyi which occupies similar habitats in less arid parts of northern Australia, and to A. adsurgens, 43. Acacia sparsiflora Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 53:221 (1920). Type: Eidsvold, Bancroft 5 (NSW, holo). A tree to 15 m tall, with rough bark; branchlets slender, angular, glabrous or with scattered hairs, Phyllodes rather thin, curved, = acute, glabrous or with scattered hairs, elliptic with dense appressed hairs ca 0-15 mm long on young plants; many fine parallel nerves, 1(—3) more prominent than the others, not anastomosing; (8—-)9:5—-16(—19) cm long, (2—)5—8(—13) mm wide, 7—25(-50) times as long as wide, on young plants as little as 4 cm long and 4 times as long as wide. Spikes sparse, 2-4:5 om long, on glabrous peduncles 5-10 mm long, in pairs at the base of a rudimentary shoot which may grow out into a leafy branch. Flowers 5—merous; calyx cartilaginous, 0-8—1 mm long, glabrous at the tops of the sinuous lobes, sinuses broad; corolla 1-8—2-1mm long, 2—2:4 times as long as the calyx, lobes ca 3 times as long as the tube, shortly ciliate in upper half and with a tuft of hairs at the rather thick apex; stamens 2:5—-3 mm long; ovary densely pubescent all over, or only in the upper half. Pod 9 cm long, 3 mm wide, flat, sightly constricted between the seeds and slightly convex over them, glabrous, with prominent margins. Seeds longitudinal, 5 mm long, 2 mm wide; areole large, open, elongate; funicle with about 7 folds forming prominent basal aril. SOUTH KENNEDY District: “Logan Downs” Stn, Aug 1964, Pedley 1740. LEICHHARDT District: “Mt Playfair” Stn, Aug 1956, Biddulph 17. MarANnoa District: Ooline, 20 miles [32 km] W of Mitchell, Apr 1936, Blake 10961. Dartinc Downs Disrricr: “Glenoie”, near Hannaford, Apr 1939, Everist 1744. BuRNETT Districr: Eidsvold, Bancroft. — 154 Acacia sparsifiora is most common in the western part of the Darling Downs District but there are isolated stands in the South Kennedy and Leichhardt Districts. It usually forms dense stands (sometimes with A. shirleyi) on shallow soils, often overlying weathered sandstone. It flowers from May to August. Young plants of A. sparsiflora are densely appressed pubescent with elliptic phyllodes and do not resemble mature plants which have narrow, markedly falcate, subglabrous phyllodes. Trees with “intermediate” foliage resemble A. burrowiti, but the two species are not closely related. The type locality is Eidsvold, but Bancroft seems to have been the only person to have collected the plant in the vicinity of Eidsvold. I suspect that Bancroft’s Eidsvold specimens were collected over a wide area. It is likely that the type locality for A. sparsiflora is north of Chinchilla rather than Eidsvold. 44. Acacia kempeana F, Muell., Aust. Chem. & Druggist 5:26 (1882). Type: Finke River, Kempe (MEL: lectotypus novus). A. sibirica 8. Moore, J. Linn, Soc, Bot. 34:189 (1899), Type: Siberia Rock, Western Australian Goldfields [75 km NW of Kalgoorlie], Jan 1895, Moore (BM, holo). Spreading shrub or small tree to ca 5m tall; branchlets angular slightly scurfy, young tips dark. Phyllodes straight or sharply curved a little above the base, glabrous, 3-6 cm long, 4-10 mm wide, 4—9(—13) times as long as wide; usually obtuse, widest near the top and narrowed to the base, many close parallel nerves, one sometimes more prominent than the rest; gland + basal; pulvinus (1—)2(~—3) mm long. Spikes moderately dense 1-1-5(—2) cm long on peduncles, 5—10 mm long in pairs in the upper axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx cylindrical, some long hairs at the base 0-6—-0-:8 mm long, shortly lobed; corolla glabrous, 1-5—1-7 mm long, 2—2:5 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 3 mm long; ovary glabrous. Pods shortly stipitate, flat, 3-6cm long, 1-1:4cm wide, the valves chartaceous. Seeds transverse, 4-5 mm long, ca 2 mm wide; areole small narrow open surrounded by pale area; funicle folded about 4 times forming prominent basal aril. Grecory Nort District: ca 155 km NW of Windorah, 24°52’S 141°18’R, May 1973, Boyland. : _ Acacia kempeana (witchetty bush) is widespread in arid areas of Australia ‘where it occurs usually on stony hillsides or on coarse textured alluvial soils. In Queensland it is common on sand-plain with mulga in the vicinity of Windorah, Like A. aneura, A. kempeana probably flowers whenever temperature and soil moisture are high, though it appears from herbarium specimens that mature fruit are found mainly in September. A, kempeana and A. clivicola are closcly related. The latter has narrower phyllodes and pods with oblique seeds. Where the ranges of the two species adjoin in north-western Queensland populations intermediate between the two sometimes occur. A lectotype has been chosen, mainly to exclude one of the other syntypes (between Warrego and Manaroa, Barton. MEL) from consideration as a possible lectotype. This is A. catenulata. 155 45. Acacia clivicola Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 15:7 (1974). Type: Gregory South District: nr Pinkella about 40 miles [64km] from Quilpie on Windorah Road, Mar 1960, Johnson 1508 (BRI, holo; NT, iso). Shrub up to 2:5m high with branches obliquely ascending from the short trunk; branchlets slender angular somewhat resinous and scurfy; young shoots often brownish. Phyllodes linear sometimes terete, the broadest part a little above the middle, glabrous coriaceous, (2—)3—6(—7) cm long, (0:7—)1-3(-4) mm broad, 9-14(-60) times as long as broad, nerves parallel = equal numerous slender and not anastomosing; a prominent gland with a small orifice at the base or 2-5 mm from the base, with the margin of the phyllode and the phyllode bent at the gland. Spikes dense 3—7(—12) mm long in pairs in the upper axils with slightly scurfy peduncles 3-8 mm long; bracteoles peltate with a scurfy lamina 0-4mm wide. Flowers 5—merous; calyx (0:6—-)0-7-0-9 mm long, densely pubescent with lobes 0:15 mm long; corolla lobes glabrous joined to the middle, 1-5-1-8 mm long, 2—2:7 times as long as the calyx; stamens 2-5-3 mm long; ovary slightly scurfy sometimes smooth. Pod flat convex over the seeds alternately on each side, glabrous or glutinous, to 5cm long, 4-7(—10) mm wide, transversely nerved. Seeds obliquely transverse, ca 3mm long, 2—2:5mm broad, funicle gradually thickened folded about 4 times making a somewhat broad cupular aril. Burke District: Selwyn, Feb 1959, Sillar, Grecory Norra Disrricr: “Roxborough Downs”, ca 80 miles [130km] SE of Urandangie, Nov 1948, Everist 3603. MITCHELL District: 54 miles [86 km] W of Yaraka, Aug 1963, Everist 7376. GREGORY SoUTH DISTRICT: 7 miles [12km] E of Windorah, Jun 1949, Everist 3890. Warreco Districr: 33 miles [53 km] E of Adavale, Sep 1967, Pedley 2501. Maranoa District: “Boatman” Stn, Apr 1948, Everist 3429. Acacia clivicola (bastard mulga) is most common on shallow soil overlying lateritic pavement. It is a feature of “mulga country” between the Warrego River and the Grey Range, but it ranges from there to the Georgina basin south of Urandangie. It appears to flower and fruit sporadically throughout the year. A. clivicola closely resembles A. kempeana and what may be intermediates with that species are found in the north-western part of its range. For the most part, however it is readily distinguished by its narrow phyllodes and oblique seeds and warrants recognition as a species. Despite its common name it is not closely related to A. aneura. | 46, Acacia hammondii Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 51:95 (1917). Type: Lower Victoria River, Mueller 93 (NSW, holo; K, iso). A, sphaerogemma Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy. Soc. W.A. 13:30 (1927). Type: Walmudja, Roper River, May 1921, N. B. Tindale (NSW, holo; K, iso). Misapplied name: A. plectocarpa auct. non Benth.; F. Muell., Icon. Aust. Sp. Acacia dec. 10 (1888). Tree to ca 4m tall with rather fibrous bark; branchlets angular, slender, glutinous, glabrous or with scattered curved hairs. Phyllodes rather stiff, straight, acute, sometimes with an oblique mucro, glabrous or sparsely pubescent at base (4—)6~—9(-11) cm long, (2—)3—-5(-6) mm wide, 11—22(-33) times as long as wide, many close + parallel longitudinal nerves, not anastomosing, two more prominent than the rest; gland basal with a small rimmed orifice; pulvinus ca 1mm long. Spikes dense, 1:2—2:5cm long on glabrous or sparsely pubescent peduncles 3~7(—10) mm long, single in the axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx mem- branous, glabrous except for a few fringing hairs, 0-7-0:9 mm long, with lobes 156 0:2—-0:3mm long; corolla glabrous, deeply lobed, 1:4—-1-9mm long, 2-2-2 times as long as the calyx; stamens 2—2:5 mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pod brown, shiny, glabrous, margins yellow, flat but raised over the seeds alter- nately on each side, ca 5cm long and 8mm wide. Seeds transverse, 4-5 mm long, ca 2-5 mm wide; areole small, elongate open; funicle forming clavate aril. Burke District; 14 miles [22km] E of “Iffley’ Stn, Aug 1953, Lazarides 3937. Coox District; Lappa Junction, Jun 1962, Gittins 540B. Acacia hammondii occurs on sandy and stony soil in eucalypt woodland. It is fairly common in north-western Queensland and extends to the western part of the Atherton Tableland but is not common in the eastern part of its range. It flowers in June and July and mature fruit have been collected in August and September. In the protologue Maiden noted Mueller’s misidentification of A. hammondii as A, plectocarpa, a species not known to occur in Queensland. The type of A, sphaerogemma has narrower phyllodes than much of the material of A. hammnonan but the two are certainly conspecific. 47. Acacia solandri Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:406 (1864); Pedley, Contrib. Od Herb 18:20. 1975). Type: Bay of Inlets, Banks & Solander (BM, holo). Tree to ca 12m tall with slender, angular, glabrous branchlets, young plants possibly with pubescent stems and phyllodes. Phyllodes glabrous falcate, broadest above the middle, 9-17 cm long, 6-16 mm broad, 9—22 times as long as broad; two major longitudinal nerves, sometimes concurrent with each other or running into ventral margin near the base and many crowded somewhat anastomosing secondary nerves; gland basal or subbasal; pulvinus 2-4 mm long. Spikes open 3-8 cm long with glabrous rachis, on glabrous peduncles 5—10 mm long in axillary pairs. Flowers 5—merous; calyx cylindrical, glabrous, 0-8-1 mm long, sinuately lobed; corolla 1:8—2-:5 mm long, glabrous divided to middle with lobes strongly reflexed, 2—2-+5 times as long as calyx; stamens 2-5—3-5 mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pod flat, sometimes raised over the seeds, glabrous, coiled up to 10 cm long, 3:5-5 mm broad; seeds longitudinal or slightly oblique when pod broad, seeds 3-5-5 mm long, 2-5—3-5 mm wide, areole very large, open; funicle folded many times beneath seed forming aril almost as long as seed (Fig. 10e, pod). NorTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Long I, Jun 1962, Pedley 1029, Sours KENNEDY District: Hillsborough Nat. Park, 21°S 149°E, Nov 1971, McDonald 24. Acacia solandri is scattered around the margin of the Coral Sea. A. solandri subsp. kajewskii is confined to the New Hebrides while A. solandri subsp. solandri is found on the southern coast of Papua and is common on continental islands of the Queensland coast between about 23° and 25°S latitude. It often forms groves in sandy soil behind beaches. It has also been collected on the mainland near Proserpine and north of Mackay but is evidently less common than on the islands, A sterile specimen tentatively referred to A. solandri was collected on a small island near Gladstone. Mature fruits have been collected in June, July and August and flowering probably occurs in late summer. Acacia solandri is closely related to A. spirorbis from New Caledonia, but confusion has occurred not with that species but with A. julifera and, for some unaccountable reason, with A. shirleyi. The Leichhardt specimen from the Boyd River mentioned by Bentham in the protologue of A. solandri should be referred to A, shirleyi, and the Brown specimen from the Cumberland Islands cited by Bentham (Fl. Aust.) under A. julifera is A. solandri. 157 48. *Acacia hyaloneura Pedley. Type: 34 km from Pentland towards ‘Tertens Creek, Aug 1972, Gittins 2523 (BRI, holo), Shrub up to 3m tall; branchlets angular, glabrous and slightly glutinous, yellowish. Phyllodes straight, acute or obtuse mucronulate, 6-11 cm long, 6-11 mm wide, 8-14 times as long as wide, midrib raised, secondary nerves parallel, not or slightly anastomosing, hyaline, only slightly raised, 7-14 on each side of the midrib; gland small, basal; pulvinus 3-5 mm long. Spikes interrupted, 2-5-3 cm long on peduncles 4-6mm long in pairs in upper axils; bracteoles concave, sessile, embracing flowers before expansion of spikes. Flowers 5—merous; calyx broad cylindric, 0:7 mm long with broad obtuse lobes 0-2 mm long, fimbriate, otherwise glabrous; corolla glabrous, ca 2mm long, reflexed; stamens ca 4mm long; ovary pubescent. Pods glabrous 6—-8cm long, 5~7mm wide, ca 5mm thick with woody valves with thickened margins, opening by rolling back elastically from the apex. Seeds longitudinal-ca 5:5mm long and 3mm wide, rough surfaced; areole large open; funicle straight, stiff, slightly thickened below seed. NorRTHERN TERRITORY: 50 miles [80 km] NE of “Creswell” Stn, Jul 1948, Perry 1678. QUEENSLAND. Burke District: 32km from Gunpowder on “Quamby” Road, Oct 1972, Althofer 299 (sterile). MircHeLL Disrricr: Torrens Creek, Young. SouTH KENNEDY Districr: “Disney” Stn, ca 90 miles [145 km] N of Clermont, Jul 1964, Pedley 1722. Acacia hyaloneura ranges from north of Clermont to the Great Dividing Range near Torrens Creek through north-western Queensland to the Northern Territory but it is not at all common, It occurs usually with low eucalypts on shallow rocky soil, It flowers from May to July. Tn general appearance A. hyaloneura resembles A. whitei which however has raised nerves, shorter stouter spikes and much thinner pods, In venation A. hyaloneura resembles A, subtilinervis from southern coastal parts of New South Wales but this has several dense spikes on a short axillary shoots as in A. blakei and A. caroleae. 49, Acacia calyculata A. Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1:379 (1842), Fl. Aust. 2:410 ae Maiden, Proc. ‘Roy. Soc, Qd 30:46 (1918). Type: Fitzroy I., June — : Cunningham (K, holo; BM, MEL iso). A. australis Domin ex Velen., Vergleich. Morphol. Pflanz. 4 (suppl.): 175.t.79 (1913); van der Pijl, Principles of dispersal in higher plants ed. 2. p.32 (1972). Type: unknown. “Acacia hyaloneura species nova,. affinis A. subtilinervis F. Muell. longioribus sparsifloris spicis binatim non in axe elongato in axillis differt. Typus: Gittins 2523 (iBRI, holo). Frutex usque 3m altus; ramuli angulares glabri vel leviter glutinosi, flavidi. Phyliodia recta, acuta vel obtusa et mucronulata, 6-11 cm longa, 6—11 mm lata, 8-14—plo longiora quam lata; costa elevata; nervi secundarii paralleli (7-14 utrinque costae) nullimodo vel non nisi leviter anastomantes, hyalini, non nisi leviter elevati; glans parva basalis; pulvinus 3-5 mm Jongus. Spicae sparsiflorae, 2:5-3 cm longae in pedunculis binatis axillaribus vectae; bracteclae concavae sessiles ante expansionem spicarum flores amplectentes. Flores 5—meri; calyx late cylindracea 0-7 mm longa lobis latis obtusis 0-2 mm longis fimbriatis, cetera glabra: corolla glabra circa 2mm longa reflexa; stamina circa 4mm lata; ovarium pubescens. Leguinina glabra, 6-8 cm_ longa, 5—7 mm lata, circa 5mm crassa, yalvis e apice elasticé revolutis, ligneis marginibus incrassatis praedita, Semina: longitudinalia circa 5-5.mm longa, 3mm lata, paginis aspris; areolus magnus apertus; funiculus rectus rigens subter semine leviter incrassatus. 158 A, vilhelmii Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:266 (1926). Type: in xerodrymio apud Cape False, Jan 1910, Domin “5130” (PR, holo). Misapplied name: A. holcocarpa auct. non Benth; F. Muell. Fragm. 11:69 (1880), Icon. Aust. Sp. Acac. dec 11 (1888), Linn. Soc. N.S.W. Macleay Mem. Vol. 224 (1893), Shrub to 2-:5m tall; branchlets glabrous or scurfy, flattened. Phyllodes straight or curved, obtuse or acute when narrow, glabrous (4:5-)7—9(—13) cm long, (4-)6-12(—25) mm wide, 4—12(—16) times as long as wide; three longi- tudinal nerves prominent, tending to run together near lower margin at base, many fine =: parallel longitudinal secondary nerves, not anastomosing; gland basal; pulvinus 2-—4mm long. Spikes open to moderately dense, almost white, 1-5-3-5 cm long on glabrous peduncles 3—7 mm long, in pairs, rarely in 4’s, ~at base of rudimentary axillary shoot, Flowers 5—merous; calyx densely pubescent 0:5-0:7 mm long with lobes ca 0-1mm long; corolla lobed to the middle, 1:2-1-8 mm long, 2:4-2-7 times as long as the calyx; stamens 3-5-4 mm long; ovary slightly scurfy. Pod terete or slightly quadrangular, hooked at the apex, tapered to the base and opening elastically from the top, ca 11 cm long, 3 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal, 4:5mm long, 1:7-2mm wide, 1:2—2mm_ thick; areole large, open; funicle straight, rather stiff, 3-4 times as long as the seed, abruptly thickened into cupular aril beneath seed. Cook District: 75 miles [120 km] S of Cape York, 11°47’S 142°30’E, Jun 1968, Pedley 2719; Stannary Hills, Jun 1962, Gittins 533A. Norra KENNEDY DISTRICT: Hinchinbrook I., Aug 1975, Sharpe 1642. & 1667, Acacia calyculata ranges from Cape York to about Townsville. It occurs on sands in heath-like communities near the sea and on shallow stony soils on hillsides in eucalypt communities farther inland. Some plants in flower can be found at any time of the year. The species has flattened branchlets and pale (almost white) flowers and is therefore readily identified both in the field and in the herbarium. Pods were not described by Bentham in the protologue, but they were in Flora Australiensis. Despite Bentham’s note to the contrary, the pods were mis- matched and they really belong to A. aulacocarpa. Mueller (1880) described A, holcocarpa giving a number of localities and remarked that it approached A. calyculata which, however, had the fruit of A. aulacocarpa. His figure (1888) certainly represented A. calyculata, Mueller (1893) inferred that A. calyculata and A. holcocarpa were conspecific and that the pods attributed to A. calyculata were those of A. aulacocarpa. Maiden followed up Mueller’s suggestion and formally referred A. holcocarpa to A. calyculata. Velenovsky’s account and figure (reproduced by van de Pijl) of A. australis apply to A. calyculata. J have not seen a type specimen, which was probably one of Domin’s collections, but the identity of the plant is clear. Domin noted that the plant described and figured by Mueller as A. holcocarpa was not A. holcocarpa Benth. He therefore described A, vilhelmii as new. It is difficult to understand why he did not follow Mueller’s suggestion and Maiden’s synonymy and refer the species he described as new to A. calyculata where it belongs. | Despite the confusion between A. calyculata and A. holcocarpa begun by Mueller, A, holcocarpa is distinct, but conspecific with A. julifera. 159 50. Acacia aprepta Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 15:5 (1974). Type: 10 miles E of Weengallon, Nov 1961, Pedley 917 (BRI, holo). Tree up to 10m tall with dark furrowed bark, branchlets at first angular, becoming terete, slightly scurfy. Phyllodes linear or linear-oblanceolate, = acute, glabrous or slightly scurfy, 3-5-8:5 cm long, 2-8 mm broad, 9-20(—35) times as long as broad; 1—3 slightly prominent longitudinal nerves, the rest numerous fine parallel non-anastomosing; indistinct gland at the base: pulvinus 1-1-5 mm long. Spikes 0-6-2-5cm long dense or sparsiflorous (when old) in pairs or single in the upper axils, with glabrous peduncles 4-5 mm long and glabrous rachis. Flowers 5—merous, calyx ca 0-5 mm long, truncate or shortly lobed, moderately sericeous especially on ribs, glabrescent; corolla 1:5 mm long, glabrous; ovary glabrous. Pod 2-5-6cm long, 5-7 mm broad, with membranous glabrous valves convex over the seeds. Seeds oblique 3 mm long, 1-1-5 mm broad attached by funicle once folded towards the apex forming a small cupular aril. (Fig. 101i, pod). Maranoa District: “Tallwood”, 28°20’S. 148°55’E, Jun 1962, Ebersohn E62. DARLING Downs Districr: Miles, Dec 1972, Pedley 4019. Acacia aprepta (Miles mulga) is restricted to the western part of the Darling Downs and adjacent parts of Maranoa district where it forms dense pure stands (low open-forests) on shallow loamy or sandy soils overlying | weathered sandstone. It is particularly common around Miles and Glenmorgan. It bears a general resemblance to mulga (A. aneura) but the structure of the pod and calyx suggests a close affinity to A. kempeana and A. stowardii. 51. Acacia torulosa Benth., J. Proc. Linn. Soc. Bot. 3:139 (1859). Syntypes: Nicholson River, Mueller 26; Gulf of Carpentaria Mueller 24 (K), A, armitii F. Muell. ex Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 51:84 (1917). Type: Einasleigh River, Armit 1014 (NSW, holo; MEL, iso).. Misapplied name: A. delibrata auct. non A. Cunn ex Benth.; F. Muell., Icon, Aust. Sp. Acacia (1888). "4 Tree to 8m tall with dark longitudinally furrowed bark. Young plants clothed with moderately dense lax white hairs ca 0:5 mm long and stipules setaceous 2:5 mm long (cf. A. julifera and A. tenuinervis). Branchlets of mature plants yellowish, angular, glabrous but not glutinous; stipules caducous, triangular, ca 1mm long. Phyllodes glabrous, straight or curved, + acute, broadest above the’ middle, young tips dark, (6-5—)9-17(—20) cm long, (4—)5-9(-13) mm wide, 9—22(~35) times as Jong as broad; 1-3 yellow longitudinal nerves pro- minent and many finer but somewhat prominent secondary longitudinal nerves, not anastomosing; gland basal; pulvinus 3-4 mm long. Spikes dense, 1:5—3 cm long on slightly scurfy, sometimes glutinous, peduncles 1-5(—-7) mm long in pairs or rarely single on a rudimentary axillary shoot sometimes growing out, in one case 2:5 cm long with 7 peduncles. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0-6—-0°8 mm long, rather membranous, deeply lobed, with a few long hairs; corolla 1:1-1:3 mm long, 1-5-2 times as long as the calyx. with lobes 0-3-0- 5 mm long, glabrous or with a few long hairs in the middle of the lobes; stamens 2-3 mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pod torulose, glabrous, to 10 cm long, 4mm wide (1:5 mm wide at constrictions), longitudinally wrinkled. Seeds longitudinal, 5mm long, ca 3mm wide, thick; areole rather large, open, surrounded by pale halo; funicle thickened but hardly at all folded. 160 Burke District: Nicholson River, 50 miles [80 km] N of “Lawn Hill” Stn, Jun 1948, Perry 1147. Coox District: ca 25 miles [40 km] NNW of Coen, Jul 1968, Pedley 2764. Norra KENNEDY Districr: 6 miles [10km] W of Pentland, Jun 1953, Lazarides 3577. MircHeLt Disrricr: 12 miles [20km] from Torrens Creek on Pentland Road, Jun 1966, Pedley 2118. SourH KENNEpy Disrricr: Cape River ca 70 miles [115 km] S of Charters Towers, May 1960, Johnson 1877. Acacia torulosa has a wide range in northern Australia. In Queensland it extends from the extreme north-western part of the state to the Cape York Peninsula and the Pentland-Lake Buchanan area, but is not found on the Atherton Tableland. It occurs on deep sandy soils, often on river beds and levees but also occurs on sandy red and yellow earths, It flowers in June and July, possibly a little earlier in the south-eastern part of its range and fruits from August to October, The pods of A. torulosa are so distinctive that fruiting specimens are rarely misidentified. Specimens without pods are often confused with A. hammondii and A. julifera however. A. armitii and A. torulosa are conspecific. Maiden described the plant illustrated under the name A. delibrata by Mueller as a new species, A. armitii. In the protologue he pointed out that the illustration was inaccurate in that the pods were extremely immature. I have examined the rather fragmentary specimen at NSW and the more copious material at MEL. The extremely immature pods are dark brown and glutinous with a yellowish margin and are difficult to assign to any species with certainty but A. armitii ahould be referred to.A. torulosa. 52. Acacia hemsleyi Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 51:87 (1917). Type: Fitzroy River, 8 miles above Hann River junction, Jun 1905, Fitzgerald 1177 (NSW, holo). Open shrub to 6m tall; branchlets slender, angular, glabrous and somewhat glutinous; stipules triangular, brown, persistent. Phyllodes straight, lanceolate, mucronulate, the mucro somewhat oblique, up to 2 mm long on young phyllodes, glabrous, (6—)7—-licm long, 4-8(-10) mm wide, 8-17(-—21) times as long as wide, two or occasionally one nerve prominent, the rest -— crowded, not anastomosing; gland basal, a prominent rimmed orifice, sometimes elongated; pulvinus ca 1mm long. Spikes dense, 1-5-2-5cm long, usually with 1-2 isolated flowers on peduncle below the main spike, on peduncles 6~12 mm long, in pairs in the axils, occasionally in axillary panicles of up to 5 spikes. Flowers 5—merous; calyx membranous, 0:7-0-9 mm long, glabrous except for scattered marginal hairs up to 0:3mm long, lobes ca 0-5 mm long; corolla glabrous, deeply lobed, 1-1:3mm long, 1:4-1:6 times as long as the calyx; stamens - 2:5—3 mm long: ovary densely pubescent. Pods glabrous, slightly glutinous, flat but convex over the seeds, 7-10 cm long, ca 4mm wide. Seeds longitudinal, 4-5—5:5mm long, 2-5-3: 2 mm wide; areole sharply defined, small, central, closed, surrounded by pale halo; funicle forming oblique basal aril. Burke District: Leichhardt River, Mt Isa, Oct 1962, Pedley 1064. Coox District: 36 miles [58 km] S of Forsayth, Jul 1953, Perry & Lazarides 3864. Norra KENNEDY DISTRICT: Lower Burdekin River, Ayr, Michael 1626. In Queensland A. hemsleyi, which extends into the Northern Territory and the northern part of Western Australia, is confined to gravelly sands in stream beds and on banks. It is specially common in the north-western part of the State but has also been recorded near Forsayth and on the Burdekin and other streams near Ayr. 161 A, hemsleyi is related to A. plectocarpa A. Cunn, e€x Benth,* and to A. kimberleyensis W. Fitzg. which may, in fact, be merely a narrow-phylloded variant of A. plectocarpa, A. cognata Maiden & Blakely is also related to these two but has larger calyxes only shortly lobed. A. plectocarpa differs from A, hemsleyi in having pubescent calyxes and rachises, short peduncles and transverse seeds, | 53. Acacia julifera Benth., London J. Bot. 1:374 (1842), Fl. Aust. 2:405 (1864); Posey: Proc. Roy. Soc. Od 74:54 (1964), Type: Rodds Bay, May ee Cunningham (K, holo). A. holocarpa Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:408 (1864). Type: East Coast Entrance I, Port II. Inner entrance of Thirsty Sound, Brown. (K, holo; BM, E, iso). Tree to about 10m tall with dark fibrous bark; branchlets yellow, slender, angular becoming = terete. Branchlets and phyllodes of young plants pubescent, the indumentum persisting on mature plants of subsp. gilbertensis, rarely of subsp, julifera. Phyllodes falcate, 7-25 cm long, 5-25 mm _ wide, 4—20 times as long as wide, obovate and pubescent on young plants, lanceolate and usually glabrous (subsp. julifera) or pubescent (subsp. gilbertensis) on mature plants; many parallel, non-anastomosing longitudinal nerves, 3, or rarely 5, more pro- minent than the rest, neither decurrent with each other nor with margin at the base; gland basal, inconspicuous; pulvinus 2~3mm long. Spikes usually dense, 3—Scm long on usually pubescent peduncles 2-5 mm long usually in pairs or rarely 3’s on a short axillary axis which sometimes grows out in fo a leafy shoot. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0:8—1:5(—2) mm long, lobed to about the middle, the lobes obtuse with short brown hairs at the top, the tube tomen- tose; corolla 1:6-2:4mm long, 1:5—2 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 3mm long; ovary pubescent. Pod terete or slightly flattened, obscurely longi- tudinally striate when dry, 5-9 cm long, 2-5 mm diam. Seeds longitudinal, 3-4 mm long, 1-5~3:5 mm wide, with a small narrow open areole surrounded by a pale halo and with a second indistinct pleurogram outside; funicle folded 4—5 times forming an oblique cupular aril beneath the seed. 53a. A. julifera subsp. julifera Phyllodes of mature plants dabrous or subglabrous, usually 4-12 times as long as wide; spikes 3-5 cm long. Pods terete up to 3mm diam; seeds up to 4mm X 2mm. (Fig. 10f, pod). WorTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Gardner Creek, 33 miles [53 km] NE of Pentland, Jun 1966, Pedley 2123. LeicHHarpr District: Nebo—Clermont ‘Road ca 40 miles [65 km] from Nebo, May 1962, Johnson 2376. Porr Curtis Disrricr: West Mt Morgan, Jul 1938, Goy 321. DaRLING Downs District: 20 km NW of Miles, Dec 1972, Pediey 4021. BurNetT Disrricr: Hidsvold, Bancroft. WiIbDE Bay DistTricr: between Wallaville and Booyal, Jun 1962, Pedley 1020, Moreton DisTRICT: Blackstone, 8km SE of Ipswich, May, Dec, Oct 1959, Pedley 410, 489, 540, *Lectotype: Cambridge Gulf, Sep Bee Cunningham (K). 1819 162 53b. *A. julifera subsp. gilbertensis Pediey. Type: Burke District: “Esmeralda” Stn 18°51’S 142°35’E, Jul 1954, Blake 19655 (BRI, holo; A, CANB, K, L, LE, PR, iso). Phyllodes of mature plants with indumentum of moderately dense hairs; phyllodes usually 12-20 times as long as wide; spikes 2-3 cm long. Pods sub- terete to 5mm diam.; seeds to 5-5 mm * 3:5 mm. Burke District: Croydon, Jul 1954, Blake 19561. Coox Disrricr: between “Strath- more” and “Gilbert River” Stn, Jun 1966, Pedley 2108; 12 miles [19 km] S of Georgetown, Jun 1966, Pedley 2109; 17 miles [27 km] E of Chillagoe, Jun 1955, Tracey & White 5355. NorrH, KENNEDY DistricrT: 131km from Hughenden on Herberton road, Oct 1972, Althofer 250. Acacia julifera extends from the south-east part of the Gulf of Carpentaria through coastal and subcoastal districts to the Clarence River in New South Wales. A. julifera subsp. gilbertensis is confined to the upper catchments of the Norman, Gilbert and Mitchell Rivers where it usually occurs on seasonally waterlogged sandy soils with Melaleuca spp. It is replaced about Pentland by subsp. julifera which has a wider geographical and ecological range. It usually occurs on well drained sandy soils behind coastal dunes or on weathered or unweathered sandstones. Herbarium material of A. julifera (especially subsp. julifera) may be at times difficult to separate from that of A. blakei, A. julifera has terete pods and densely pubescent juvenile phyllodes but these characters are often not of great value when working with herbarium material, though the pubescence of young plants is an extremely useful character in the field. Spikes of A. blakei are always borne on an axillary axis while in A. julifera the axis is generally not well developed. This character is of some value in separating the two species, Intermediates between A. julifera and A. curvinervia are known from central Queensland, but in general the two are well defined and should be regarded as distinct species. As I] have indicated (1964) A. julifera has been, for reasons I cannot appreciate, the source of considerable confusion, The confusion stems from Bentham’s (1864) treatment of it and related species. In addition to the type specimen Bentham referred three specimens (all in fruit) to A. julifera which he had described from flowering material. Two of them (Cumberland Islands, Brown; Edgecombe Bay, Dallachy; both K) are A. solandri which he, on the very same page described as a new species. The other specimen (Rockingham Bay, Hill) is A. cincinnata. Bentham added to the confusion by also describing A. holcocarpa as new. ‘The phyllodes of the type of A. holcocarpa which bears pods are slightly broader than those of the type of A. julifera but the two species are undoubtedly the same. Mueller in the Jong and perceptive protologue to A. maidenii suggested that the Edgecombe Bay specimen cited by Bentham might not be A. julifera. Maiden (Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 30:41. 1918), however, continued to confuse A. solandri and A. julifera. He added another name to the muddle when in its protologue he referred four specimens from northern Queensland to A. difficilis. I have examined two *Acacia julifera Benth. subsp. gilbertensis Pedley, subsp. nov. Phyliodia plantarum maturarum pilis modice densis obtecta, plerumque 12-20 -plo longiora quam lata; spicae 2-3cm longae. Legumina subteretia usque 5mm diam.; semina usque 5:5 X 3-5mm. Typus: Blake 19655 (BRI, holo; A, CANB, K, L, LE, PR, iso), 163 of these specimens (Cambage 3918 & 4107, both NSW) and refer them unhesitatingly to A. julifera subsp. gilbertensis. "At about the same time Maiden (in a letter to C. T. White) identified specimens of A. julifera of White from Ipswich and Bancroft from Eidsvold as A. difficilis. Consequently A. julifera has often been misidentified in Queensland as A. difficilis. 54, Acacia latifolia Benth., London J. Bot. 1:382 (1842). Type: Carpentaria Islands h-g, 16-25 Dec 1802, Brown “4378” (BM, holo; K, iso). Shrub to 3m; branchlets + winged, glabrous and sometimes glaucous. Phyllodes sessile, rather broad at the base, + ovate, obtuse, the lower margin + straight, the upper curved, glabrous and often glaucous, 8-1icm long, 2:5—-4:5 cm wide, 2-4-5 times as long as wide; 3—4 longitudinal nerves prominent with conspicuous nerves running from the major nerves, finely anastomosing; gland basal. Spikes moderately dense, ca 5 cm long on peduncles 3—5 cm long in pairs in the upper axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx truncate, glabrous, ca 0:5 mm long; corolla ca 2:5 mm long; stamens ca 4mm long; ovary glabrous. Pods flat, glabrous, up to 12cm long and ca 6 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal, 5 mm_ long, 3~—3:5 mm wide; areole large, open; funicle folded and expanded into copular aril, BurkE Districr: ‘“Corinda”’—‘Westmoreland” Stn, ca 17°40’S 138°30°E, Jun 1967, Gittins 1291, Acacia latifolia occurs on shallow stony soils and flowers in June and July. It is a rare plant in Queensland having been collected only twice, from the extreme north-west of the state. The species has some unusual characters, notably the winged stems and sessile phyllodes, the large corollas and spikes with extremely long peduncles. Its affinities are obscure, 55. Acacia cretata Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 4:1 (1969). Type: 25 miles [40 km] NE of Capella, Jul 1962, Story & Yapp 182 (BRI, holo). Tree to about 8m tall; branchlets stout, angular with a covering of white chalky bloom, occasionally almost absent. Phyllodes glabrous glaucous, slightly falcate, 7-13 cm long, 10-35 mm wide, (2:5—)3-5-—7-5 times as long as wide abruptly narrowed into pulvinus 2-3 mm long; 2 or 3 longitudinal nerves more prominent than the rest, free to the base, secondary longitudinal nerves widely spaced (15—25/cm) strongly anastomosing; gland small, basal. Spikes moderately dense to open, 7:5-10cm long on glaucous peduncles 1-2 cm long, Flowers S—-merous; calyx glabrous truncate or with extremely short teeth, 0:5—0-6 mm long; corolla glabrous, 1:6-1-8mm long, ca 3 times as long as the calyx; stamens 3—4 mm long; ovary pubescent, Pod glabrous, linear = straight convex over seeds and somewhat contracted between them, up to 10cm long, 3-5 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal. (LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Blacktown Tableland, 23°45’S 149°10’E, Williams 365; 6 km+W of Dingo, Aug 1973, Pedley 4089, Acacia cretata has a limited range in central Queensland. It is common on Blackdown Tableland and extends sporadically about 100 km to the north and south. The species was recorded. in the protologue from Jericho (Clemens). This must be considered doubtful as intensive collecting in the last few years has failed to confirm it. It usually forms a low-tree layer in eucalypt openrtotest on sandy soils, Flowering extends from mid-July. to September. 164 The strongly pruinose branchlets and glaucous phyllodes contracted abruptly into a short pulvinus distinguishes A. cretata from all other species of Acacia, with the possible exception of A. latifolia, but the widely spaced, strongly anastomosing secondary nerves suggest a relationship with A. tropica and A, leptocarpa. A specimen (Duaringa, Pedley 4088) which has been referred to A, leptocarpa has rather glaucous phyllodes smaller and less falcate and with more strongly anastomosing secondary nerves than is usual in A. leptocarpa. It may indicate that intergrades between A. cretata and A. leptocarpa occur. . In the protologue the ovary was described as being glabrous, This is true only when the ovary is aborted. It is usually pubescent. 56. Acacia sophorae (Labill.) R.Br, in Ait., Hort. Kew ed. 2. 5:462 (1813). Based on Mimosa sophorae Labill., Pl. Nov. Holl. 2:87..237 (1806). Type: Nouv. Holl. Hebrier de Ventenat (K, photo). Acacia longifolia (Andr.) Willd. var. sophorae (Labill.) F. Muell., Pl. Vict. 2:30 (1863). Based on Mimosa sophorae Labill. A shrub often prostrate especially in exposed situations, glabrous or with some scattered hairs; branchlets angular, soon becoming terete. Phyllodes elliptic or oblong-elliptic, obtuse, 5-10 cm long, 1-2 cm wide, 3-6 times as long as wide; 2, 3 or 5 more or less prominent longitudinal nerves with secondary longitudinal, usually reticulate, nerves between them, not as conspicuous as in related species; gland ca 2mm from the base; pulvinus 3mm long. Spikes subsessile rather dense, 2-3 cm long, rachis glabrous, Flowers 4—merous; calyx ca 0:6 mm long with short obtuse ciliolate lobes; corolla ca 2mm long, deeply divided, glabrous; stamens ca: 3mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pod linear, curved and twisted, ca &cm long, 4mm wide, convex over the seeds; seeds longitudinal, ca 5 mm long, 3:5mm wide and 2mm thick; areole large, open; funicle folded, thick and fleshy, forming basal aril about as long as the seed. MORETON DISTRICT: Caloundra, Aug 1906 & Sep 1912, Kenny. Acacia sophorae which is widely spread along sandy sea shores in south- eastern Australia ranges as far north only as far as the mouth of the Maroochy River in Queensland. It is found only on coastal dunes and flowers from July to September. : A, sophorae is closely related to A. longifolia which does not occur in Queensland, but appears to be specifically distinct from that species. 57. Acacia obtusifolia A. Cunn. in Field, Geogr. Mem. N.S.W. 345 (Apr 1825); Willis, Victorian Naturalist 73:159 (1957). Type: Blue Mtns, Dec . 223 sm | Troe Cunningham CK, holo). A, intertexta Sieb. ex DC., Prodr. 2:454 (Nov. 1825). Type: Sieber 453 (G-DC, holo; K, iso) A tree to 10 m tall, glabrous; branchlets terete. Phyllodes coriaceous, oblong lanceolate or oblong, 8-19 cm long, 8-22 mm wide, 4—20 times as long as wide; 1-5 or more prominent longitudinal veins, secondary veins between them reticulate; gland up to 1mm from the base; pulvinus 2-3 mm long. Spikes interrupted, ca 5 cm long on peduncles ca 5 mm long. Flowers large, 4—merous; calyx 0:4-0-7mm long, the tube glabrous, lobes ciliolate ca + as long as tube; corolla ca 2:5 mm long, the lobes prominently keeled near the top; stamens 4—5 mm long; ovary pubescent. Pods linear, subterete with prominent margins, 165 up to 15 cm long; 3:5—5 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal, ca 5 mm long and 2:5 mm wide; areole large, open; funicle folded ca 5 times into aril embracing base of seed, MoretTon DIsTRIct: Tugun, Sep 1930, Hubbard 3906 & White 7112; Springbrook, Oct 1931, White 8219, Acacia obtusifolia occurs in eucalypt open-forest and on, the margins of rainforest in wet elevated parts of south-eastern Queensland such as Springbrook and the Lamington National Park but it extends to drier peaks such as Flinders Peak and Mt Greville. The main period of flowering appears to be October- January. Specimens from Southport and Tugun, Hubbard 3906 and White 7112 & 9196 have broader more membranous phyllodes than specimens from other places and may indicate hybridization between A. obtusifolia and A. sophorae, species that are closely related. 58. Acacia longissima H. nels Comm. Acac. 45.t.11 (Jan 1820). Type: not seen, A, linearis Sims, Bot, Mag. t.2156 (Jun 1820). Type: not seen, possibly plate. A. longifolia (Andr.) Willd. var. linearis (Sims) F. Muell., Pl. Vict. 2:31 (1863). Based on A, linearis Sims. Slender shrub or small tree to 5 m, glabrous; branchlets angular, all but the smallest with conspicuous lenticels as in A. maidenii, Phyllodes chartaceous, punctate, straight, linear or linear-lanceolate, 6-16 cm long, 1-9 mm wide, 14-70 times as long as wide, midnerve prominent, with 1-3 other, less conspicuous, anastomosing nerves on each side of it; gland absent; pulvinus ca 1mm long. Spikes interrupted, 5cm long on peduncles 5~10m long. Flowers 4—merous; calyx with small obtuse ciliolate lobes, ca 0-4 mm long; calyx 1:4—-1-6 mm long, glabrous; stamens 2-3 mm long, ovary pubescent. Pods = terete, longitudinally striate, raised over the seeds, straight or curved, up to 12 cm long, 2mm wide. Seeds longitudinal, ca 4-5 mm long and 1-5 mm wide; areole large, open; funicle thickened and folded ca 6 times forming basal aril about 4 as long as seed. Wipe Bay Districr: slopes of Mt Cooroy, White. MeReton District: between Palmwoods and Landsborough, Jul 1930, Hubbard 3425. Acacia longissima occurs in shrubby eucalypt npenctabest in areas of high rainfall south of about Gympie. It favours fertile soils and flowers mainly from January to April. Plants of A. longissima may be confused with juvenile A. maidenii which also have narrow phyllodes, but it can usually be distinguished from other members of the Tetramerae group by its narrow, rather membranous phyllodes. 59, Acacia maidenii F. Muell., Linn. Soc. N.S.W. Macleay Mem. Vol. 222 (1893); Maiden, For, Fl, N.S.W. 6:199 (1917). Type: Kuruah River, ' in 1892, Bauerlen (K, iso). Tree to about 15m tall with branchlets angular, soon Beodenins terete, prominent lenticels always present, sometimes pubescent when young the pubes- cence extending to the phyllodes. Phyllodes, straight or falcate, 10-20 cm long, 10-25 mm wide, 5—16 times as long as wide, but phyllodes on young plants up to 25 cm Jong and only 3 mm wide; 1-5 nerves with many* (10-22) closely packed “There is a highly significant relationship between the number of longitudinal nerves (N) and the width of the “phy tedes (B, expressed in cm). This is given by the equation N = 3B+4 2:6, 166 anastomosing nerves between the major ones; gland obscure, depressed, about 5mm from the base. Spikes subsessile single or in pairs in the upper axils, interrupted, up to 6cm long, rachis sparsely to densely golden pubescent. Flowers 4(—5)—merous; calyx cupular, obtusely lobed, 0-4-0-5 mm long, densely pubescent; corolla glabrous, ca 1:5mm long; ovary pubescent. Pod turgid, subterete, twisted (sometimes in irregular loose spirals), with sparse appressed pubescence, longitudinally wrinkled, 10-12 cm long, 3-5-4 mm wide; seeds longitudinal, 4:5-5 mm long, 2:5—3 mm broad with a large oblong open areole; funicle folded and thickened into cupular aril. NortH KENNEDY Districr: Strathdickie, near Prosenpine, Michael 840. Porr CuRTis District: Byfield, Sep 1931, White 8030. DARLING Downs Districr: near Pittsworth, Dec 1969, Pedley 3065, Burnetr Districr: Biggenden, Oct 1930, White 7300. Win— Bay DistricT: Bingera, Oct 1948, Smith 4112. Moreton District: Albert River, Aug. 1930, Aubbard 3818. Acacia maidenii occurs in coastal and subcoastal districts usually on reason- ably fertile well drained soils. Its northern limit is about Proserpine but it is not common north of about Bundaberg. Flowering occurs from January to May and individual trees may flower for months. Fruits mature from September to December. Mueller placed the species in the subseries Falcatae but Maiden pointed out its close relationship to A. longifolia and A. floribunda in the subseries Tetramerae, Young plants of A. maidenii have narrow phyllodes resembling those of A. floribunda and A. longissima. 60. Acacia floribunda (Vent.) Willd., Spec. Plant. 4:1051 (1806). Based on Mimosa floribunda Vent., Choix des Plants t.13 (1803). Type: not seen— possibly plate. Acacia longifolia (Andr.) Willd, var. floribunda (Vent.) F. Muell., Pl. Vict. 2:31 (1863). Based on Mimosa floribunda Vent. Tree to about 8m; branchlets angular, with short white appressed hairs, lenticels sometimes present. Phyllodes straight, narrow lanceolate acute, 5-10 cm long, (2—)4-10 mm wide, 8—18(—35) times as long as wide, appressed pubescent when young; 1-3 longitudinal nerves prominent, secondary nerves, usually 6—9 on each side of midrib, anastomosing; gland not prominent, if present then 4—6 mm from the base. Spikes + sessile, to about 8cm long, sparsiflorous, rachis glabrate, Flowers 4—merous; calyx cupular, + glabrous, 0:2—0-5 mm long, the lobes short, obtuse, sometimes ciliate; corolla 1-4—2 mm long, 3—7 times as long as the calyx; ovary pubescent with long white hairs. Pod with a few appressed hairs, straight linear, ca 13 cm long and 3 mm wide, longitudinally wrinkled and somewhat moniliform, Seeds longitudinal, 4-5 mm long, ca 1:5 mm wide; areole large, open; funicle folded. DARLING Downs Districr: N of Ballandean, Oct 1958, Pedley 319. Moreton DisrRicr: Tamborine Mt, Sep 1932, White 8663. Acacia floribunda is found in Queensland only near Stanthorpe, where it is best developed on sands along creeks. It has also been collected at Tamborine Mt and a very narrow-phylloded specimen from Mt Barney. It flowers in September and October. The species is closely related to A. maidenii but has narrower phyllodes and pods. The ranges of the two species are distinct in Queensland one they may be sympatric in the North Coast district of New South Wales. 167 61. Acacia orites Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 75:32 (1964), Contrib. Qd Herb. | 4:3 (1968). Type: New South Wales: Peach Mountain, Whian Whian State Forest, Aug 1963, Jones (BRI, holo). Tree 30m tall; branchlets glabrous or with sparse appressed hairs. Phyllodes glabrous, straight or slightly falcate, 10-20 cm long, 4~7 mm wide, 15-35 times as long as wide, with 6-9 widely spaced anastomosing secondary nerves on cach side of the midrib; gland ca 5 mm from the base; pulvinus short. Spikes rather open, 3—6 cm long on peduncles ca 3 mm long usually in pairs in the upper axils. Flowers 4—merous; calyx hirsute 0-5 mm long with short obtuse lobes; corolla glabrous, 1-5-2 mm long; stamens ca 3mm long; ovary sparsely hirsute. Pods straight linear, 8-licm long, 4mm _ wide, raised over the seeds, glabrous. Seeds longitudinal 3-5-4 mm long, 1-7-2 mm wide; areole large, open, not conspicu- ous; funicle thick, folded once or twice, forming basal aril. Moreton Districr: Springbrook, Aug 1931, White 7045, Acacia orites is restricted: to the margin of rainforest in a small area of high rainfall in north-eastern New South Wales and south-eastern Queensland. It is a large tree which sometimes provides millable logs. It flowers in August and September and fruit mature in November. A. orites has the most restricted range of the Tetramerae group of the section Julifiorae. It is most closely related to A. floribunda. 62. Acacia argyraea Tindale, Contrib. N.S.W. Nat. Herb. 4:141 (1970). Type: Western Australia: Nicholson Station, Jul 1967, Gittins 1393 (NSW, holo). Shrub to ca 1:5 m; branchlets angular, densely silvery pubescent. Phyllodes + oblong apiculate, densely silvery pubescent with anastomosing longitudinal nerves, 3-6 more prominent than the rest but all obscured to some extent by the indumentum, 6-8 cm long, 2—3 cm wide, 2~3 times as long as wide; gland small, basal; pulvinus ca 1mm long. Spikes dense 2—2-:5cm long, the bracteoles projecting beyond the flowers before they open, on.densely pubescent peduncles 1-5-2cm long in pairs in the axils, Flowers 5—merous; calyx 1-1-5 mm long broadly cupular obtusely lobed, densely pubescent on tube and lobes; corolla also pubescent, 1-5-2 mm long, ca 1:5 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 2:5 mm long; ovary villose. Pod 6-8 cm long, ca 1 cm wide, broadest near the top and taper- ing to the base, the valves coiling back from the top when dehiscing, softly pubescent. Seeds obliquely arranged, not seen when mature; funicle straight expanding into cupular aril beneath seed. Burke Districr: between Turn-off Lagoon and Woologorang, May 1940, Jensen 31. T have seen only one specimen from Queensland. The species appears. to flower irregularly. I have seen flowering specimens collected from May to July and one collected in January with both flowers and slightly immature pods. The species is related to A. limbata and A. brevifolia. 63. Acacia brevifolia (F. Mucll. ex .Benth.) Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:395 (1864). - Based on A, aulacocarpa A. Cunn, ex Benth. var. brevifolia F. Muell. ex Benth,, J. Proc. Linn, Soc. Bot. 3:144 (1859). Type: Suttor, Mueller 39 (K, holo), - | | A. leptophleba F. Muell. var brevifolia F. Muell., loc. cit., pro syn. 58237—D 168 Shrub to about 1m tall with angular glabrous and glaucous branchlets. Phyllodes + oblong obtuse or slightly retuse, apiculate, glabrous with rather widely spaced anastomosing secondary nerves, 3-6 more prominent than the rest, 4-5-6(-7-5) cm long, 13-26mm wide, 2—4 times as long as wide; gland basal; pulvinus ca 1mm long. Spike rather dense, 1-2cm long on glaucous peduncles 1-2cm long in pairs in the axils, Flowers 5—merous; calyx rather broadly cupular, glabrous 0-5-0-6(-0:8) mm long with short broad lobes sometimes fringed with a few hairs; corolla glabrous 1-7-2 mm long, 3-4 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 3 mm long; ovary glabrous. Pods 4—5 cm long ca 1 cm wide, broadest near the top and tapering to the base, the valves obliquely nerved with prominent margins, turning back elastically from the top when mature. (Fig. 9h, inflorescence). Cook District: Newcastle Range,~between Forsayth and Einasleigh, Feb 1928, Brass 1743, NortH KENNEDY Districr: between Warrigal and Burra, Oct 1938, Blake 9930, SOUTH KENNEDY DistricT: 10 miles [16km] SE of “Twin Hills”, May 1964, Pedley 1711. Acacia brevifolia occurs usually on shallow stony soils in subcoastal districts from north of Clermont to the Newcastle range. It appears to flower irregularly throughout the year. In the field A. brevifolia and A. umbellata can be confused, but the nearest relative of A. brevifolia is A. limbata. The two may not be more than sub- specifically distinct. Mueller considered A. brevifolia to be a variety of A. leptophleba. Bentham, however, edited Mueller’s paper and published the name Acacia aulacocarpa var. brevifolia with the name A. leptophleba var. brevifolia as a synonym, The author of the varietal epithet brevifolia should therefore be cited as F, Muell. ex Benth, rather than merely F, Muell, as has usually been the case. 64. Acacia limbata F. Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc. Bot. 3:145 (1859); Tindale, Contrib. N.S.W. Nat. Herb. 4:142 (1970). Lectotype: North Australia, Mueller (K; MEL, NSW, iso: selection made by Tindale). Shrub to about 1m tall with angular glaucous branchlets. Phyllodes + oblong glabrous with widely spaced (10—-16/cm) anastomosing nerves, 3 or 5 more prominent than the rest, 5-8cm long, 12~25mm wide, 3:3-4:5 times as Jong as wide; gland small, basal; pulvinus ca 1mm long. Spikes rather dense (1:2—)1-5-2 cm long on glaucous peduncles 1-5-3cm long in pairs in the axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx glabrous cupular 0-5-O0:6mm long broadly and shallowly lobed; corolla glabrous, 1-2—-1-3 mm long, about twice as long as the calyx; stamens ca 2:5 mm long; ovary glabrous. Pods to ca:6-5 cm long, ca 1 cm wide, broadest near the top and tapering to the base, the valves opening elastically from the top; valves rather woody, glaucous, obliquely nerved with prominent margins, Seeds ca 7mm * 3mm, oblique; areole elongate closed or only very slightly open; funicle fragile, straight, expanded into cupular aril beneath seed. Burke Districr: between Turn-off Lagoon and Woologorang, May 1940, Jensen 32; °10km from Gunpowder on Quamby Road, Oct 1972, Althofer 276. Acacia limbata occurs on stony soils in the extreme north-western part of the state and in adjoining parts of the Northern Territory, Its main flowering period is from May to July. . 169 Tindale pointed out the relationship between A. limbata and A. argyraea. ‘In Queensland A. limbata has been confused with A. brevifolia and the two are difficult to separate. The phyllodes of A. limbata are somewhat larger and the flowers slightly smaller. The geographic ranges of the two are different but this is not considered to be of taxonomic value. The description of A. limbata above does not cover two specimens* at BRI which may represent an undescribed taxon. They have phyllodes 9-12 cm long, 1-8-3 cm wide, 3-5-5 times as long as wide, which have a rather prominent basal gland and a pulvinus 4-6mm long. The peduncles are only 5-10 mm long, shorter than those of either A. brevifolia or A. limbata. 65. Acacia cincinnata F. Muell., Fragm. 11:235 (1878). Syntypes: Gould I. and Rockingham Bay, Dallachy (MEL). Small tree; branchlets angular and ribbed with appressed golden pubescence (hairs ca 0:25mm long) wearing off on ribs; young shoots golden pubescent. Phyllodes with scattered appressed hairs, becoming glabrous, 11-16cm long, 1-6-3 cm wide, 4-8 times as. long as wide; three prominent longitudinal nerves running into each other on lower margin at the base, secondary nerves rather widely spaced (2-4/mm), anastomosing (probably no more than in some taxa of the A. concurrens-A. leiocalyx group, and less so than in A. mangium); gland basal, prominent swelling and rather large orifice; pulvinus 6-8mm long. Spikes interrupted, ca 3:5 cm long on peduncles ca 0:5 cm long in pairs in the upper axils; peduncles and rachises with golden hairs. Flowers 5—merous; calyx densely pubescent, ca 0-6mm long with membranous obtuse lobes ca 0-2 mm_ long; corolla 1-4-1-8 mm long, glabrous, deeply lobed; stamens ca 2-5 mm long; ovary densely hairy, glabrous when rudimentary. Pod linear, tightly coiled in about 5 coils, the coils fused. Seeds longitudinal, 3:6mm long, ca 2mm wide; areole large, open; funicle rather fine, encircling the seed. (Fig. 10c, pod). Coox Districr: Kuranda, May 1952, Everist 5142. Wipe Bay Districr: mainland epposite S end of Fraser I., Jan 1928, Kajewski 28. Moreron Disrricr: ca 5 km WSW of Burleigh Heads, 28°06’'S 153°25’E, Nov 1973, Durrington & Lebler 1386, There are some puzzling aspects of the distribution and ecology of A. cincinnata. On the wetter parts of the Atherton Tableland and adjacent coastal areas it is found on the margin of rain forest. There is a gap in the range of the species of about 1000 km from near Ingham to a little south of Maryborough. In southern Queensland A. cincinnata has been collected in areas of high rainfall close to the sea, but in eucalypt open-forest not on rainforest margins. It is evidently a rare or over-looked species as few specimens have been added to the Queensland Herbarium since 1930. The large gap in the range of the species may be a real one, but it should be looked for around Mackay where the annual rainfall exceeds 1200 mm. Flowering specimens have been collected in May and June and fruiting ones from October to April. Bentham referred a specimen of A. cincinnata (Rockingham Bay, Hill) to A. julifera, but its nearest relative is probably A. solandri, fruiting specimens of which Bentham also referred to A. julifera. I _ *BURKE District: 25 miles [40 km] W of “Gregory Downs”, Jun 1966, Pedley 2059; “Riversleigh” or ‘“Thorntonia” holdings ca 200 km SSW of Burketown, Jun 1963, Gittins 799, 170 66. Acacia stipuligera F. Muell., J. Proc, Linn. Soc, Bot. 3:144 (1859). Syntypes: Victoria River, Hookers Creek and Sturts Creek, Mueller (MEL), A. stipuligera var. glabriflora Maiden & Blakely, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 38:120 (1927). Type: Jericho, Deane 212 (not seen). A medium shrub; branchlets ribbed, sparsely pubescent with hairs 0-2 mm long; young tips reddish; stipules broadly triangular, persistent, 1mm long. Phylicdes pale yellowish green, elliptic acute, 4:5—6cm long, 1-1:7cm wide, 3-5 times as long as wide; two longitudinal nerves and fine, somewhat raised, longitudinal, reticulate nerves between them, a few hairs on the margin; gland prominent, slightly depressed, up to 1 cm from the base, ca 1:5 mm long; pulvinus 1-3 mm long. Spikes dense, 2-3 cm long on densely pubescent peduncle ca 1mm long, subtended by an ovate bract. Flowers 5-merous; calyx 0:8—1 mm long lobed to about the middle, membranous, moderately pubescent; corolla 1:3-1-5mm long, ca 1:5 times as long as the calyx; stamens 3-4 mm long; ovary hirsute, Pod glabrous, + terete, longitudinally striate, ca 9 mm long, ca 4mm wide; seeds longitudinal, 5 mm long, ca 2 mm wide and 1 mm thick; areole small, open surrounded by pale area; funicle folded, thickened and expanded into cupular aril (Fig. 8c, phyllode). SOUTH KENNEDY Distrricr: 90 miles [145 km] from Charters Towers on Clermont Road, May 1962 & Apr 1974, Gittins 483 & Hockings 17. MircHeL_t_ District: 27 miles [43 km] E of Barcaldine, Sep 1956, Burbidge 5538. In Queensland Acacia stipuligera is extremely common on sandy red earths usually in woodland of Eucalyptus similis in the ‘‘desert” country along the Dividing Range between Jericho and Lake Buchanan. It flowers from April to about June. Plants from Queensland are less pubescent than plants from the Northern Territory, but this does not justify the recognition of the Queensland plants as a distinct variety, The nearest relative of A. stipuligera is probably A. acradenia but the relationship is not close. 67. Acacia mangium Willd., Sp. Plant 4:1053 (1806); Merrill, Inter. Rumph. Herb. Amboin. 251 (1917); C. T. White, Contrib. Arn. Arb. 4:42 (1933); Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 74:56 (1964), Contrib. Qd Herb. 18:14 (1975). Type: Description and figure in Rumphius’s “Herbarium Amboinense”’, Misapplied names: Acacia holoserica A. Cunn. ex G. Don var. neurocarpa auct. non Domin; Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:270 (1924); White, Contrib. Arn, Arb, 4:42 (1933), pro syn. _A. holosericea var. multispirea auct non Domin; C. T, White, Contrib, Arn. Arb, 4:42 (1933), pro syn. A. holosericea var. glabrata auct non Maiden; C. T. White, Contrib. Arn. Arb, 4:422 (1933), pro syn. A tree to 30m; branchlets acutely inaoue sometimes slightly scurfy but soon becoming glabrous. Mature phyllodes up to 25cm long, 2-4 times as long as broad, glabrous or slightly scurfy; four main longitudinal nerves running together at base of phyllode near dorsal margin, with many fine anastomosing secondary veins, the vein islands elongate (at least three times as long as broad); gland basal; pulvinus glabrous 6-10 mm long. Flowers in rather loose spikes to 10cm long, single or in pairs in the upper axils; peduncles canescent or 171 pubescent, about 1 cm long; rachis canescent or pubescent. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0:6—-0:8mm long, with short obtuse lobes; corolla about twice as long as the calyx. Pods linear glabrous, coiled, 3-5 mm broad; valves membranous or slightly woody, depressed between the seeds. Seeds longitudinal, ca 5 mm long, black, nitid, rectangular with the funicle folded and forming a cupular fleshy aril beneath the seed. Cook District: Claudie River, 12°45’S, 143°15’R, Oct 1972, Hyland 6456, NorTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Cardwell, May 1969, Wyatt, and Sep 1975, Coveny 6599 & Hind. Acacia mangium occurs on margins of mangrove communities and. rainforests in coastal districts from a little north of Ingham to the Claudie River. It is also found in southern New Guinea and the southern Moluccas. Flowering specimens have been collected in May and fruit appear to mature in October and November. It is not closely related to other species but superficially resembles A. holosericea. It can be distinguished from even glabrous variants of A. holosericea by the venation of the phyllodes. The long standing confusion of A. holsericea with A. mangium has resulted in the misapplication of some names. Merrill considered A. holosericea and A. mangium to be conspecific, stating that he could detect no differences between Australian specimens and material from Buru. Domin recognised three varieties of A. holosericea, one of them based on A. neurecarpa A. Cunn. ex Hook. A, neurocarpa is conspecific with A. holosericea but Domin misapplied the name A. holosericea var. neurocarpa to a specimen of A. mangium that he collected a little north of Cairns. White who knew both A. mangium and A. holosericea in the field reduced A. holosericea to a variety of A. mangium. He seems to have referred all taxa with glabrous, subglabrous or glabrescent phyllodes to A. mangium var, mangium, Consequently he continued Domin’s misapplication of the name A, holosericea var. neurocarpa and referred A. holosericea var. glabrata to A. mangium var. mangium. 68. Acacia cowleana Tate, Rep. Horn Exped. 3:187 (1896). Type: Horn Expedition, in 1894, Tate (K, iso). Shrub or spindly tree to 4m tall; branchlets stout, angular, usually with indumentum of dense appressed hairs ca 4mm long, occasionally glabrous and glaucous; stipules triangular, pubescent. Phyllodes coriaceous, curved, attenuate at the base, acute or obtuse mucronulate with a distinct callus point, pubescent with rather long hairs, golden when young, becoming almost (or quite) glabrous, 8-16 cm long, 9-18(—24) mm wide, 5—12(—14) times as long as wide; many parallel, widely spaced, strongly anastomosing, longitudinal nerves, (2—-)3 prominent, the lower ones confluent with each other and contiguous with the margin at the base; gland a basal swelling with small, rimmed orifice; pulvinus 2-6(—9) mm long. Spikes dense, 1-2—2:5cm long on usually pubescent peduncles 2-8 mm long. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0:8—-1:1mm long with broad fimbriate lobes 0:2—-0-3 mm long, a few hairs at the base, occasionally glaucous; corolla divided to the middle, 1:6—-2-2 mm, 1:6—2:5 times as long as the calyx, glabrous or glaucous or occasionally with a few short, stiff hairs on the margin near the top; stamens ca 3mm long; ovary densely pubescent, rarely glaucous. Pod flat but raised over the seeds and slightly contracted between them, glabrous and slightly glaucous, ca 7:5 cm long, 3 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal, ca 4mm long, 1: 8-2-3 mm wide: areole moderately large, open; funicle with about four folds, then markedly expanded into cupular aril beneath the seed. 172 Burke Districr: 13. miles [21km] SSE of Kajabbi, Aug 1953, Lazarides 4008. GREGORY NortrH DistricT: 24 miles [39km] E of Urandangie, Aug 1948, Perry 824, MITCHELL DistricT; 20 miles [32 km] E of Hughenden, Jun 1954, Speck 4521, GREGORY SoutH District: “Cuddapan” Stn, ca 80 miles [130 km] WSW of Windorah, Jun 1948, Everist 4070, . Acacia cowleana is found to the north-west of a line joining Windorah and Pentland into the Northern Territory and Western Australia, usually on sandy or stony soils. Despite its wide range, in Queensland at least, it has been collected at widely separated localities and is apparently not a common species, It flowers from May to August. A. cowleana is characterized by the short spikes, phyllodes broadest above the middle and tapering to the base, often obtuse mucronulate, and the rather dense indumentum of the branchlets and phyllodes. Occasionally, however, some specimens are subglabrous and the nervature of the phyllodes is then conspicuous. These specimens have a different aspect from pubescent ones and may be difficult to place with certainty. A. cowleana appears to be closely related to A. gonoclada, though it has also been confused with A. holosericea in some herbaria, 69. Acacia brassii Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 15:6 (1974). Type: Wenlock River, 60 miles [96 km] NNW of Coen, 13°06’S 142°57’E, Jul 1968, Pedley 2741 (BRI, holo). Tree to 8m tall with hard dark furrowed bark. Branchlets, pulvinuses and phyllodes of young plants with a covering of somewhat crowded white hairs ca 0:25 mm long and of sparse brownish hairs 0-05 mm long. Ribs of the branchlets glabrous or sometimes covered with a few scattered long hairs. Phyllodes glabrous or the young ones scurfy, narrowly ovate, falcate, 13-19 cm long, the dorsal margin at the base; pulvinus 6-10 mm long; 3 longitudinal nerves conspicuous, the remainder very crowded not conspicuous on living phyllode, hardly anastomosing. Spikes dense ca 5 cm long, single or in pairs in the upper axils on peduncles 6mm long, the rachis and peduncle densely pubescent. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0:8-1:1 mm long, with somewhat dense hairs, divided almost to the base into oblong lobes rather broad at the tips; corolla lobes ovate 1:3-1-5 mm long joined to the middle with a few long hairs on the back; stamens 2:5~3 mm long; ovary covered with erect hairs ca 0:25 mm long. Pod up to 5:5cem long, 2:5 mm wide, linear, acute, + straight sometimes long pointed, obscurely striate, glabrous, contracted between the seeds and raised over them. Seeds arranged longitudinally, depressed cylindrical, 3-3-5 mm long, ca 1:5 mm wide, 1-1-4 mm thick, the funicle twice folded to form an aril. Coox District: Browns Creek, Pascoe River, Jul 1948, Brass 19563; 11°33’S 142°06’E, Cockatoo Creek, 60 miles [96 km] S of Cape York, Jun 1968, Pedley 2738 14°10’'S 143°42’E, 35 miles [56 km] ESE of Coen, Nov 1965, Pedley 1892. This species occurs on deep sandy bleached grey earths, usually forming distinct communities with Melaleuca viridiflora north and north-east of Coen, but is also found on creek banks farther north. It and A. rothii are the commonest species of Acacia in Cape York Peninsula north of about 15°S, 70. Acacia auriculiformis A. Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1:377 (1842); Pediey, Contrib. Qd Herb. 18:17 (1975). Type: South Goulburn I, Voyage of “Bathurst”, Cunningham (K, holo). Tree to 25m; branchlets angular, glabrous. Phyllodes similar in texture and shape to those of A. aulacocarpa, 10-16cm long, (12—)15—25(—30) mm wide, 4-9 times as long as wide; 3 prominent longitudinal nerves running together 173 towards lower margin or in the middle near'the base, many fine crowded, some- what anastomosing secondary nerves; gland basal, distinct swelling with small rimmed orifice at distal end. Spikes up to 8cm long, somewhat interrupted in pairs in upper axils. Flowers S-merous; calyx glabrous, 0-7-1 mm long, shortly lobed; corolla 1-7—2.mm long, 2—2:5 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 3 mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pod flat, rather woody, glaucous, transversely veined with undulate margins, ca 6:5 cm long, 1:5 cm wide. Seeds transverse, ca 5mm long, 3:5 mm wide; areole large, almost closed; funicle encircling the seed, Cook Disrricr: Normanby River, N of “Kalpowar”, Oct 1970, Hyland 4865S, Acacia auriculiformis is confined to Cape York Peninsula, north of 16°S where it is found on well drained soils along streams. It extends to Arnhem Land and New Guinea. Flowers have been collected in May and June. The pods of A. auriculiformis and A. aulacocarpa are similar and the two species are closely related. Without pods herbarium specimens of A. auriculiformis and A. polystachya are difficult to distinguish. The nerves of A, polystachya run together and often join some distance (1 cm) from the base of the phyllode leaving a distinct margin without nerves immediately above the pulvinus. Such a margin is usually not present in A. quriculiformis and with practice this rather indefinite character permits a high level of accuracy in distinguishing the two. A, leptocarpa is sometimes confused with A. auriculiformis and A. polystachya, but it has widely spaced nerves (1—2/mm across the middle of the phyllode) in contrast to the crowded ones (4-6/mm) of A. auriculiformis and A, polystachya. 71, Acacia polystachya A. Cunn. ex Benth., London Bot. 1:376 (1842). Type: Haggerstone I, [12°02’S 143°18’E], Aug lectotypus novus) A tree to 25m; branchlets angular, glabrous, slender. Phyllodes rather chartaceous in texture, glabrous, 9-17(—23) cm long, (13—)16-23(—25) mm wide, 6—9 times as long as wide; 2-3 longitudinal nerves prominent, tending to run ‘together in the middle of lamina at the base, many fine anastomosing secondary nerves (4-5/mm); pulvinus 2—9 mm long; gland -- conspicuous, 4-5m from the base. Spikes sparse 5-8 cm long, with glabrous rachises, on peduncles ca 5mm long in pairs at the base of at axillary shoots. Flowers S—merous; calyx rather membranous, broad, 0-7-0-9 mm long, glabrous with fimbriate lobes ca 0-25 mm long; corolla deeply lobed, glabrous, 1-5-2 mm long, 2:2—2°6 times, as long as the calyx; stamens 3—4 mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pod flat, glabrous and + glaucous, up to 10cm long, 6-8 mm wide, Seeds longitudinal, 4-2mm long, 3mm wide; areole broad and open; funicle encircling seed and thickened into a clavate aril. Coox Disrricr: Upper Massey Creek ca 15 miles [24km] ENE of Coen, Oct 1962, Smith 11767 & 11884; Hartleys Creek, N of Cairns, Sep 1950, Smith 4638. NorTH KENNEDY Districr: Palm Is., Bancr oft. Acacia polystachya extends from Cairns to Banks Island in Torres Strait with one specimen from the Palm Islands. It has not been recorded from the Northern Territory or New Guinea. It is one of the few species of Acacia found in rainforest. In the MclIlwraith Range, east of Coen, A. polystachya is recorded from rainforest (deciduous vine thicket and semi-deciduous mesophyll vine forest) on alluvial soils. It also occurs elsewhere in vine thicket and along beaches. It flowers from May to July and fruit appear to mature from September to November though empty pods remain on trees for a considerable time. po , Cunningham (K; 174 Acacia polystachya is difficult to distinguish from A. auriculiformis if pods are not available (see A. OES) but the two species are not particularly closely allied, 72. Acacia tropica (Maiden & Blakely) Tindale, Contrib. N.S.W. Nat. Herb. 4:273 (1972). Based on Acacia cunninghamii Hook. var. tropica Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy. Soc. West Aust. 13:31 (1927). Type: Hells Gate, Roper River, Aug 1911, Baldwin Spencer (NSW, holo; K, iso). Tree to 6m tall; branchlets glabrous, angular, often reddish. Phyllodes glabrous, — straight, 9-16cm long, 14~25 mm wide, 4-7(-8&-:5) times as long as wide; (2—)3(—4) longitudinal nerves more prominent than the rest, running together 1-2cm from the base, secondary longitudinal nerves widely spaced (16-24/cm); gland basal; pulvinus 5—8(—10) mm long rather indefinite in length because of narrowing of phyllode at the base. Spikes dense 3-4-5 cm long on peduncles 7~10 mm long in pairs in the axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx glabrous or rarely with a few hairs at the base, 0:4-0-6mm long, the lobes ciliolate; corolla glabrous; 1:5—2 mm long; 3—4 times as long as the calyx; stamens 3-4 mm long; ovary pubescent. Mature pods not seen; immature ones straight, flat glabrous, similar to those of A. oligophleba and A. crassa. BURKE DISTRICT: “Westmoreland” Station [ea 17°20/S 138°15’E], Jun 1948, Perry 1344; Jun 1963, Gittins 845; Jun 1966, Pedley 2092. _ Acacia tropica is extremely common in the far north-western part of the State on sandy soil with Melaleuca viridiflora. Tt extends east as far as Croydon. It flowers from about mid-June to August. Mature pods have not been collected. Because of the widely spaced secondary nerves A. tropica appears to be more closely allied to A. oligophleba and A. leptocarpa than it is to A. concurrens (A, cunninghamii) and its relatives. 73. *Acacia oligophleba Pedley. Type: NorTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 7 miles [11 km] from Pentland on road to Torrens Creek, Jan 1966, Pedley 2121 (BRI, holo) Small tree ca 5 m tall; branchlets stout, angular, glabrous to sparsely appressed pubescent, the hairs ca 0- 2mm long; young tips sometimes yellowish. Phyllodes straight or curved, narrowed to each end, acute, glabrous or sparsely appressed pubescent, the hairs often confined to the base, 145-23 cm long, 1-5-3 cm wide, 6-13 times as long as wide, three longitudinal nerves prominent, one extending only about 2/3 length of phyllode, two lower ones running together near base of phyllode, secondary nerves prominent (1:5-2:5/mm) anastomosing; * Acacia oligophleba sp. nov. affinis A. leptocarpae A, Cunn. ex Benth. interdum. indumento pilorum appressorum phyllodiis dissimiliter nervatis et spicis brevioribus differt. Typus: Pedley 2121 (BRI, holo). Arbor parva circa 5m alta; ramuli circa 0-2 mm_ longi; surculi interdum flavidi. Phyllodia recta curvatave, in extrema angustata, acuta glabra vel sparsim appresse pubescentes, pilis ad basem saepe limitatis, 14-523 cm longa, 1-5—3 cm lata, 6-13-plo longiora quam lata; 3 nervi longitudinales prominentes, unicus per tantum duos longitudinis trientes phyllodii extensus, duo inferni versus phyllodii basem concurrentes; nervi secundarii prominentes (1-5—2:5/mm) anastomantes; pulvinus 3-6mm longus; glans basalis ex tumore prominenti et orificio labiato constans. Spicae parce densae 3-4cm longae in pedunculis sparsim vel modice appresse pubescentibus 7—13 mm longis binatim basi surculi axillaris. rudimentalis portatae. Flores 5—meri; calyx crassus 0:6-0°9mm longus glaber vel magis vulgo aliquot pilis basi, lobis obtusis fimbriatis circa 0:2mm longis; corolla profunde lobata glabra, 1:8—2 mm longa, 2—3—plo longiora quam calyx; stamina 3-4 mm longa; ovarium glabrum vel pubescens. Legumen lineare planum convexum super seminibus et leviter indentum inter ea, circa 3-5mm latum, Semina longitudinalia, 4mm longa, 2:5 mm lata; areola magna aperta; funiculus flavidus 4—plo plicatus arillam basilem faciens. 175 pulvinus 3-6 mm long; gland basal consisting of prominent swelling and rimmed orifice. Spikes moderately dense 3-4 cm long on sparsely to moderately dense appressed pubescent peduncles 7-13mm long in pairs at base of rudimentary axillary shoot. Flowers 5—merous; calyx stout 0-6-0:9 mm long, glabrous or more commonly with a few hairs at the base and obtuse fimbriate lobes ca 0:2 mm long; corolla deeply lobed, glabrous, 1:8—-2 mm long, 2—3 times as long as the calyx; stamens 3-4 mm long; ovary glabrous or pubescent. Pod linear, flat, raised over seeds and slightly indented between them, ca 12cm long, 3-5 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal, 4mm long, 2:5 mm wide; areole large open; funicle yellow, folded ca 4 times forming basal aril. (Fig. 8d, phyllode), BurKE Disrricr: 58 miles [93 km] SSE of Camooweal, May 1948, Perry 737. NorTH KENNEDY Districr: 7 miles [11 km] E of Torrens Creek, Jul 1954, Speck 4558, MITCHELL DistTricT: about 85 miles [135 km] N of Aramac, Jun 1949, Everist 3863. Acacia oligophleba is common on sandy red or yellow earths in eucalypt woodland in “desert country” between Jericho and Pentland, but it is scattered through north-western Queensland and extends to the Northern Territory. It flowers in June and July. It appears to be intermediate between A. leptocarpa and A. cowleana., | 74. Acacia leptocarpa A, Cunn. ex Benth. London J. Bot. 1:376 (1842); Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 18:19 (1975). Lectotype: Cape Flinders, Aug on Cunningham (K; BM. iso). Tree to ca 8m tall; branchlets glabrous, angular, soon becoming terete. Phyllodes usually falcate, acute attenuate at the base, glabrous, (10—) 12—21(-—26) cm long, 10-22(—26) mm wide, 6-15(—18) times as long as wide; three longi- tudinal nerves prominent, yellowish, crowded into narrow basal part of phyllode; secondary nerves -+ parallel, widely spaced (1—2/mm); gland basal, prominent swelling and small orifice, usually not rimmed; pulvinus (3—)5-10 mm _ long. Spikes moderately dense, 5—7 cm long with glabrous rachis, on glabrous peduncles 3-8 mm long in pairs at base of rudimentary axillary shoot. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0:75-1 mm long, stout, subglabrous except for a few fringing hairs, the lobes 0:2—0-3 mm long; corolla glabrous, 1:9-2-4mm long, 2—2:6 times as long as the calyx, deeply lobed; stamens 3-3-5 mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pod linear, somewhat coiled, flat but raised over seeds, up to 12cm long, 3 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal, ca 4mm long, 2:5mm wide; areole oblong, open; funicle yellow, folded many times forming aril almost as long as the seed. BURKE Disrricr: 16 miles [26 km] from Turn-off Lagoon on Road to “Westmoreland”. Tun 1966, Pedley 2094. Coox Districr: near Mareeba, Apr 1953, Melville 3722. Norru KeNNeEpy Districr: ca 16km N of Cardwell, Aug 1947, Smit 3237. SourH KENNEDY District: Mackay, Sep 1970, Bucholz. Porr Curtis Disrricr: Byfield, Sep 1931, White 8152. Wipe Bay DistrRicr: between Childers and Bundaberg, Apr 1962, Parsons. Acacia leptocarpa ranges from a little north of Bundaberg through coastal districts to Cape York. It also occurs in coastal districts of the Northern Territory and the extreme north-western part of Queensland and in southern New Guinea. It is extremely common in eucalypt communities between Townsville and Cardwell, and east of Mareeba, usually on sandy soils. Flowering occurs from May to August, probably earlier in the southern part of its range than in the north. 176 A, leptocarpa is a well marked species easily recognised because of its usually quite falcate phyllodes with widely spaced secondary nerves. Despite this, herbarium specimens of other species are often referred to A. leptocarpa. For example all specimens, other than those collected by Cunningham seen at the British Museum (National History} were wrongly identified. The Port Essington specimen referred by Bentham (Fi, Aust. 2:408) to A. polystachya is A. leptocarpa. 75, Acacia longispicata Benth. in Mitch., Trop. Aust. 298 (1848); Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 15:9 (1974). Type: Subtropical New Holland, Sep 1846, Mitchell “293” Ck, holo). A, cunninghamii Hook. var. longispicata (Benth.) Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:407 (1864). Based on A. longispicata Benth. Tree to 10m tall; branchlets stout angular with indumentum of dense appressed hyaline hairs ca 0-1 mm long or of dense spreading hairs 0':2—0-4 mm long, the hairs usually extending to pulvinuses, phyllodes and peduncles. Phyllodes 9-18 cm long, 1-3—4cm wide, 4-8(—-12) times as long as wide, phyllodes on young plants considerably larger; 3 longitudinal nerves more prominent than the rest; secondary ones anastomosing, rather widely spaced; gland basal large, pulvinus 6-10 mm long. Spikes sparse to dense, depending on length, 5-12 cm long, on peduncles 6—8(—15) mm long in pairs in the upper axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx moderately pubescent, the indumentum sometimes only at the base, 0:5-0:8 mm long, truncate or sinuolate; corolla glabrous 1-6-2 mm long, 2:5~3-5 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 3 mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pods straight, flat but conspicuously convex over the seeds on each side, 3-6cm long, 2:°5-3:5mm_ wide, glabrous, seeds longitudinal (2:5-)3-5—4-5 mm long, (1:5-)2—2-5 mm wide; areole oblong, almost closed; funicle yellow fieshy folded 5-6 times beneath seed. 75a. A. longispicata subsp. longispicata Branchlets with indumentum of appressed hairs; spikes 6-12 cm_ long. (Fig. 10a, pod). BurkKE District: Poison Creek, 14 miles [22 km] N of “Mt. Sturgeon” Stn., Jun 1953, Lazarides 3661, NortH Kennepy District: 18°35’S 145°20’E [ca 95km S of Mt Garnet], Aug 1967, Morain 143. MircuHELty Districr: Enniskillen, Nov 1943, White 12351. SoutrH KENNEDY District: 8 miles [13 km] W of Alpha, 23°38’S 146°30’E, Nov 1968, Pedley 2810. LercHHarpt District: 30km + N of Injune, Aug 1973, Pedley 4121. MARANOA DISTRICT: 15 miles [24km] N of Mitchell, Aug 1968, Martensz 3900. 75b. *A. longispicata Benth, subsp. velutina Pedley. Type: Burnett District: 12km NW of Kingaroy, 26°23’§ 151°41’E, Aug 1973, Pedley 4134. Branchlets with indumentum of dense long spreading hairs; spikes 5—7(-9) cm long. Pods unknown. A. longispicata is widely spread on usually sandy soils from near Kingaroy to about Mt Garnet usually at no great distance from the Dividing Range. It occurs as scattered trees in eucalypt woodland or in dense pure stands on roadsides. It is particularly common on roads north-east and north-west of Taroom. *A, longispicata Benth. subsp, velutina Pedley, subsp. nov. Ramuli indumento pilorum densorum longerum patentium obsiti; spicae 5—7(~9) cm longae. Legumen ignotum. Typus: Pedley 4134 (BRI, holotypus; A, B, CANB, E, K, L, NSW, MO, PR, isotypi). 177 It flowers from July to about September, and probably begins to flower about a month earlier in the northern part of its range than it does in the south. Fruits mature about November. A. longispicata is usually an easily identified plant with large silvery phyllodes and long spikes, but there is a fair range of variation. A. longispicata subsp. velutina which is known only from one locality 300 km east of the nearest known stand of A. longispicata subsp. longispicata has dense spreading hairs on the branchlets and pulvinuses but the phyllodes are usually glabrous. The hairs of A. longispicata subsp. longispicata are short and appressed. Plants from the northern part of the range of A. longispicata subsp. longispicata often have smaller phyllodes than those described and plants from throughout its range often have short spikes. Many of the specimens with short spikes were collected late in the flowering season and the production of short spikes may be determined by environmental factors, perhaps high temperatures or low soil- moisture. The density of hairs varies, but some hairs are always present on branchlets and phyllodes (particularly near the base or along the major nerves). Lazarides & Story (ca 13 miles ESE of Rolleston) is almost glabrous; Blake 6992 (Lexington, N. of Springsure) has extremely short narrow phyllodes. The relationships of A. longispicata are with A. crassa and more remotely, with A. grandifolia. 76. Acacia crassa Pedley, Contrib, Qd Herb. 15:9 (1974). Type: Darling Downs District: about 28 miles [45 km] SSW of Dalby on Moonie Highway, Sep 1961, Pedley 810 (BRI, holo). Tree to 10 m tall; branches stout angular, either glabrous and usually reddish with distinct lenticels or with indumentum of dense spreading hairs 0:2—0-4 mm long extending to pulvinuses, peduncles and sometimes to bases of mature phyllodes. Phyllodes 10—25(-—30) cm long, 8—25 (—30) mm wide, (5+5—)9-18(—22) times as long as wide, phyllodes on young plants either longer and more falcate or wider than those of mature plants; three longitudinal nerves more prominent than the rest often running together at the base of the phyllodes, secondary longitudinal nerves anastomosing; gland basal; pulvinus (3—)5—-10 mm long. Spike (3-)4:-5-9 cm long, sparse to dense, on peduncles (2—)4—-8 mm long in pairs in the axils, sometimes lateral on axillary shoots. Flowers 5—merous; calyx cylindrical, stout, glabrous or with a few hairs at the base 0-:6-1:2 mm long the lobes 0: 1-0-2 mm long; corolla glabrous 1-6-2-4 mm long, 2-3 times as long as the calyx; stamens 3-4mm long; ovary pubescent. Pods glabrous, straight, flat, convex over the seeds and slightly contracted between them to 7cm long, 2-5—3:5mm wide. Seeds longitudinal 3-6 mm long, 1:5—-2:5 mm wide; areole open, somewhat clongate; funicle folded about 5 times, forming a basal aril about half as long as seeds. | 76a. A. crassa subsp. crassa. Glabrous with strongly falcate phyllodes to 30cm long on young plants; spikes usually dense; seeds 4-5-6 X 2-2-5 mm. SouTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Beta, 23°38’S 146°19’R, Aug 1973, Pedley 4096. LuicuHarptT District: Isla Gorge, Aug 1973, Sharpe & Hockings 538. Porr Curtis District: 10km E of Biloela, Sep 1972, Daniels. MarANoa District: ca 8 miles [13 km] from Yuleba on Surat road, Sep 1961, Jones.179, DARLING Downs District: Barakula, Sep 1948, Blake 18199; Inglewood, Sep 1934, White 12824, Burnetr Districr:’ 15 miles [24km] from Eidsvold on Cracow road, Sep 1959, Johnson 912. 178 76b. *A. crassa subsp. longicoma Pedley. Type: Wide Bay District: 6 km WNW of Gin Gin, 24°55’S 151°S1’E Aug 1973, Pedley 4080 (BRI, holo; A, CANB, K, iso). Young plants (including the phyllodes) densely pubescent; phyllodes straight, wide, up to 20cm long; spikes often sparse; seeds ca 3 & 1:5 mm. Porr Curtis Districr: ‘“Torilla’” Homestead [22°27’S 150°04’E], Aug 1963, Speck 1722, LeicuHARDT District: Lily Creek, 32 km + W of Baralaba, Aug 1973, Pedley 4086. DarLinc Downs District: Gurulmundi, Aug 1961, Phillips Canberra Bot. Gard. 013554 & Sep 1961, Pedley 875. BurNetr Disrrict: Allies Creek [ca 26°05’S 151°10°’E], Aug 1976, Henderson. WibE Bay District: near Booyal, 25°11’S 152°02’E, Aug 1973, Pedley 4079. A. crassa occurs farther inland and farther north than A. concurrens, the species that it resembles most closely. They both flower about the same time. A. crassa subsp. crassa is extremely common in the Darling Downs district but extends northward to the Tropic of Capricorn and southward into New South Wales, It is a common component of eucalypt woodland and often forms dense stands in disturbed situations. A. crassa subsp. longicoma has a more coastal distribution. It is particularly common in the Monto—Gin Gin area but occurs sporadically from Eidsvold-Wandoan to Shoalwater Bay. In their type localities the two subspecies have rather different facies, but in the western part of the Burnett district only the indumentum distinguishes A. crassa subsp. longicoma from A. crassa subsp. crassa. 77. Acacia concurrens Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 15:9 (1974). Based on A, cunninghamii Hook., Ic, Plant. t. 167 (1837), non G. Don. Type: Brisbane River, Cunningham (K, holo). Tree to 10m tall with dark furrowed bark; branchlets angular, particularly on young plants, somewhat scurfy. Phyllodes obliquely obovate, the lower margin + straight, the upper curved, 10—16(-18) cm long, (0-9-)1:2-3 cm wide, 3-5—9(—12) times as long as wide, somewhat scurfy when young, glabrous 3(—4) longitudinal nerves much more prominent than the rest, the lower two running together into margin up to several cm from the base, secondary longitudinal nerves anastomosing, fairly widely spaced; pulvinus 5-9 mm long; gland small, basal. Spikes moderately dense, in pairs in the upper axils, 5-1Ocm long on peduncles 5—8(—10) mm long, rachis slightly glaucous. Flowers 5—merous; calyx stout, cylindric, 0-6-1 mm long, shortly toothed, the teeth ca 0-2 mm long, a few hyaline hairs (ca 0-1 mm long) towards the base; corolla 1-8—2 mm long, | ca 2—3 times as long as the calyx, ovate uninerved lobes strongly reflexed; stamens ca 3mm long; ovary with dense indumentum of white felted hairs. Pods linear, coiled, somewhat fleshy when young but when mature valves flat, coriaceous, glabrous, 6-8cm long, 2:5-4mm wide; seeds longitudinal 3:5-4mm xX 1:8—2 mm with a large open areole; funicle folded beneath seed forming aril about as long as the seed. (Fig. 7b, position of gland.) DARLING Downs District: 24 miles [38 km] SE of Warwick, Jun 1962, Cudmore. Burnetr Disrrict: 3 miles [Skm] W of Nanango, Aug 1963, pene 1384, MorRETON Districr: Haighmoor near Ipswich, Aug 1960, vee 663. *A, crassa subsp. longicoma Pedley, subsp. nov. Plantae (phyllodia inclusa) dense pubescentes; phyllodia recta lata usque 20cm longa; spicae saepe sparsiflorae; semina ca 3 X 1-5 mm, Typus: Pedley 4080 (BRI, holo; A, CANB, K, iso). 179 Acacia concurrens is more or less restricted to coastal areas from the Mooloolah River (Q.) south to the Hastings River (N.S.W.). It is an extremely common component of lower tree layers in eucalypt open-forest and sometimes forms dense pure stands in country that has been cleared. It flowers from about mid-July to September, noticeably later in the year than A. leiocalyx which often grows with it. In the past, the name A. cunninghamii has been applied in an extremely broad sense, A. crassa, A. cretata, A. leiocalyx, A. longispicata and A. tropica, as well as A. concurrens have all been referred to it. It has included at one time or another all. the Queensland species with large phyllodes with anastomosing secondary nerves, the major longitudinal nerves tending to run together or to the lower margin near the base. The species are closely related and difficult to identify from herbarium material. Identification of plants in the field is somewhat easier. The colour and angularity of the branchlets, the colour and length of flowering spikes, the size and colour of phyllodes, especially those on young plants and the time of flowering are of value in identifying species. Indumentum, the length of pulvinuses and the density of the secondary nerves are useful in identifying dried specimens, | 78. Acacia leiocalyx (Domin) Pedley, Contrib. Od Herb, 15:10 (1974). Based on A. glaucescens Willd. var. leiocalyx Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:269 (1926). Lectotype: prope Brisbane River, Dietrich 568 (PR; HBG, iso). Shrub or tree to 6m; branchlets sharply angled, sometimes almost winged, often red, glabrous or rarely slightly scurly; young tips pinkish, drying dark. Phyllodes glabrous, 8-16 cm long, 0:7-2-5(—3:5) cm wide, 4-16(—20) times as long as wide, phyllodes on young plants often much broader, 3 longitudinal nerves more prominent than the rest, running together or into lower margin near the base, secondary longitudinal nerves anastomosing, 25—-45/cm in middle of the Jeaf; gland basal; pulvinus (2—)3—4 mm long. Spikes in axillary pairs on peduncles 3~8 mm long, moderately dense to sparse, 3-7(—-10) cm long. Flowers 5—merous; calyx cylindrical 0-5—-0:9 mm long glabrous or rarely with a few hyaline hairs near the base, sinuately lobed; corolla glabrous 1:5-2 mm long, 2—3 times as long as the calyx, the lobed somewhat apiculate, strongly reflexed; stamens 34mm long; ovary tomentose. Pods linear, loosely and irregularly coiled, thick and succulent when immature, flat and dry when mature, ca 7 cm long, 3—4 mm wide; seeds longitudinal ca 3:5 & 1:5 mm, black, shining; areole long, open; funicle folded at base of seed, forming aril about as long as the seed. 78a. A, leiocalyx subsp. leiocalyx Phyllodes 8—12(-16) cm long, 12-25(-35) mm wide, 4-9 times as long as wide. Norra KENNEDY District: 42 miles [67 km] from Charters Towers on. Clermont road, May 1960, Johnson 1854,. SouTH KENNEDY DistTricT: 17 miles [27 km] E of “Pasha [ca 21°40’S 147°55’E], Jul 1964, Pedley 1727A. Porr Curtis Disrricr: 13 miles [21 km] W of Calliope,-Jun 1962, Pedley 1025, LeicHHarpr District: Bogantungan, Jun 1964, Pedley 1718, Maranoa District: 5 miles from Yuleba, Sep 1961, R. Jones 176. Dartinc Downs District: 10 miles [16 km] S of Meandarra, Mar 1959, Pedley 385, _BURNETT DISTRICT: Biggenden, Oct 1930, White 7301. Wine Bay District: near Booyal, 25°13’S8 152°04’E, Apr 1973, Pediley 4070, MorETon Districr: Albert River, Aug 1930, Hubbard 3816. 180 78b. *A. leiocalyx subsp. herveyensis Pedley. Type: Mullet Creek, 24°42’S 152°04’E, Aug 1969, Pedley 2867 (BRI, holo). Phyllodes 9-16 cm long, 7-14(-16) mm wide, 8-16(-19) times as long as wide. Porr Curtis Districr: Yeppoon road, May 1925, Court; near Round Hill Head, Aug 1969, Pedley 2873. Wwe Bay Districr: Boonooroo 23°39'S 152° 53’E, Nov 1970, Boyland 1507; 20 miles [32 km] SW of Double Island Pt, Aug 1964, Everist 7658. Acacia leiocalyx is one of the most widespread of the Queensland species previously referred to as A. cunninghamii (= A. concurrens, see p. 178). extends from the northern part of the Burdekin Basin to as far south as about 32°S in coastal districts of New South Wales. (Ceveny NSW 101508, in NSW). Plants on beaches a little north of Sydney are probably naturalized. It favours well drained, often shallow soils, and is extremely common in eucalypt com- munities in the south-east, particularly in the Bundaberg—Gympie area, In coastal districts of Queensland A. leiocalyx subsp. leiocalyx flowers from about mid-April to July and usually finishes flowering near Brisbane before A, concurrens, which is also common in the area, begins to flower. A. leiocalyx subsp. herveyensis however, flowers decidedly later, from July to September. In July 1966 all plants of A. leiocalyx subsp. leiocalyx studied in the Maryborough- Pialba area had finished flowering while no plants of the less common A. leiocalyx subsp. herveyensis with open flowers were found. In inland Queensland flowering is more irregular and extends over a longer period—late April to August. Individual inland populations often have a more prolonged flowering period than do coastal populations. That is, plants in inland populations are often at widely different stages of flowering while plants in coastal populations are more or less at the same flowering stage. From a rather small number of herbarium specimens studied it appears that plants in north-eastern New South Wales flower later than plants in southern Queensland. | A. leiocalyx subsp. herveyensis has narrower phyllodes and a later flowering period than A. leiocalyx subsp. leiocalyx. It occurs within about 25 km of the coast between 23° and 25°S latitude. A specimen from near Crescent Hill (31°S) (McGillivray & Coveny 367, NSW) approaches A. leiocalyx subsp. herveyensis but further field studies and collections in New South Wales are needed to establish any pattern of variation. A, leiocalyx is distinguished from related species by its angular red branchlets, short pulvinuses and usually glabrous calyxes. On an extremely small proportion of plants one or two hyaline hairs occur at the base of the calyx. This may indicate some gene exchange with A. concurrens or A. crassa, In the field A. leiocalyx is a well defined, easily identified species and intergrading with related species is slight. A variant which may eventually warrant formal recognition is found in a small area in central Queensland. (Representative specimens—Leichhardt District: Lazarides & Story 118 & 132). It usually has a few hairs on the calyx, but has remarkably consistently narrower phyllodes 11-14cm & 11-12 mm. *A. leiocalyx subsp. herveyensis subsp. nov. Phyllodia 9-16 cm longa, 7-14(—16) mm lata, 8-16(—19)—plo longiora quam lata. Typus: Pedley 2867 (BRI, holotypus). 181 79. Acacia holosericea A. Cunn. ex G. Don, Gen, Syst. 2:407 (1832); Pedley, Proc, Roy. Soc, Qd, 74:57 (1964). Type: Port Keats, Cambridge Gulf, Oct - a Cunningham (BM; K; lectotypus novus). | A. mangium Willd. var. holosericea (G. Don) C, T. White, Contrib. Arnold Arbor, 4:42 (1933). Based on'A. holosericea. A, neurocarpa A, Cunn, ex Hook., Icon, Plant. 2. t. 168 (1837). Type: Port Keats, Cambridge Gulf, Oct Bitice Cunningham (K, holo—see below iets: 1819° for discussion.) A, holosericea A. Cunn. ex G. Don, var. neurocarpa (Hook.) Domin, Biblioth, Bot. 89:270 (1926). Based on A. neurocarpa. A, holosericea var. glabrata Maiden, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 30:48 (1918). Type: Gilbert River, Bick 146 (BRI, iso). A, holosericea A. Cunn, ex G. Don var. multispirea Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:270 (1926). Type: in xerodrymio apud rivulum prope opp. Chillagoe, Feb 1910, Domin “5176” (PR, holo). | a A shrub or tree to 5m; branchlets acutely trigonous, glabrous sericeous or tomentose. Phyllodes to 25cm long, 15-95 mm broad, 2—9 times as long as broad, acute or obtuse, with a small glandular mucro, sometimes glabrous but usually sparsely to densely sericeous, tomentose, velutinous or hoary, with a circular or oval gland on the dorsal edge at the base of the lamina; three (rarely _ two) longitudinal nerves more prominent than the rest, all running into the dorsal margin near the base; secondary nerves reticulate, prominent. Petioles sericeous or tomentose, 5-12 mm long. Spikes 3—6cm long, singly or in pairs in the upper axils; peduncles sericeous or tomentose, but rachis glabrescent. Flowers scattered or moderately crowded; calyx 0-5—-0:7mm long with obtuse lobes ca 0:15 mm long, the whole sericeous or tomentose; corolla about three times as long as the calyx, sericeous or tomentose though sparsely so. Pod glabrous or pubescent, coiled, 2-5-5 mm broad; valves membranous or slightly woody, depressed between the longitudinal seeds. Seeds rectangular, black, nitid, ca 5 mm long, with a small cupular aril at the base. . BuRKE Districr: Mica Creek, Mt Isa, Aug 1970, Maloney 14/70 (NSW 119759). Coox District: Gillies Highway between Gordonvale and Yungaburra, Jul 1967, Brass 33620, Norra KENNEDY District: “Blue Range” Stn, Burdekin River, Jun 1975, Thorsborne 67, SourH KENNEDY DistTRIcT: 25 miles [40 km] NE of Mt Coolon, Oct 1967, Anderson. Port Curtis District: 75 miles [120 km] from Marlborough on Sarina road, May 1960, Johnson 1788. Warreco District: Bulloo River on Adavale—Quilpie road, 26°20’S 144°20’E, Jul 1968, Beale, A. holosericea ranges from the tropical parts of Western Australia and the Northern Territory to north-western Queensland, the southern part of Cape York Peninsula and south through drier coastal and sub-coastal districts to about Rockhampton. Usually it grows on sandy or gravelly banks of seasonally dry streams but it is found occasionally on more fertile soils in “dry” or “monsoon scrub”, The specimen from the Bulloo River, south-west of Adavale was collected from a plant believed to. have become established after floods in 1963. The locality is about 300 km south-west of the nearest known population of A. holo- sericea, and none is known to occur in the area drained by the Bulloo. gg ata alk uierenebe re urnddlaaitecddaebdamabuntalemcnnataleesttteeal tas teeinthoen ast tata ste Mat pls tile SSL gh tt Oa ale ad el kt 182 Flowers have been collected from April to October, but the main period of flowering is June-August and fruiting, August-October. As previously noted (1964) A. holosericea exhibits a wide range of variation, particularly in phylHode form and in density of indumentum. Glabrate individuals occur throughout the species’ range but there appears to be a continuous graduation from more or less glabrous to densely pubescent plants. Both A. holo- sericea var, glabrata and var. multispirea were based on + glabrous specimens. A, holosericea var. pubescens F. Muell. is A. pellita O. Schwarz. A, holosericea and A, mangium have been confused, with the result that names have been misapplied (see A. mangium, p. 170). Lectotypification of A. holosericea was found to be necessary to avoid further confusion. In the herbarium at Kew three sheets have been segregated as types. One is A. dunnii, another which consists of two twigs and three detached phyllodes is A, holosericea but bears two labels with different dates of collection and different localities, Repulse Bay, June 1819 and Port Keats, October 1819. The third sheet consists of a twig with some fruit of A. holosericea attached, and a detached phyllode of A, dunnii, On a label attached to the twig is written “Acacia neurocarpa/ Cambridge Gulf”. The material separated as types in the herbarium of the British Museum (Natural History) is less confused. There are two specimens, both collected by Cunningham at Cambridge Gulf in 1819 during the second voyage of the “Mermaid”. One is A. dunnii, the other is selected as lectotype. It would be possible to choose a portion of one of the sheets at Kew as lectotype, but there is less likely to be confusion if the BM sheet is chosen. A similar situation pertains in the case of A. simsit. | The type of A. neurocarpa is evidently a duplicate of the lectotype of A. holosericea. Domin reduced A. neurocarpa to varietal rank, but his specimen from Harvyey’s Creek (PR) is A. mangium. , 80. Acacia nesophila. Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb, 15:12 (1974). Type: Cook District: near Irvinebank, ca 10 miles [16 km] W of Herberton, Apr 1967, Pedley 2319 (BRI, holo). Shrub up to 3m tall; branchlets somewhat coarse, angular, scurfy or with a covering of somewhat crowded flexuose hairs ca 0-2 mm long. Phyllodes thick, scurfy, velvety, tomentose, subglabrous or rarely glabrous gland on the dorsal margin at the top of the 4-5 mm long pulvinus, 3-5 conspicuous longitudinal nerves not running into the lower margin of the phyllode, secondary nerves strongly reticulate forming -+ oblong areoles. Dense spikes up to 4cm long in pairs in the upper axils, rachises and peduncles tomentose, the latter 5 mm long. Flowers cylindrical, S—merous; calyx 1mm long with glabrous lobes 0-3 mm long slightly pubescent except for the apex; lobes of the corolla 1-4 mm long ovate minutely papillose on the margins, at first united to the middle ultimately separating; stamens ca 2mm long; ovary densely pubescent, the style thick. Pod up to 5 cm long, 3-4 mm broad, linear, curved, slightly contracted between the seeds, raised over them; seeds longitudinal, oblong, black, 3-5-4 mm long, 2-3-5 mm broad, funicle thickened and folded into a yellow aril, Cook District: 8-8 miles [14:2km] SSW of Palmer River, Sep 1975, Coveny 6975 and Hind (NSW 107801). Norra KENNEpy Districr: Acheron }., 24 miles [38 km] NW of Townsville, Jul 1966, Birch 1/168. 183 A, nesophila is a spindly shrub, often hidden among grasses, in eucalypt woodland. It flowers irregularly. Flowering specimens have been collected in March, April and August but mature fruit have also been collected at this time. Both A. nesophila and A. pellita have probably evolved from A. holosericea., 81. *A, grandifolia Pedley.. Type: Burnett District: 34 miles [54 km] about S of Mundubbera, Sep 1969, Pedley 2891 (BRI, holo; A, CANB, K; NSW, iso). | Tree to ca 8 m tall; branchlets stout angular with dense whitish indumentum of erect hairs 0-2-0-4mm long (velutinous), extending to pulvinuses and peduncles. Phyllodes + straight asymmetrically elliptic, 9-15 cm long, 2:5—5 cm wide, ca 3-4 times as long as wide, up to 7-5 cm wide and twice as long as wide on young plants, with indumentum of spreading hairs; 3(—4) longitudinal herves more prominent than the rest, the secondary nerves widely spaced, strongly anastomosing; gland basal, large; pulvinus 6-10 mm long. Spikes dense, on thick velvety peduncles 5—8 mm long in pairs in the upper axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx somewhat coarse, patelliform, 0-7-0:9 mm long, pilose, sometimes only in the upper half or on the margins; corolla (2-)2-5 mm long; ovary pubescent. Pods tomentose, flat, 6cm long, 6mm wide; seeds longitudinal shining, ca 4 « 2mm, rather thick; areole, elongate, open; funicle pale yellow, folded several times beneath the seed. Burnett District: 8 miles [12km] E of Gayndah, 25°37’'S 151°34’E, Sep 1969, Pedley 2897, Acacia grandifolia is an uncommon species. In the type locality it forms open stands on sand among large sandstone boulders but in the only other locality where it is known to occur it is found on shallow soils derived from basalt. Flowers have been collected in September and mature pods in November. _ The position of the species is uncertain. It falls between Bentham’s Falcatae and Dimidiatae groups of Juliflorae. Its nearest relative is probably A. holosericea which has less elongate vein-islands, pubescent corollas and more elongate pods, but it also resembles A. longispictata subsp. velutina and A. crassa subsp. longicoma, both of which have indumentum of spreading hairs on the branchlets but with mature phyllodes glabrous with less anastomosing nerves. A. grandiflora docs not appear to be sympatric with any of the apparently related species of the Falcatae group. It lies between the known occurrences of A. longispicata subsp. longispicata to the west and A. longispicata subsp. velutina *A, grandifolia Pedley, sp. nov. affinis A. holosericeae A. Cunn. ex G. Don phyllodiis areolis elongatioribus praeditis, corollis glabris, leguminibus pubescentibus -+ rectis differt. Ab A, longispicata Benth., A. crassa Pedley et speciebus ceteris catervae Falcatae phyllodiis minus elongatis nervis minus anastomosantibus praeditis differt. Typus: Pedley 2891 (BRI, holotypus; A, CANB, K, NSW, isotypi). Arbor usque 8m alta; ramuli crassi angulares indumento albido pilorum erectorum 0:2-0:'4mm longorum (velutini) obtecti, indumento ad pulvinos pedunculosque extenso. Phyliodia -+ recta, asymmetrice elliptica, indumento pilorum patentium obtecta, 9—15'cm longa, 2:5-5.cm lata, circa 3—4-plo longiora quam Jata, in plantis juvenibus usque 7:5 cm lata et 2—plo longiora quam lata; 3(—4) nervi longitudinales quam ceteri prominentiores, nervi secundarii late dispositi, valde anastomantes; glans basalis magna; pulvinus 6—10 mm longus. Spicae densae 6-8 cm longae in pedunculis crassis velutinis 5-8 mm longis in axillis binatim portatae, Flores 5—meri; calyx aliquantum. crassus patelliformis 0-7-0-9 mm longus pubescens pilis longis, interdum non nisi in dimidio supero vel in margine obsitus; corolla (2—)2-5mm longa; ovarium pubescens. Legumen tomentosum <=: planum, 6cm longum, 6mm latum. Semina longitudinalia nitida circa 4mm X 2mm aliquantum crassum; areola elongata aperta; funiculus pallide flavus subter seminum compluries plicatus. 184 to the east, and A. crassa subsp. longicoma (north and west) and A. crassa subsp, crassa (south and west). More detailed field studies are needed to clarify relation- ships of these taxa. | 82. Acacia dimidiata Benth., London J. Bot. 1:381 (1842). Based on A. dolabriformis A, Cunn. ex Hook., Icon. Plant. t. 169 (1837) non Wendl. (1820) nec Colla (1824). Type: South Goulburn L, Aug -40%6 Cunningham (K; BM, iso; lectotypus novus). Shrub to ca 5 m tall; branchlets yellowish, -- angular, with dense indumentum of crisped hairs ca 0-15 mm long. Phyllodes coriaceous, 7-9 cm long, 4-6 cm wide, 1:7-1-9 times as long as wide; lower margin + straight, upper curved, abruptly contracted at base into pulvinus 8-12 mm long; margins and four longitudinal nerves prominent, the lowest ending in a mucro, the others in shallow sinuses on upper margin, all running into lower margin near the base; secondary nerves forming fine reticulum; gland basal, with prominent, slightly raised rim. Spikes dense, ca 4cm long, on densely pubescent, axillary peduncles ca 6mm long. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0-7 mm long with lobes 0:3 mm long, membranous with long hairs on the margins; corolla 1-8 mm long lobed to about half, glabrous; stamens 3-5 mm long; ovary densely pubescent, Pods up to 13 cm long, 4mm thick and about as broad, only slightly constricted between the seeds, longitudinally wrinkled, glutinous, pubescent. Seeds longitudinal, thicker than broad, 7-5mm long, 2mm wide, 3mm_ thick, areole large, open, aril cupular. Burke District; Settlement Creek, Ang 1922, Brass 204. In Queensland A. dimidiata is confined to the extreme north-west. It extends across the Northern Territory where it is found on sandy or gravelly soil often in Eucalyptus tetrodonta woodland. It flowers usually from April to June and pods mature in August and September. 83. Acacia humifusa A. Cunn. ex Benth. London J. Bot. 1:382 (1842). Syntype: Cape Cleveland, Juneae , Cunningham (K; BM, iso). Spreading shrub up to ca 1m tall, sometimes almost prostrate; branchlets terete, tomentose or hirsute, hairs 0:4-0:8 mm long; stipules rather hard, straight, linear, hirsute up to 6mm long, sometimes persistent. Phyllodes tomentose, asymmetrical, the lower margin = straight, the upper strongly curved, 4-6°5 cm long, 2-5-5 cm wide, 1-2-2 times as long as wide, occasionally young phyllodes ca 1-Scm wide and 3-4 times as long as wide; 2 or 3 longitudinal nerves prominent, the lowest reaching the obtuse, retuse or, rarely acute tip and produced into a scarious deciduous mucro 2—3 mm long, the other longitudinal nerves curved towards the upper margin; secondary nerves strongly reticulate; gland basal, prominent, circular, with a smooth yellowish rim; pulvinus 4-6 cm long. Spikes dense, 1:5-3.cm long on peduncles 2-4:mm long usually single in the upper axils, peduncle and rachis tomentose. Flowers rather variable in size, 5(—6)—merous, subtended by concave bracteoles, 2-3 mm long, hirsute on lower surface, smooth and brown above, projecting beyond flower buds and con- spicuous in young spikes; calyx (0:9-)1-2-1-8mm long, hirsute with acute lobes 0:4mm long with broad sinuses between them; corolla hirsute in upper half, 1-6-2-3 mm long, 1-2-1-8 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 4mm long; ovary hirsute. Pods linear, straight, rather thick, hirsute. Seeds longitudinal, 5—6 mm long, 2-5-3 mm wide, 2-2—2:4 mm thick; areole elongate, open; funicle folded and expanded into cupular aril beneath seed. 185 Cook DISTRICT: near Cape Bedford, 15°19’S 145°17’E, Jan 1968, Pedley 2618. Norru KENNEDY District: ca 37 km SW of Mt Garnet, 17°55’S 144°53’E, Apr 1973, Henderson H1694. In Queensland A. humifusa extends from Cape York to Cape Cleveland, usually within 100 km of the sea. It is found on shallow rocky soil in eucalypt communities and on sand in heath or on sea shores. In situations where it is exposed to strong winds it is often almost prostrate. Flowers and mature fruit may be found at any time of the year. Phyllodes of A. humifusa and A. dimidiata are similar, but fhe projecting bracteoles and hirsute corolla distinguish A. humifusa. 186 PLURINERVES (Benth.) Maiden & Betche Phyllodes fiat, occasionally terete, rarely triangular and pungently pointed, but always longitudinally nerved or striate, Flowers arranged in heads on peduncles in pairs or clusters, or in racemes in the upper axils. Type species: A. melan-. oxylon R. Br. 84. Acacia rigens A. Cunn, ex G, Don, Gen. Syst. 2:403 (1832); Benth., London J. Bot. 1:342 (1842), Fl. Aust. 3:337 (1864). Type: Lachlan River, June ao Cunningham (K, holo; BM, iso). A. chordophylla F. Muell. ex Benth., Linnaea 26:612 (1855). Type: Ad Flum. Murray, Oct 1848, Mueller (MEL 500636; K, BM; lectotypus novus). Shrub to 2m; branchlets with prominent yellowish ribs, but not angular, somewhat resinous. Phyllodes glabrous except perhaps at the base, straight, terete or slightly flattened, finely striate with ca 15 yellowish longitudinal nerves, 5-13 cm long, up to about 1mm diameter, with an innocuous point at the apex, contracted into a pulvinus cv 1:5 mm long; a gland at the base. Flowers 5-merous in 20-30 flowered heads on slightly hoary peduncles 3-5-5:5 mm long, single or in pairs in the upper axils; bracts + flat triangular. Flowers 5—merous; calyx rather stout, 1-2 mm long, with oblong lobes slightly flared at the ciliate apex, 0-5 mm wide; corolla glabrous, 2-2:2 mm long, divided to the base; stamens ca 5mm long; ovary hoary. Pods linear 2—3 mm broad, loosely coiled, the valves rugose constricted between the seeds. Seeds longitudinal, rather pale brown, 3-35 mm long, 1-8 mm broad and about as thick; areole large open; an unusual funicle embracing base of seed. WarREGO DIstTRICT: 27 miles [43 km} from Cunnamulla on Bollon Road, Sep 1967, Pedley 2724. Maranoa District: “Portland”, 26°48’S 146°30’E, Aug 1963, Ebersohn. DarLtinc Downs Districr: 12 miles [19 km] ENE of Tara, Jan 1968, Pedley 2513. Acacia rigens is widespread in inland parts of south-eastern Australia but in Queensland it is known only from a few, rather widely separated, localities in southern inland districts—south-east of Charleville, east of Cunnamulla, and near Tara, It forms a heathy shrub layer in eucalypt woodland, usually on rather loose sand. It flowers in August and September. The Tara plants have rather longer and more slender phyllodes than the plants from farther inland. Several species are represented on the two sheets segregated as the type of A. rigens in herb. Kew. There are two specimens of A. rigens; one on the lower left hand corner of one sheet immediately above the label which identifies the specimen as Cunningham’s collection; the other in the middle of the second sheet (ex Herbaria Hookeriano). The former is plainly labelled and should be regarded as the holotype. The other two specimens on the first sheet belong to A. elongata Sieb. ex DC. On the second sheet the specimen to the left of the one of A. rigens should also be referred to A. elongata and the one to the right to A. havilandii Maiden. The isotype at BM is free of extraneous material. The affinities of A. rigens are with the two species with which it is mixed on the sheets mentioned above. A. elongata has flat strongly nerved phyllodes, and A. Aavilandii has shorter brittle phyllodes. 187 85. Acacia oswaldii F. Mucll., Pl. Vict. 2:27 (1863): Benth., Linnaea 26:609 (1855), pro syn. Type: Murray Desert in South Australia, Mueller (MEL, holo). A, amaliae Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:249 (1926). Type: Dietrich s.n. (PR, holo). | A, amaliae Domin var. orthophylla Domin, loc. cit. Syntypes: in collibus Dividing Range dictis, apud opp. Jericho, Mar 1910, Domin “5402” & “5404” (PR). A dense rounded shrub or small tree to 5 m tall; branchlets terete or some- what angular, scurfy and with sparse to moderately dense appressed pubescence, stipules small, setaceous, deciduous. Phyllodes stiff, coriaceous, glabrous, obtuse with a hard mucro, subsessile (3 -5—)4—6(—7) cm long, 3-10(—15) mm wide, 5—13(—17) times as long as wide or in some specimens-mostly from the Georgina basin, 1-2 mm wide and up to 50 times as long as wide, about 10-15 prominent, equally and widely spaced, longitudinal nerves, as few as 6 when phyliodes are narrow; gland basal, prominent, up to 2-5mm long, rimmed, darker inside. Heads of 5-15 flowers in pairs in the axils, peduncles scurfy or appressed pubescent; bracteoles concave, obovate, pubescent on the back. Flowers 5-6 merous; calyx lobes free (0:7—)0:9-1:1 mm long, ca 0:3 mm broad, slightly pubescent at top; corolla lobes free (1°:2—)1-6~1-7 mm long, 1:5—2 times as long as the calyx, acute, glabrous; stamens 2-5-4mm long; ovary densely appressed pubescent. Pod woody, linear 4-17cm long, 6-10mm wide, loosely coiled somewhat torulose, hard; seeds longitudinal, 7-8 mm long, 6-7 mm wide, ca 3:5 mm. thick; areole oblong open; funicle fleshy orange, forming a cup beneath the seed. NorTH KENNEDY DisTRicT: Pentland, Oct 1935, Blake 9950. Grecory NorTH DISTRICT: Georgina River, Sep 1910, Bick. MircHeLtt District: Blackall, Jul 1934, Blake 6752. SouTtH KENNEDY Disrricr: 8 miles [13 km] W of “Avoca”, Sep 1964, Adams 1312 & 1313. LEICHHARDT District: Blair Athol, Mar 1935, Blake 8081. Port Curtis District: Biloela, Oct 1947, Smith 3479. Grecory SourH: District: Near Windorah, Jul 1936, Blake 12076. WarreEGo Districr: “Waihora” 16 miles [26km] ESE of Eulo, Oct 1948, Everist 3585. Maranoa Districr: Roma, May 1934, Blake 5821. Daritinc Downs District: ‘“Myall Park”, N of Glenmorgan, Nov 1958, Johnson 626. In Queensland, Acacia oswaldii is widely spread in inland sub-tropical areas and extends through subcoastal districts to Pentland. There are also several specimens with rather narrow phyllodes from the Georgina River. A. oswaldii appears to be commonest in Fucalyptus populnea—Eremophila mitchellii com- mutiities but also occurs on soil types ranging from deep sands in the south-west to cracking clays with Acacia harpophylla, Eucalyptus microtheca and occasion- ally grassland in central and southern Queensland, Pale, scented flowers are produced, usually in October and November. Pods mature about two months after flowering but the woody dehisced valves persist on n the plant for a consider- able period. Acacia sessiliceps may be no more ae a narrow-phylloded variant of A. oswaldii common in the Northern Territory. The specimens from the Georgina River referred to above, resemble specimens from the Northern Territory more than they do specimens from other parts of Queensland and could be regarded as intermediates between the two species. They may indicate a pattern of variation within the species analogous to that found in A. bivenosa subsp. wayi. 188 Domin’s collections indicate that his application of the name A. oswaldii was incorrect. Not only did he describe what are, at most, only minor variants of A. oswaldii as A. amaliae and A. amaliae var. orthophylla, he also identified as A. oswaldii a specimen (Mt Remarkable, Domin “5317”) which is a mixture of sterile pieces of A. leptostachya and, probably, A. catenulata., The spelling A. osswaldii used by Mueller (Icon. Aust. Sp. Acacia) and others is incorrect. In the protologue Mueller used the name A. oswaldii and stated that the species was named in acknowledgement of contributions to collections made by Mr Ferd. Oswald. A, oswaldii is not particularly closely related to any other species but its affinities are with A. elongata, A. lanigera and A. venulosa, rather than to the Microneurae group of species, where it was placed by Bentham. Bentham referred A. oswaldii to A. lanigera and Domin also compared A. amaliae to this species. 86. Acacia nuperrima E. G. Baker, J. Bot. 64:92 (1926). Type: Groote Eylandt, Feb 1925, Wilkins 101 (BM, holo). A. translucens A, Cunn. ex Hook. var. angusta Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:259 (1926). Type: Carpentaria, Islands a, b & c [South Wellesley Islands], Brown ‘4285’ (BM, K). Densely branched spreading shrub to 1 m tall, glabrous and rather resinous; branchlets prominently ribbed, glabrous and somewhat resinous, occasionally punctulate; stipules narrowly triangular ca 0-5 mm long. Phyllodes giabrous, broadest in the lower half, downcurved or sigmoid, 10-20mm long, 2-5 mm wide, 2-5-7(-14) .times as long as wide, nerves obscure or 1-3 longitudinal nerves prominent and sometimes less prominent longitudinal ones between them; . oblique mucro; gland small, subbasal; pulvinus short. Inflorescence either a 10-~20 flowered head or a dense spike to 2cm long, on glabrous peduncles (S—)8—-18 mm long single in the axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx glabrous, not prominently ribbed, 0-7-1 mm long, with lobes to 0:2mm long; corolla 1-4-2 mm long, with midrib prominent in the bud, 1:7—2:3 times as long as the calyx; stamens 3~4mm long; ovary glabrous, resinous, Pods narrowly triangular, opening elastically from the apex, 3-5 cm long, 4-6 mm wide, valves rather woody, partitioned between the seeds. Seeds oblique, oblong in outline, 3-6mm long, 1-3-2-4mm wide; areole rather large, open, the pleurogram pale; funicle stiff expanded into cupular aril. 86a. A. nuperrima subsp. nuperrima Flowers in heads. Burke Districr: Massacre Inlet, Aug 1922, Brass 202. 86b. *A. nuperrima subsp. cassitera Pedley Type: Cook District: Koorboora, 17°22’S 144°58’E, Dec 1970, A. Macdonald (BRI, holo) . Inflorescence a spike, sometimes, on the same plant, reduced to a head. (Fig. 9g, inflorescence). Cook District: Emuford near Irvinebank, Dec 1940, Flecker Nth Qd Nat. Club No. 7137. Norta KeNnnepy Disrricr: 5:6km N of Ravenshoe, 17°36’S 145°18’E, Sep 1974, Staples 290974/6, +A. nuperrima subsp. cassitera Pedley, subsp. nov. Inflorescentia floribus in spicas disposita, interdum in eadem planta in capitula reducta. Typus: Macdonald sn. (BRI, holotypus). 189 The species ranges from the northern part of Western Australia to north- eastern Queensland. A. nuperrima subsp. cassitera is confined to rugged mineraliferous country in the Chillagoe—Herberton area, while the nominate sub- species extends westward from the Wellesley Islands. There is a disjunction of about 500 km between the two subspecies. Flowering and fruiting specimens have been collected throughout the year. The addition of a subspecies with spicate inflorescences might appear to widen the circumscription of A. nuperrima to an unacceptable extent, particularly as the character of the inflorescence distinguishes section Juliflorae from section Plurinerves, but the two subspecies are indistinguishable in characters of the foliage, flowers and pods. Bentham who included A. nuperrima in A. translucens (Flora Australiensis) noted in his description of A. translucens that “the pod is that of some Juliflorae”. The two species are closely related, the most obvious difference being the larger flowers and flower-heads of A. translucens, and both are related to A. wickhamii. 87. Acacia phlebocarpa F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:325 (1864); F. Muell., J. Proc, Linn, Soc. Bot. 3:119 (1859), pro syn.. Type: Seven Emu River, Mueller 41 (K, iso). | Misapplied name: A. ixophyila auct. non Benth.; Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:262 (1926). . Spreading resinous flat-topped shrub to 1m tall; branchlets resinous with corky ribs, glabrous or with golden hairs immersed in resin; stipules brown, deltoid, ca 1 mm long, 0-6—-0-8 mm broad. Phyllodes punctulate, resinous, with scattered long hairs or glabrous, linear or narrowly elliptic, contracted into an innocuous brown point (2—-)2:5-4-5(—5:5) cm long, 3-9 mm wide, 3-11(—17) times as long as wide; about 12 + prominent longitudinal nerves, one most prominent and two others slightly less so; gland basal, not prominent; pulvinus ca 1mm long. Heads of 30-50 longitudinally striate 5-merous flowers on resinous axillary peduncles 1-2 cm long; bracteoles broad, concave, acuminate at the apex; calyx 0-9-1-0(—1-:3) mm long, striate glabrous with oblong obtuse lobes 0:4-0-5 mm long; corolla (1:8—)2—2-4mm long, 2—2:5 times as long as the calyx, glabrous, striate; stamens 3-5—4:5 mm long; ovary with moderately dense short thick hairs (almost papillose). Pod ca Scm long, 4mm broad, brown with paler margins, longitudinally reticulately nerved, resinous, with minute tubercles except on nerves and margins, raised over seeds and slightly contracted between them; seeds longitudinal 4mm long, 3mm wide; areole double, closed, almost circular. _. BURKE District: 53km E of Mt Isa, Aug 1972, Maconochie 1940, Coox District: Gilbert River, Jul 1925, Brass 404. Acacia phlebocarpa is a common and conspicuous shrub in a relatively small part of north-western Queensland. It is found on rather shallow stony soils on hillsides with Triodia spp. and/or Eucalyptus pruinosa. It seems to flower and fruit throughout the year. The species most closely related to A. phlebocarpa appears to be A. monticola which not only has similar phyllodes but also has striate flowers and a closed areole, both uncommon characters. Bentham’s placing A. phlebocarpa in his series Pungentes is difficult to understand as the phyllodes are not at all pungently pointed. It and A. monticola quite clearly belong to the section Plurinerves. 190 88. Acacia harpopbylla F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:389 (1864); F. Muell., Icon, Aust. Sp. Acacia (1888). Type: Rockhampton, Thozet (K, holo; MEL, iso). Tree to 25 m tall with hard, almost black, deeply longitudinally furrowed bark; branchlets ribbed. Phyllodes falcate, equally tapered to each end, glabrous or with indumentum of short appressed hairs, (7~-)10—20(-—30) cm long, (S-)7~16(-20) mm wide, 5—16(-20) times as long as wide; many crowded parallel nerves, not anastomosing, 3-5 somewhat more prominent than the rest; basal gland prominent; pulvinus long. Heads of 15-30 flowers in condensed 3— g branched appressed pubescent axillary racemes, the axis 2-10 mm long, peduncles ( 3_ ) 1020 (30) mm long: a ae: F lowers — 5—-merous; “calyx 0: 5= 1 whe obovate, slabrous, free, 1-5-2 mm long, 2—3 times as long as the calyx; stamens 3-4 mm long; ovary tomentose. Pods 7~20cm long, 5-10 mm wide, glabrous, subterete. Seeds longitudinal, 12-18 mm long, 5-8 mm wide, flat but thick, somewhat irregular in shape due to compression within the pod; funicle filiform, neither folded nor thickened; areole (as figured by Mueller), small, oblong, but not seen at all in dry seeds examined. (Fig. 9e, inflorescence). BurKE DIstricT; 21 miles [34km] W of Hughenden, Birch & Corell, SourH KENNEDY DistricTr: On highway 86 miles [138 km] N of Clermont, Jul 1964, Adams 1038. LEICHHARDT Districr: “Thalmera North”, 30 miles [48km] W of Moura, Aug 1962, Johnson & Everist 2456. Porr Curtis Districr: Rockhampton, Aug 1957, Jones. WaArreGO DISTRICT: Augathella, Sep 1937, Brass & White 345. Maranoa District: Amby, Sep 1961, Martin. DaRLING Downs District: 9 miles [14km] W of Meandarra, Nov 1958, Johnson 607. Burnetr Districr: 14 miles [22 km] SSE of Monto, Aug 1969, Pedley 2882, MorETON District: 5 miles [8 km] NNW of Boonah, Aug 1969, Coveny 1952. Acacia harpophylla (brigalow) is of major importance im Shia It forms extensive open-forest communities usually on fertile clay soils in sub- coastal and near-coastal districts as far north as Hughenden. Brigalow lands are highly productive when cleared, but regrowth from roots, a characteristic of the plant, is a definite limiting factor in the exploitation of such lands. The distribution and ecology of A. harpophylla have been discussed by Johnson (1964); Isbell (1962) described soils on which brigalow grows; and Coaldrake (1971) analysed variation within the species. The last study was probably undertaken because of the economic importance of the species rather than because of its range of variability which is probably no greater than other widespread species of Acacia. The main period of flowering is between July and September. It is partly dependent on the availability of adequate soil-moisture. Mature fruit have been collected in November and December. The-seeds have remarkably thin coats and unlike seeds of most other species, are viable for a short period only. Bentham placed A. harpophylia next to A. implexa in the Nervosae group of section Plurinerves but it belongs to the Microneura group where Bentham also keyed it. Its closest ‘relative is A. cambagei. 89. Acacia argyrodendron Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 29:261 (1926). Type: inter opp. Camooweal et Burketown, Apr 1910, Danes (PR, holo). Tree to ca 20 m tall with hard furrowed dark grey or black bark, like that of A. harpophylla; branchlets rather slender, glabrous or subglabrous. Phyllodes straight, occasionally slightly falcate, linear, acute, rather coriaceous with 1-3 somewhat prominent longitudinal nerves and many parallel, not anastomosing, - : 191 secondary nerves, glabrous or subglabrous, 8-17 cm long, 4-9 mm wide, 12-30 times as long as wide. Heads of about 12 flowers in axillary racemes with up to about 30 branches axis and branches subglabrous; axis up to 5 cm long, peduncles up to 1 cm long, single or in groups of 2 or 3. Flowers 4~ or 5—merous; calyx O-Smm long ciliate or glabrous, divided almost to the base into obtuse lobes; corolla 1:2 mm long, glabrous, divided almost to the base; stamens ca 3mm long; ovary glabrous. Pod linear, with thin glabrous valves up to 10 cm long and 10-12 mm broad. Seeds longitudinally arranged, overlapping in the pod, thin broad oblong, almost circular, 10-13 mm long, 7-9 mm broad; funicle slender, not folded; areole not obvious. ; MITCHELL District: 60 miles [96kmj N of ‘Aramac, Jun 1949, Everist 3844, Sours KENNEDY Disrricr: 10 miles [16km] NE of “Natal Downs”, May 1964, Adams 979. LEICHHARDT Districr: “Carfax”, 75 miles [120 km] W of St Lawrence, May 1963, Pownall. In central Queensland Acacia argyrodendron is common particularly in the basins of the Belyando, Suttor and Cape Rivers, where it is known as blackwood, and the adjacent western slopes of the Great Dividing Range, where it is called black gidyea. It is similar to A. harpopylla in general appearance and occupies similar habitats. It forms scrubs on dark cracking clay soils, either alone or, on the southern and eastern edge of its range, with brigalow, and is occasionally associated with A. harpophylla with emergent Eucalyptus cambageana on texture- contrast soils. Gunn ef. al. (1967) gave information on plant communities and associated soils in which A. argyrodendron occurs. The species most closely related to A. argyrodendron is possibly A. cana, though Domin compared it with A. stenophylla and A. pendula. Yt differs from them in having few-flowered heads in rather long racemes. -The type is a specimen supposedly collected between Camooweal and Burketown by Danes, a Czechoslovak geologist who was in Queensland at the same time as Domin. Despite extensive collecting in the area, A. argyrodendron has not been recorded from north-western Queensland since, and it is unlikely that the type was collected there. Danes, however, travelled between Aramac and Pentland (Danes, 1910). A little north-east of Aramac he reported open forest, “consisting mostly of so-called black brigalow (black gidyea)’”. It is likely that he gave material to Domin who cited the place of collection incorrectly, The holotype is labelled “A. argyrophylla”.. 90. Acacia coriacea DC., Prod, 2:451 (1825); Mem. Leg. 446 (1827). Type: Nouvelle Hollande cote orient. Mus. de Paris 1821 (G-DC, holo; K, P, iso), 3 | A, sericophylla F. Muell., J. Proc. Linn, Soc. Bot. 3:122 (1859). Type: Suttor Desert, Mueller (K, iso). An irregular tree up to ca 10 m tall with grey furrowed corky bark; branchlets + angular with indumentum of moderate or dense appressed hairs. Phyllodes thick, almost terete or flat (sometimes on the one plant), straight or curved with indumentum of dense silvery hairs (golden on tips), subglabrous when old; (11—)5-25(-32) cm long, (0-8—)1-3(-6) mm wide, (20—)50-100(-350) times as long as wide; many fine parallel indistinct longitudinal nerves; pulvinus indistinct; gland with a prominent orifice 0:3mm diam. at the base. Heads of 30-40 flowers on densely pubescent peduncles 5-10mm long in axillary pairs, rarely up to 5 heads in an axillary raceme, the axis 1 cm long. Flowers 5-, rarely 4—merous;, calyx rather thick pubescent, 1-:3—-1-6mm long with somewhat irregular fimbriate lobes 0:2-0:4mm long; corolla 1:9-2-7mm long, 1-5-2 times as long as the calyx, the lobes 0:7-0:8mm long, sparsely to densely 192 pubescent; stamens 2-5-3: 5mm long; ovary sparsely to densely pubescent particularly at the top (rudimentary ones glabrous). Pods rather woody, twisted, torulose, grey with usually some appressed hairs, 15-21 cm long, 6-8 mm broad, but only half as broad at the constrictions. Seeds longitudinal 6mm long, ca 45mm wide and 2:5mm thick; areole broad open, pale slightly raised; funicle clavate beneath seed. (Fig. 10g, pod). BurKE District: 20 miles [32 km] E of Hughenden, Jun 1954, Speck 4527. NorTu KENNEDY Disrricr: Ravenswood, Mar 1943, Blake 14849, GREGORY NortH DistrRicr: 24 miles [38 km] E of Urandangie, May 1948, Perry 826. MircHeLi District: Yalleroi, May 1937, Everist 1502. Grecory SOUTH District: 11 miles [18 km] N of “Galway Downs”, Jun 1969, Trapneli E61. Warreco Districr: near Cunnamulla, Mar 1941, White 11822. Acacia coriacea is widely spread in northern Australia. In Queensland where it is known as desert oak it is common in eucalypt woodland on sandy red earths in the “desert country” which extends from about Torrens Creek southward along the western side of the Great Dividing Range to about north-east of Blackall; that is, the area called the Alice Tableland by Whitehouse (1941). It has also been collected at other places in the north-, central- and south-west. Flowers have been collected from January to July and fruits from May to November. There is a wide range of variation in the width of the phyllodes within populations and sometimes on single plants. I doubt therefore whether A. coriacea var. glabrior Maiden has any taxonomic significance. As Maiden noted the type locality is not eastern Australia but Western Australia where the plant was collected by Baudin’s expedition, probably in the vicinity of Shark Bay. What I have taken to be isotype specimens at K and P have labels indicating they were collected in Western Australia. A. coriacea and A. stenophylla which it closely resembles, are rather unlike other members of the Microneurae group to which they have usually been referred. 91. Acacia stenophylla A. Se ex Benth., London J. Bot 1:356 (1842). Type: Lachlan River, Jun am , Cunningham (K, holo; BM, iso). Tree to 6m with hard black bark; branchlets sain glabrous to densely appressed pubescent, Phyllodes coriaceous, straight or sometimes curved, acute, gradually tapered to the base which is as thick as broad, 15-24(—27) cm long, (1:5—)2-5(—7) mm wide, 30-80(—120) times as long as wide, with prominent rather widely spaced longitudinal nerves, the middle one slightly more prominent; gland merely an orifice at the base, not always evident. Heads of (20—)30—40 flowers in 3-5 branched racemes; axis 3—-5(—9) mm long, moderately to densely appressed pubescent or rarely glabrous; peduncles 6-8 mm long with indumentum similar to that of axis. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 1-1-2(—1-5) mm long, densely pubescent in the upper part with obtuse lobes 0:2-0-3mm long; corolla 2:‘1—-2:5 mm long, 1-7-2 times as long as the calyx, densely white pubescent in the upper half, lobed to about the middle; stamens 4:5 mm long; ovary densely white pubescent. Pod moniliform, up to 14cm long, ca 1 cm wide, 1-5-3 mm wide at the constrictions, glabrous, obscurely longitudinally wrinkled. Seeds longitudinal ca 7 mm long, 5-6 mm wide, 2-5-3 mm thick; areole large, open or almost closed; funicle ribbon-like, not or little folded. (Fig. 10h, pod). 193 BurkE Districr: Julia Creek, Jun 1934, Blake 6344. GreGory Nortu DISTRICT: 15 miles [24km] NW of “Headingly”, May 1948, Perry 864. MircHeLit Districr: Aramac, Mar 1918, White. SourH KENNEpy Districr: “Laglan”, 22°30’S 146°40’E, Mar 1958, Sriith 10309, LeicuHarpr District: Baralaba, Nov 1954, Richard, GREGORY SOUTH DISTRICT: “Mt Howitt”, Cooper Creek, Jul 1936, Blake 12018. Warreco Districr: Cunnamulla, Apr 1936, Blake 11210, Maranoa District: Mungallala Creek near Bollon, Apr 1952, sine coll. DaRLING Downs Districr: Wilkie Creek, ca 10 miles [16km] W of Dalby, Oct 1940, Smith & Everist 812. Acacia stenophylla is widely distributed in inland Queensland, south of about 20°S latitude, usually west of the Great Diving Range, but approaching the coast on the Dawson River. A specimen was supposedly collected at Beaudesert in 1955, about 160 km east of its nearest known occurrence on the Condamine River, and in an area of higher rainfall. Until confirmatory specimens are obtained the record should be considered doubtful. The species is restricted to usually fine textured alluvial soils often in association with Eucalyptus microtheca (coolibah). In semi-arid areas it frequently forms monospecific stands along watercourses. Observations at Lake Gallilee and Lake Numalla (near Hungerford) indicate that it tolerates extended periods of inundation by water that may be at times some- what saline. | April to July appears to be the main period of flowering and pods mature from October to about December, The pods dehisce rather tardily and tend to break up into 1-seeded loments. A, stenophylla is sometimes confused with A. coriacea, but, besides the differences in ecological requirements, there are morphological differences. A, stenophylla has more prominent and more widely spaced longitudinal nerves, more consistently racemose heads and woodier pods. 92. *Acacia microcephala Pedley. Type: “Corinda”, ca 80 miles [130 km] N of Aramac, Jun 1949, Everist 3869 (BRI, holo; NSW, iso). ; | A tree to 8m; branchlets slender angular somewhat scurfy and with sparse to moderate appressed hairs. Phyllodes coriaceous, linear, straight or slightly hooked, with sparse to moderate appressed pubescence, 5-10 cm. long, 1-2 mm wide, 40-100 times as long as wide; longitudinal nerves indistinct, only ca 6 evident; gland basal inconspicuous; pulvinus short. Heads of 10-20 flowers in 2-3 branched, sparsely to moderately appressed pubescent racemes, axis 1-2 mm long, peduncles 2-4mm long; bracteole, broad, spathulate, obtuse, concave, pubescent at the top. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0-4—0:6 mm long with incurved pubescent lobes and with a few hairs on the ribs; corolla 1-1-1-2 mm long, 2-3 times as long as the calyx; stamens 2-3 mm long; ovary glabrous. Pods unknown. 7 A ROEELE District: 17 miles [27 km] N of “Fleetwood”, Aug: 1964, Adams 1232 (sterile), *Acacia microcephala species nova; ab A. cana Maiden et A, calcicola Forde & Ising phyllodiis tenuioribus et capitulis parvioribus differt, Typus: Everist 3869 ‘(IBRI, holo; NSW, iso). Arbor usque 8m alta; ramuli angulares aliquantum furfuracei et pilis appressis sparsis vel moderate densis ornati, Phyllodia coriacea linearia recta vel leviter uncinata sparse vel moderate pubescentia, 5-10cm longa, 1-2 mm lata, 40-100—plo Jongiora quam lata; nervi Jongitudinales indistincti non nisi circa 6 manifesti; glans basalis obscura; pulvinus brevis. Capitula 10—20-flora in racemos plerumque 3-ramosos sparse ad moderate pubescentes, axe 1-2.mm Icngo, pedunculis 2-4 mm longis instructos disposita; bracteolus latus spathulatus obtusus concavus apice pubescens, Flores 5—meri; calyx 0-4-0:6mm longus lobis incurvis pubescentibus et pilis paucis in costis instructus; corolla 1:1-1-2mm longa calyce 2—3—plo longior; stamina 2-3 mm longa; ovarium glabrum, Legumen non visum. 194 Only three specimens of A. microcephala, one of them sterile, have been examined, all from the vicinity of Lake Galilee. It has been noted with Eucalyptus cambageana in an alkaline clay soil. The affinities of the species are with A. cana and A. calcicola but it has narrower phyllodes and smaller heads than both. 93. *Acacia maranoensis Pedley. Type: 50 km SSW of Roma, Sep 1967, Pedley 2410 (BRI, holo; A, CANB, K, L, MO, NSW, PR, LE, RSA, iso). Tree up to about 10m tall with dark furrowed bark; branchlets yellowish, angular, scurfy. Phyllodes coriaceous, scurfy when young, straight, linear, acute occasionally slightly hooked, 11—15(—20) cm long, 4-7 mm broad, 16~30(—40) times as long as broad, closely indistinctly longitudinally nerved, 1-3 nerves slightly more prominent than the rest; gland basal, not conspicuous; pulvinus 1-2 mm long. Heads slightly elongate of 30~60 flowers in 3-6 branched axillary racemes, axis and peduncles glabrous, scurfy, or sparsely appressed pubescent, axis 2—-5(~7) mm long, peduncles 3-8 mm long. Flowers 5—merous; calyx lobes membranous 0:6—0-:85 mm long, united to about the middle with oblong obtuse pubescent fimbriate lobes; corolla sparsely or densely pubescent, 1:4~—1-6(—1-8) mm long, 1:8~2:3 times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 4mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pod glabrous, linear, not seen mature; seeds possibly transverse. . Maranoa Disrricr: 15 km W of Mitchell, 26°30'S 147°47’E, Sep 1967, Pedley 2505. Acacia maranoensis (womal) has a restricted range in the Roma—Mitchell area where it grows on texture contrast soils usually in woodland of Eucalyptus populnea. It flowers in September. The affinities of A. maranoensis are not clear. If it has transverse seeds then it most closely resembles A. melvillei. It can be distinguished from other species of the Microneurae group by its large heads of flowers. 94. Acacia calcicola Forde & Ising, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 87:753 (1958). Type: Evelyn Downs, Nov 1954, Jsing 3924 (AD, holo; K, P, iso). Rounded, shrub to 3 m tall and 3 m diameter; branchlets angular or somewhat flattened with dense silvery appressed hairs. Phyllodes coriaceous, straight or slightly hooked, with dense appressed silvery hairs, somewhat golden on young phyllodes, (5—)7~11 cm long, 2-5 mm broad, (15—)20~—35(—40) times as long as broad; obscure parallel longitudinal nerves, 1-3 more prominent than the rest; pulvinus 1-2 mm long;-basal gland inconspicuous. Heads of 30-40 flowers in very densely appressed pubescent axillary 2-4 branched racemes, axis 3-11 mm long; peduncles 2-8 mm long. Flowers S—merous; calyx lobes + free, 0-8-1 mm “Acacia maranoensis species nova; a speciebus ceteris gregis Microneurae capitulis amplis differt, sed arctius similem A. melvillei Pedley est. Typus: Pedley 2410 (BRI, holo; A, CANB, K, L, MO, NSW, PR, LE, RSA, iso) Arbor usque 10m alta cortice fuscata sulcata tecta; ramuli angulares furfuracei flavidi, Phyllodia coriacea, furfuracea whi juvenia, recta linearia acuta aliquando leviter uncinata, 11~15(—20) cm longa, 4-7 mm lata, 16-30(—40)—-plo longiora quam lata, crebre obscure longitudinaliter nervata, 1-3 nervis paulo prominentibus; glans basalis incenspicua; pulvinus 1-2mm longus. Capitula 30-60—-flora leviter elongata in racemos 3—6—ramosos axillares, axe 2—5i(-7) mm: longo glabro furfuraceo vel sparsim pubescenti et pedunculis indumento similari 3-8 mm: longis instructos disposita, Flores 5—-meri; calyx membranaceus 0-6~-0°85 mm longis lobis oblongis obtusis pubescentibus fimbriatis tubum + aequantibus, corolla sparsim vel dense — pubescens, 1-4-1-6(-1-8) mm longa calyce 1-8-2-3-plo longior; stamina circa 4mm. longa; ovarium dense pubescens. Legumen glabrum lineare wbi maturum non visum; semina fortasse transverse ordinata. 195 long, consisting of a membranous glabrous stipe and a thicken, pubescent rounded lamina ca 0:3mm broad, somewhat incurved at the top, the hairs slightly yellowish; corolla lobes free, obovate, 1-1-1:3 mm long, 1:2—1:5 times as long as calyx, densely pubescent sometimes only at top; stamens 2—3 mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pod fiat but slightly turgid, constricted between the seeds with appressed hairs, 10-12 cm long, ca 6mm wide. Seeds longitudinal ca 6 < 4mm; areole large, broad, open; funicle thickened and folded about 3 times beneath seed. Grecory Sour Districr: 15 miles [24km] SE of “Naryilco”, 28°42'S 142°08’ E, Silcock S354, Warreco Disrricr: Beechal Creek, 81 miles [130km] from Charleville on old Quilpie Road, Sep 1963, Everist 7522, Acacia calcicola is common in shrubland with A. aneura on degraded sand- hills in far south-western Queensland, north of Tibooburra (New South Wales). It occurs sporadically, usually on drainage lines, in the Bulloo and Paroo basins. In South Australia and the Northern Territory A. calcicola occurs on calcareous soils derived from limestone, but in Queensland it is found only on more or less neutral soils. It flowers in October and November but immature pods have also been collected in September, Flowering may be dependent on rain falling when temperatures are high in the spring and early summer. Like other species of the Microneurae group, A. calcicola is more readily identified in the field than in the herbarium. It is a dense rounded shrub or small tree with yellow-green fresh growth contrasting with darker green old phyllodes, A. cana is probably its nearest relative. This has small heads of flowers in usually shorter racemes and small calyxes about a third to half as long as the corolla. 95, Acacia microsperma Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 15:3 (1974). Type: “Pine Hills” ca 18 miles N of Gradule, Sep 1946, Everist 2696 (BRI, holo; A, K, iso). A tree to ca 10 m tall with angular scurfy branchlets pubescent with appressed hairs. Phyllodes coriaceous, linear, usually a little hooked at the tip, broadest a little above the middle, pruinose, covered with short appressed hairs; (4-)7+5~— 12:5 cm long, 1:5-4mm wide, 20-80 times as long as wide; one longitudinal nerve slightly more prominent, the others numerous + parallel indistinct; an indistinct gland, consisting of a small swelling and proximal orifice, at the base; pulvinus ca 1mm long. Heads of 20-30(—40) flowers in axillary racemes made up of a pubescent axis of 0:5—2 mm long and 3-4 pubescent branches 3—6 mm long or sometimes the racemes reduced to clusters of heads in the axils. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0:5-0-7 mm long with short obtuse lobes, the whole pubescent or the lower part glabrous; corolla lobes free or joined to the middle, 1-1-6 mm long, 2—2:5 times as long as the calyx, pubescent; ovary pubescent. Pod up to 6cm long, 2—3 mm wide, flat but convex over the seeds and contracted between them. Seeds 2:5—4 mm long, 1:5 mm wide, longitudinal with the funicle folded many times forming an aril. WARREGO District: ca 45km EB of Adavale, 26°S 145°02/E, Sep 1967, Pedley 2499. MaARANOA District: “Bonus Downs” ca 30 miles [48 km] S of Mitchell, Nov 1957, Everist 5684, Acacia microsperma (bowyakka) often forms dense stands alone or with Eucalyptus thozetiana on shallow soil overlying weathered rock. It occurs from about Talwood to Adavale but its range is rather fragmented within this area. It flowers usually in September and October and fruits about December. ~ 196 96. Acacia cana Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 53, errata (1920). Based on A. eremaea Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 53:206 (1920), non C, Andrews (1904). Type: Milparinka, Sep 1906, Ivey (NSW, holo; BM, K, iso) Tree to 20m tall with grey fissured, long-flaky and fibrous bark; branchlets ribbed with appressed white hairs, glabrescent. Phyllodes. coriaceous, linear, straight or slightly falcate, acute, sometimes slightly hooked, with dense silvery appressed hairs, becoming sparse or absent; (4—-)6-13(-16) cm long, (1-5~)3-5(-6) mm wide, (10—)15-50(—75) times as long as wide; many fine parallel nerves, 1-3 slightly more prominent than the rest; pulvinus 1-3 mm long; gland basal, inconspicuous particularly when phyllode narrow, Heads of (15~)25-30 flowers in axillary densely appressed pubescent 2-6 branched racemes, indumentum usually silvery but occasionally golden, axis 1-4 mm (rarely to 12 mm) long, peduncles 3-8 mm (rarely to 11 mm) long. Flowers 5—merous; calyx 0-5—0-6(—0:8) mm long with lobes 0:2—0:3 mm long, sparsely to densely pubescent especially in the upper half; corolla 1-1-1-6(—1-8) mm long, 2:2-2-7 times as long as the calyx with some appressed hairs; stamens 2-5-3 mm long; ovary densely white pubescent. Pod + flat, longitudinally striate, raised over seeds and somewhat contracted between them, up to 10cm long, 5-6 mm broad; seeds longitudinal, disc-like with slight rim, 4-6 mm long, 3-4 mm broad; areole not prominent, open; funicle ribbon-like with about 1-3 folds under the seed. BURKE DIsTRIcT: 10 miles [16km] N of Hughenden, Jun 1953, Lazarides 3613. Coox Districr: 4 miles [6km] SE of Einasleigh, Jun 1966, Pedley 2113. NorTH KENNEDY Districr; 20 miles [32km] W of Bowen, Jun 1958, Pedley 266. MITCHELL DISTRICT: between Blackall & Yalleroi, May 1937, Everist 1501. SourH KENNEDY 'DIstrIcT: 4 miles [6 km} ESE of “Wells Plains” [90km + N of Clermont], Aug 1964, Adams 1257. GREGORY SOUTH District; “Raymore”, ca 60 miles [95 km] SE of Windorah, Aug. 1963, Everist 7472. WarREGO Districr: Grey Range, between Quilpie & Eromanga, May 1928, White. Acacia cana (boree) is a common tree, either singly or in open groves, in Astrebla grassland on rolling country from a little north of Hughenden to ~ about Tambo. Outside of its main area of distribution there are scattered occurrences, usually fringing A. cambagei communities in the southern part of the Suttor basin and near Quilpie, and in pure stands near Einasleigh. In these places A. cana occurs on clay soils, but near Bowen, more than 200 km from the Suttor basin localities, it'is reported to occur on sandy soils. Milparinka, the type locality of the species, is about its southern limit. There is a considerable range of variation in A. cana, particularly in width of phyllodes and in the number of heads in the racemes. Plants from Milparinka and from near Bowen have narrow phyllodes and racemes with fewer heads than plants from the main range of the species. Though Maiden in the protologue of A. eremaea, a name he immediately corrected to A. cana, cited a specimen collected from the Thompson River, Longreach, there has been some question whether in fact the “boree” from central inland Queensland was in fact A. cana, Queensland plants are usually larger with broader, less pointed phyllodes, but I have not found any significant differences in flowering or fruiting characters. Analysis of the